[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2016170788A1 - Rubber composition, transmission belt and manufacturing method thereof - Google Patents

Rubber composition, transmission belt and manufacturing method thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016170788A1
WO2016170788A1 PCT/JP2016/002130 JP2016002130W WO2016170788A1 WO 2016170788 A1 WO2016170788 A1 WO 2016170788A1 JP 2016002130 W JP2016002130 W JP 2016002130W WO 2016170788 A1 WO2016170788 A1 WO 2016170788A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
rubber
mass
parts
belt
rubber composition
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2016/002130
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
正吾 小林
鉄平 中山
大樹 土屋
奥野 茂樹
博之 橘
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Bando Chemical Industries Ltd
Original Assignee
Bando Chemical Industries Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2015089615A external-priority patent/JP6529323B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2015089618A external-priority patent/JP6680464B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2015090123A external-priority patent/JP6527009B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2015092222A external-priority patent/JP2016211587A/en
Application filed by Bando Chemical Industries Ltd filed Critical Bando Chemical Industries Ltd
Priority to CN201680023390.1A priority Critical patent/CN107531955A/en
Publication of WO2016170788A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016170788A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B82NANOTECHNOLOGY
    • B82YSPECIFIC USES OR APPLICATIONS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MEASUREMENT OR ANALYSIS OF NANOSTRUCTURES; MANUFACTURE OR TREATMENT OF NANOSTRUCTURES
    • B82Y30/00Nanotechnology for materials or surface science, e.g. nanocomposites
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L1/00Compositions of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/02Cellulose; Modified cellulose
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L15/00Compositions of rubber derivatives
    • C08L15/005Hydrogenated nitrile rubber
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L23/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L23/02Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after-treatment
    • C08L23/16Ethene-propene or ethene-propene-diene copolymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L91/00Compositions of oils, fats or waxes; Compositions of derivatives thereof
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F16ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
    • F16GBELTS, CABLES, OR ROPES, PREDOMINANTLY USED FOR DRIVING PURPOSES; CHAINS; FITTINGS PREDOMINANTLY USED THEREFOR
    • F16G1/00Driving-belts
    • F16G1/06Driving-belts made of rubber
    • F16G1/08Driving-belts made of rubber with reinforcement bonded by the rubber
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L2205/00Polymer mixtures characterised by other features
    • C08L2205/14Polymer mixtures characterised by other features containing polymeric additives characterised by shape
    • C08L2205/16Fibres; Fibrils

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a rubber composition, a transmission belt using the rubber composition, and a manufacturing method thereof.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a vulcanized rubber composition containing a rubber component such as natural rubber and chemically modified microfibril cellulose.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses that a rubber composition in which a cellulose fine fiber having a carboxy group having an average fiber diameter of 0.1 to 200 nm is subjected to a hydrophobic modification treatment is applied to a transmission belt.
  • Patent Document 3 discloses that a rubber composition containing cellulose nanofibers is applied to the inner surface rubber layer of a flat belt.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a rubber composition capable of improving the friction and wear characteristics of rubber parts, and to improve the durability of a transmission belt made of the rubber composition.
  • the rubber composition of the present invention contains cellulosic fine fibers and a rubber component, and the fiber diameter distribution range of the cellulosic fine fibers contains 50 to 500 nm.
  • the fiber diameter distribution range of the cellulosic fine fibers contains 50 to 500 nm.
  • at least a part of the belt main body is formed of a rubber composition containing cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm.
  • the rubber composition of the present invention contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm, and therefore has excellent behavioral stability under wet conditions. Further, according to the transmission belt of the present disclosure, at least a part of the belt main body is formed of a rubber composition containing cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm. Sex can be obtained.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view schematically showing a wrapped V-belt of the embodiment.
  • FIGS. 2A to 2G are explanatory views showing a method for manufacturing a wrapped V-belt.
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view schematically showing an exemplary V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of a main part of the V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of an auxiliary drive belt transmission device for an automobile using the V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 6 is a first explanatory view showing a method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view schematically showing a wrapped V-belt of the embodiment.
  • FIGS. 2A to 2G are explanatory views showing a method for manufacturing a wrapped V-belt.
  • FIG. 3 is a perspective view schematically showing an exemplary V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment
  • FIG. 7 is a second explanatory view showing the method for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 8 is a third explanatory view showing the method for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 9 is a fourth explanatory view showing the method for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is a fifth explanatory view showing the method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 11 is a sixth explanatory view showing the method for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 12 is a perspective view schematically showing an exemplary flat belt according to the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 13 is a first explanatory view showing the flat belt manufacturing method according to the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 14 is a second explanatory view showing the flat belt manufacturing method according to the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 15 is a third explanatory view showing the flat belt manufacturing method according to the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram showing the configuration of the friction coefficient measuring apparatus.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of a belt running tester for wear resistance evaluation.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of a belt running test machine for evaluating bending fatigue resistance.
  • FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of a belt running test machine for evaluating friction / wear characteristics.
  • FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of a belt running test machine for wear resistance evaluation.
  • FIG. 21 is a perspective view of the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view of a main part of the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 23 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of an auxiliary drive belt transmission device for an automobile using the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 24 is a first explanatory view showing the method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 25 is a second explanatory view showing the method for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 26 is a third explanatory view showing the method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 27 is a fourth explanatory view showing the method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 24 is a first explanatory view showing the method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 25 is a second explanatory view showing the method for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 26 is a third explanatory view
  • FIG. 28 is a fifth explanatory view showing the method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 29 is a sixth explanatory view illustrating the method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view of a main part of the V-ribbed belt of the sixth embodiment.
  • FIG. 31 is a perspective view of a modified V-ribbed belt.
  • FIG. 32 is a sectional view of a flat belt.
  • FIG. 33 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of a belt test traveling machine for durability evaluation.
  • FIG. 34 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of a belt test traveling machine for durability evaluation.
  • FIG. 35 shows a friction coefficient measuring apparatus.
  • FIG. 36 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of a belt running test machine for evaluating abnormal noise when wet.
  • FIG. 37 is a perspective view schematically showing an exemplary toothed belt of the seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 38 is a partial cross-sectional view of a belt forming die used for manufacturing the toothed belt of the seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 39 is a first explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the toothed belt according to the seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 40 is a second explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the toothed belt according to the seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 41 is a third explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the toothed belt according to the seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 42 is a first explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the toothed belt according to the eighth embodiment.
  • FIG. 43 is a second explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the toothed belt according to the eighth embodiment.
  • FIG. 44 is a third explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the toothed belt according to the eighth embodiment.
  • FIG. 45 is a cross-sectional view showing an interface structure between the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth and the toothed belt body in the tenth embodiment.
  • FIG. 46 is a cross-sectional view showing an interface structure between the tooth side reinforcing fabric and the toothed belt body in the eleventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 47 is a diagram showing a pulley layout in a belt running test machine for evaluating tooth chipping resistance and wear resistance of a toothed belt.
  • the rubber composition according to Embodiment 1 contains a rubber component and cellulosic fine fibers, and the fiber diameter distribution range of the cellulosic fine fibers includes 50 to 500 nm.
  • the rubber composition may contain various rubber compounding agents in addition to the cellulosic fine fibers.
  • Rubber component examples include ethylene- ⁇ -olefin elastomers (EPDM, EPR, etc.), chloroprene rubber (CR), chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber (CSM), hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber (H-NBR), natural Examples thereof include rubber (NR), styrene butadiene rubber (SBR), butadiene rubber (BR), nitrile rubber (NBR), silicone rubber (Q), and fluorine rubber (FKM). Moreover, the blend rubber of 1 type, or 2 or more types of these may be sufficient.
  • Cellulosic fine fibers are fiber materials derived from cellulose fine fibers composed of plant cell wall skeletal components obtained by finely loosening plant fibers.
  • Examples of the cellulosic fine fiber plant include wood, bamboo, rice (rice straw), potato, sugar cane (bagasse), aquatic plants, and seaweed. Of these, wood is preferred.
  • the porous rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 11a contains such cellulosic fine fibers, the high reinforcing effect is exhibited.
  • the cellulose-based fine fiber may be either the cellulose fine fiber itself or a hydrophobic cellulose fine fiber that has been subjected to a hydrophobic treatment. Moreover, you may use together cellulose fine fiber itself and hydrophobized cellulose fine fiber as a cellulosic fine fiber. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, the cellulosic fine fibers preferably include hydrophobized cellulose fine fibers. Examples of the hydrophobized cellulose fine fibers include cellulose fine fibers in which some or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups, and cellulose fine fibers that have been subjected to a hydrophobized surface treatment with a surface treatment agent.
  • hydrophobization for obtaining cellulose fine fibers in which part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups include esterification (acylation) (alkyl esterification, complex esterification, ⁇ -ketoesterification, etc.) ), Alkylation, tosylation, epoxidation, arylation and the like. Of these, esterification is preferred.
  • esterification is preferred.
  • part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, acetic anhydride, propionic acid, butyric acid, or halides thereof (particularly chlorides). It is the cellulose fine fiber acylated by.
  • the surface treatment agent for obtaining cellulose fine fibers hydrophobized and surface-treated with the surface treatment agent include silane coupling agents.
  • Cellulosic fine fibers preferably have a wide fiber diameter distribution from the viewpoint of improving the stability of behavior under wet conditions, and the fiber diameter distribution range includes 50 to 500 nm.
  • the lower limit of the fiber diameter distribution is preferably 50 nm or less, more preferably 20 nm or less, and still more preferably 10 nm or less.
  • the upper limit is preferably 500 nm or more, more preferably 700 nm or more, and further preferably 1 ⁇ n or more.
  • the fiber diameter distribution range of the cellulosic fine fibers is preferably 50 to 500 nm, more preferably 20 nm to 700 mm, and more preferably 10 nm to 1 ⁇ m from the viewpoint of enhancing the reinforcing effect of the surface rubber layer 11a. Further preferred.
  • the average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers is preferably 10 nm or more, more preferably 30 nm or more, and preferably 1400 nm or less, more preferably, from the viewpoint of improving the stability of the behavior under wet conditions. 1000 nm or less, more preferably 800 nm or less.
  • the distribution of the fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers is obtained by freezing and crushing a sample of the rubber composition, then observing the cross section with a transmission electron microscope (TEM) and arbitrarily selecting 50 cellulosic fine fibers. The fiber diameter is measured and obtained based on the measurement result. The average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers is obtained as the number average of the fiber diameters of 50 arbitrarily selected cellulosic fine fibers.
  • TEM transmission electron microscope
  • the cellulosic fine fibers may be either high aspect ratio manufactured by mechanical defibrating means, or needle-shaped crystals manufactured by chemical defibrating means. Moreover, you may use together what was manufactured by the mechanical defibration means, and what was manufactured by the chemical defibration means as a cellulose fine fiber.
  • the defibrating apparatus used for the mechanical defibrating means include a kneader such as a twin-screw kneader, a high-pressure homogenizer, a grinder, and a bead mill.
  • the treatment used for the chemical defibrating means include acid hydrolysis treatment.
  • the content of the cellulosic fine fibers in the rubber composition is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass or more, still more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • the amount is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 10 parts by mass or less.
  • Rubber compounding agents other than cellulosic fine fibers examples include a reinforcing material, oil, and a crosslinking agent.
  • carbon black for example, channel black; furnace black such as SAF, ISAF, N-339, HAF, N-351, MAF, FEF, SRF, GPF, ECF, N-234; FT, MT, etc. Thermal black; acetylene black and the like.
  • the compounding amount of carbon black is preferably 15 parts by mass or more, more preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and preferably 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 80 parts per 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition. It is below mass parts.
  • Carbon black may have at least one of a hydroxyl group, a carbonyl group, and a carboxyl group.
  • Reinforcing agent also includes silica.
  • Silica obtained by various production methods such as a sol-gel method, a wet method, and a dry method may be used.
  • wet silica is preferred from the viewpoints of reinforcement and low heat build-up.
  • the amount of silica is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and preferably 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition. Or less.
  • silane coupling agent when silica is used, a silane coupling agent may be blended.
  • silane coupling agent examples include sulfide systems such as bis- (3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl) polysulfide (S number of polysulfide moiety: 2 to 8), mercapto systems such as 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- Examples include silane coupling agents used for ordinary rubbers of amino type such as aminopropyltrimethoxysilane and vinyl type such as vinyltriethoxysilane.
  • a silane coupling agent may use only a single kind, and may mix and use multiple types.
  • the addition amount of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • Oils include, for example, petroleum-based softeners, mineral oils such as paraffin wax, castor oil, cottonseed oil, linseed oil, rapeseed oil, soybean oil, palm oil, palm oil, fall raw oil, wax, rosin, pine And vegetable oils such as oil.
  • the oil is preferably one or more of these.
  • the oil content is, for example, 5 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
  • crosslinking agent examples include organic peroxides and sulfur.
  • an organic peroxide may be blended, sulfur may be blended, or both of them may be used in combination.
  • the amount of the crosslinking agent is, for example, 1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
  • sulfur the compounding amount is 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition. For example, 1 to 5 parts by mass.
  • cellulose fine fibers are introduced into the kneaded rubber component and dispersed by kneading.
  • a method for dispersing the cellulose-based fine fibers in the rubber component for example, a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulose-based fine fibers are dispersed in water is added to the rubber component kneaded with an open roll, A method of vaporizing moisture while kneading them, a master of cellulose fine fibers / rubber obtained by mixing a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water and rubber latex to vaporize the moisture Obtained by mixing the batch into a rubber component that has been masticated, mixing a dispersion in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in a solvent, and a solution in which the rubber component is dissolved in the solvent, and evaporating the solvent.
  • a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulose-based fine fibers are dispersed in water is added to the rubber component kneaded with an open roll
  • Cellulose fine fiber / rubber masterbatch is put into the kneaded rubber component, dispersion (gel) in which cellulose fine fiber is dispersed in water is freeze-dried and pulverized And what, how to put into a rubber component is masticated, methods and the like to introduce cellulosic microfibers made hydrophobic in rubber component is masticated.
  • a kneader such as a kneader or a Banbury mixer can be used.
  • the uncrosslinked rubber composition obtained by the kneading process is molded and crosslinked by a normal molding and crosslinking process, whereby a crosslinked rubber composition is obtained.
  • a press for example, a press, a vulcanizer, a continuous vulcanizer, or the like may be used, or a special crosslinking group that is crosslinked by high-frequency crosslinking, radiation crosslinking, or electron beam crosslinking may be used.
  • the molding crosslinking conditions such as temperature, pressure, and time are appropriately set based on the composition of the filler-containing uncrosslinked rubber, the required quality of the rubber molded product, and the like.
  • the polymer molecules contained in the uncrosslinked rubber composition are crosslinked with a crosslinking agent to form a network structure. Thereby, a crosslinked rubber composition is obtained.
  • Specific steps may be performed according to the type of rubber molded product to be manufactured. For example, when a wrapped V-belt as shown in FIG. 1 is manufactured, the following steps may be performed.
  • the wrapped V-belt B illustrated in FIG. 1 is used for, for example, an agricultural machine or an industrial machine, and the dimensions thereof are, for example, a belt circumferential length of 700 to 5000 mm, a belt width of 16 to 17 mm, and a belt thickness of 8 ⁇ 10 mm.
  • the wrapped V-belt B has a cross-sectional shape configured as a triple layer of a bottom rubber layer 11 on the belt inner peripheral side (pulley contact side), an intermediate adhesive rubber layer 12 and an extended rubber layer 13 on the belt outer peripheral side.
  • a trapezoidal belt body 10 is provided.
  • a core wire 14 is embedded in the adhesive rubber layer 12 so as to form a spiral having a pitch in the belt width direction.
  • the belt body 10 is entirely covered with a reinforcing cloth 15.
  • the compressed rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the stretch rubber layer 13 are composed of a crosslinked rubber composition. And, at least one of the compressed rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the stretched rubber layer 13 is an uncrosslinked rubber composition in which a cellulosic fine fiber and various rubber compounding agents are blended and kneaded in a rubber component.
  • the product is formed of a rubber composition that is heated and pressurized and crosslinked with a crosslinking agent.
  • the core wire 14 is composed of a wire such as a twisted yarn or a braid of polyethylene terephthalate (PET) fiber, polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) fiber, para-aramid fiber, vinylon fiber, or the like.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • PEN polyethylene naphthalate
  • para-aramid fiber vinylon fiber, or the like.
  • an adhesive treatment that is heated after being immersed in an RFL aqueous solution before molding and / or an adhesive treatment that is dried after being immersed in rubber paste is performed.
  • attachment process heated after being immersed in the adhesive agent solution which consists of solutions, such as an epoxy resin and a polyisocyanate resin, may be performed as needed.
  • the outer diameter of the core wire 14 is, for example, 0.1 to 2 mm.
  • the reinforcing cloth 15 is made of, for example, a woven fabric, a knitted fabric, a non-woven fabric, or the like formed of yarns such as cotton, polyamide fiber, polyester fiber, and aramid fiber.
  • the reinforcing cloth 15 is coated with rubber paste on the surface on the side of the belt main body 10 and / or an adhesive treatment in which it is immersed in an RFL aqueous solution and heated before molding. Adhesive treatment for drying is applied.
  • a rubber sheet 11 ′ for the compression rubber layer, a rubber sheet 12 ′ for the adhesive rubber layer, a rubber sheet 13 ′ for the stretch rubber layer, a twisted yarn 14 ′ for the core wire, and a cloth 15 ′ for the reinforcing cloth prepare.
  • those including the recycled rubber according to the first embodiment are the first embodiment.
  • An uncrosslinked rubber composition obtained by kneading the recycled rubber and the rubber compounding agent is obtained by processing into a sheet shape using a calender roll or the like.
  • the twisted yarn 14 ′ for the core wire and the fabric 15 ′ for the reinforcing fabric are subjected to adhesion treatment.
  • the rubber sheet 11 'for the compression rubber layer is wound around the mantle 21 a plurality of times, and the rubber sheet 12' for the adhesive rubber layer is wound thereon.
  • the twisted yarn 14 ' is wound spirally.
  • a rubber sheet 12 'for the adhesive rubber layer and a rubber sheet 13' for the stretch rubber layer are wound in order to produce a cylindrical laminated structure 10 '.
  • the cylindrical laminated structure 10 ′ is cut into a predetermined width on the mantle 21 and then removed from the mantle 21.
  • the annular laminated structure 10 ′ is rotated while being wound around a pair of pulleys with the rubber sheet 11 ′ side for the compressed rubber layer facing outward.
  • the volume is adjusted by obliquely cutting both sides of the laminated portion of the rubber sheet 11 'for use in a V shape.
  • the lapped annular laminated structure 10 ' is fitted into the groove 23 of the cylindrical mold 22, and it is placed in a vulcanizing can and heated and pressurized.
  • the rubber component of the annular laminated structure 10 ′ is cross-linked to form the belt main body 10
  • the twisted yarn 14 ′ is bonded and integrated to the belt main body 10 to form the core wire 14, and the cloth 15 ′ is the belt main body.
  • the wrapped V-belt B according to the first embodiment is manufactured by being bonded and integrated with 10 to form the reinforcing cloth 15.
  • the rubber composition of the present invention can be used for various parts and products such as transmission belts such as V-ribbed belts, toothed belts, flat belts, conveyor belts, tires, etc. in addition to V-belts.
  • transmission belts such as V-ribbed belts, toothed belts, flat belts, conveyor belts, tires, etc. in addition to V-belts.
  • Example 1 The rubber composition of Example 1 will be described below. Each example is also described in Table 1.
  • Example 1-1 a dispersion in which powdered cellulose (trade name: KC Flock W-GK manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.) is dispersed in toluene is prepared, and the dispersion is collided with a high-pressure homogenizer to convert the powdered cellulose into cellulose fine fibers.
  • the fiber was defibrated to obtain a dispersion in which cellulose fine fibers were dispersed in toluene. Accordingly, the cellulose fine fibers are produced by mechanical defibrating means and are not subjected to a hydrophobic treatment.
  • H-NBR Zetpol 2020 manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.
  • a plasticizer trade name: W-260 manufactured by DIC
  • the resultant solution was mixed, and toluene and a plasticizer were vaporized to prepare a master batch of cellulose fine fiber / H-NBR.
  • the content of each component in the master batch was 25% by mass for the cellulosic fine fibers, 25% by mass for the plasticizer, and 50% by mass for H-NBR.
  • EPDM was masticated, and a master batch was added thereto for kneading.
  • the input amount of the master batch was such that the content of cellulosic fine fibers was 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of total EPDM.
  • EPDM and cellulose fine fibers are kneaded, and 30 parts by mass of reinforcing material carbon black FEF (manufactured by Tokai Carbon Co., Ltd., trade name: Seast SO) is added to 100 parts by mass of EPDM.
  • FEF manufactured by Tokai Carbon Co., Ltd., trade name: Seast SO
  • 5 parts by mass of cross-linking agent (trade name: Peroximon F-40, manufactured by NOF Corporation) are added to each other to continue kneading, thereby uncrosslinked rubber composition A product was made.
  • Example 1-2 In the same manner as in Example 1-1, a cellulosic fine fiber / EPDM master batch was produced. Subsequently, EPDM was masticated, and a master batch was added thereto for kneading. The input amount of the master batch was such that the content of cellulosic fine fibers was 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of total EPDM.
  • Example 1-3 In the same manner as in Example 1-1, a cellulosic fine fiber / EPDM master batch was produced. Subsequently, EPDM was masticated, and a master batch was added thereto for kneading. The input amount of the master batch was such that the content of cellulosic fine fibers was 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of total EPDM.
  • Example 1-4 In the same manner as in Example 1-1, a cellulosic fine fiber / EPDM master batch was produced. Subsequently, EPDM was masticated, and a master batch was added thereto for kneading. The input amount of the master batch was such that the content of the cellulosic fine fibers was 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total EPDM.
  • test pieces of rubber compositions crosslinked by press molding were prepared.
  • the dimensions of the test piece are 5 mm square and 10 mm long.
  • the initial mass of the test piece was measured. Thereafter, using a pin-on-disk type friction and wear tester, the surface of a 5 mm square surface of the test piece was brought into contact with the surface of a disk-shaped counterpart made of gray cast iron (FC200). A pressure of 0.8 MPa was applied to the test piece from above, the mating member was rotated so that the sliding speed was 0.25 m / sec, and the mass of the test piece after 4 hours was measured. The change from the initial mass was defined as the wear mass. Table 1 shows values that are ten times the wear mass in mg.
  • This measurement was performed in a dry state.
  • the temperature of the counterpart material was set to 60 ° C.
  • a 5 mm square surface of the test piece is used as a sliding surface and brought into contact with the surface of a counterpart material made of gray cast iron.
  • the friction coefficient was measured by rotating the mating member so that the force was 0.25 m / sec and measuring the force.
  • the time of drying is a state in which the test piece and the counterpart material are sufficiently dried. In the wet state, water is dropped on the surface of the disk-shaped mating material, and water is also present between the test piece and the mating material. Moreover, after stopping dripping of water from a wet state, a peak occurs in the coefficient of friction during drying. Drying means the time when such a peak occurs.
  • Test evaluation results The test results are shown in Table 1.
  • Example 1-1 and Example 1-2 in which cellulose fine fibers and carbon black are used in combination use Examples 1-3 and Example 1-4 in which cellulose fine fibers are used but carbon black is not used. Is smaller than the average fiber diameter. In Example 1-2 using silica, the average, maximum and minimum fiber diameters are all smaller than in Example 1-1 using no silica.
  • Example 1-1 and Example 1-2 no agglomerates having a diameter of 5 ⁇ m or more of the cellulosic fine fibers were observed, whereas the presence was confirmed in Examples 1-3 and 1-4. Is done. That is, in Example 1-1 and Example 1-2, the dispersibility of the cellulosic fine fibers is superior to that of Example 1-3 and Example 1-4.
  • the amount of wear is 798 in Comparative Example 1-1 which does not contain cellulosic fine fibers and carbon black.
  • Comparative Example 1-2 containing only carbon black it is 174, and in Examples 1-3 and 1-4 using only cellulose-based fine fibers, it is 198 and 163. Therefore, the cellulose-based fine fibers can achieve the same wear resistance as that of carbon black.
  • Example 1-1 in which cellulosic fine fibers and carbon black are used in combination as reinforcing materials it is 86, and in Example 1-2 in which silica is used, it is 94. Further, the abrasion resistance of the rubber composition is further improved.
  • Example 1-1 and Example 1-2 the variation in the value at the time of drying, wetting and drying is 0.1.
  • Comparative Examples 1 and 2 that do not use cellulosic fine fibers, the friction coefficient greatly decreases when wet, and increases when dry, and the fluctuations are large (in order 1.2 and 1). .1).
  • Example 1-3 and Example 1-4 using cellulosic fine fibers the range of variation is 0.2, although it is larger than that in Example 1-1 and Example 1-2. This is a marked improvement over Example 1-1 and Comparative Example 1-2.
  • the rubber part made of such a rubber composition has a stable behavior under wet conditions.
  • V-ribbed belt B 3 and 4 show a V-ribbed belt B according to the second embodiment.
  • the V-ribbed belt B according to the second embodiment is an endless power transmission member used, for example, in an accessory drive belt transmission device provided in an engine room of an automobile.
  • the V-ribbed belt B according to Embodiment 2 has, for example, a belt length of 700 to 3000 mm, a belt width of 10 to 36 mm, and a belt thickness of 4.0 to 5.0 mm.
  • the V-ribbed belt B according to the second embodiment has a three-layer structure including a compression rubber layer 111 that constitutes a pulley contact portion on the belt inner peripheral side, an intermediate adhesive rubber layer 112, and a back rubber layer 113 on the belt outer peripheral side.
  • a rubber V-ribbed belt main body 110 is provided.
  • a core wire 114 is embedded in an intermediate portion in the thickness direction of the adhesive rubber layer 112 in the V-ribbed belt main body 110 so as to form a spiral having a pitch in the belt width direction.
  • a back reinforcing cloth may be provided instead of the back rubber layer 113, and the V-ribbed belt main body 110 may be configured as a double layer of the compression rubber layer 111 and the adhesive rubber layer 112.
  • the compression rubber layer 111 is provided such that a plurality of V ribs 115 hang down to the belt inner peripheral side.
  • the plurality of V ribs 115 are each formed in a ridge having a substantially inverted triangular cross section extending in the belt length direction, and provided in parallel in the belt width direction.
  • Each V-rib 115 has, for example, a rib height of 2.0 to 3.0 mm and a width between base ends of 1.0 to 3.6 mm.
  • the number of V ribs 115 is, for example, 3 to 6 (6 in FIG. 3).
  • the adhesive rubber layer 112 is formed in a strip shape having a horizontally long cross section, and has a thickness of, for example, 1.0 to 2.5 mm.
  • the back rubber layer 113 is also formed in a band shape having a horizontally long cross section, and has a thickness of, for example, 0.4 to 0.8 mm. It is preferable that a woven fabric pattern is provided on the surface of the back rubber layer 113 from the viewpoint of suppressing sound generation during back driving.
  • the compressed rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 are rubbers obtained by crosslinking an uncrosslinked rubber composition obtained by mixing and kneading various rubber compounding ingredients with a rubber component and then crosslinking with a crosslinking agent. It is formed with a composition.
  • the rubber composition forming the compressed rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 may be the same or different.
  • Examples of the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the compression rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 include ethylene / propylene copolymer (EPR), ethylene / propylene / diene terpolymer (EPDM), Examples include ethylene- ⁇ -olefin elastomers such as octene copolymer and ethylene / butene copolymer; chloroprene rubber (CR); chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber (CSM); hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber (H-NBR).
  • the rubber component is preferably one or more of these blend rubbers.
  • the rubber components of the rubber composition forming the compression rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 are preferably the same.
  • At least one of the rubber compositions forming the compressed rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm. It is preferable that all the rubber compositions forming the compressed rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 contain such cellulosic fine fibers, but at least the compressed rubber layer 111 constituting the pulley contact portion is formed. It is more preferable that the rubber composition to be contained contains such cellulosic fine fibers.
  • At least one of the rubber compositions forming the compression rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 constituting the V-ribbed belt main body 110 is a fiber.
  • a cellulosic fine fiber having a diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm excellent bending fatigue resistance can be obtained.
  • the rubber composition which forms the compression rubber layer 111 which comprises a contact part contains such a cellulose fine fiber, a stable friction coefficient can be obtained with high abrasion resistance.
  • Cellulosic fine fiber is a fiber material derived from cellulose fine fiber composed of a skeletal component of a plant cell wall obtained by finely loosening plant fiber.
  • Examples of the cellulosic fine fiber plant include wood, bamboo, rice (rice straw), potato, sugar cane (bagasse), aquatic plants, seaweed and the like. Of these, wood is preferred.
  • the cellulose-based fine fiber may be either the cellulose fine fiber itself or a hydrophobic cellulose fine fiber that has been subjected to a hydrophobic treatment. Moreover, you may use together cellulose fine fiber itself and hydrophobized cellulose fine fiber as a cellulosic fine fiber. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, the cellulosic fine fibers preferably include hydrophobized cellulose fine fibers. Examples of the hydrophobized cellulose fine fibers include cellulose fine fibers in which some or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups, and cellulose fine fibers that have been subjected to a hydrophobized surface treatment with a surface treatment agent.
  • hydrophobization for obtaining cellulose fine fibers in which part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups include esterification (acylation) (alkyl esterification, complex esterification, ⁇ -ketoesterification, etc.) ), Alkylation, tosylation, epoxidation, arylation and the like. Of these, esterification is preferred.
  • esterification is preferred.
  • part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, acetic anhydride, propionic acid, butyric acid, or halides thereof (particularly chlorides). It is the cellulose fine fiber acylated by.
  • the surface treatment agent for obtaining cellulose fine fibers hydrophobized and surface-treated with the surface treatment agent include silane coupling agents.
  • the cellulosic fine fibers preferably have a wide fiber diameter distribution from the viewpoint of enhancing bending fatigue resistance, and the fiber diameter distribution range includes 50 to 500 nm.
  • the lower limit of the fiber diameter distribution is preferably 20 nm or less, more preferably 10 nm or less.
  • the upper limit is preferably 700 nm or more, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more.
  • the fiber diameter distribution range of the cellulosic fine fibers preferably includes 20 nm to 700 mm, and more preferably includes 10 nm to 1 ⁇ m.
  • the average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers contained in the rubber composition is preferably 10 nm or more, more preferably 20 nm or more, and preferably 700 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the distribution of the fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers is obtained by freezing and crushing a sample of the rubber composition, then observing the cross section with a transmission electron microscope (TEM) and arbitrarily selecting 50 cellulosic fine fibers. The fiber diameter is measured and obtained based on the measurement result. The average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers is obtained as the number average of the fiber diameters of 50 arbitrarily selected cellulosic fine fibers.
  • TEM transmission electron microscope
  • the cellulosic fine fibers may be either high aspect ratio manufactured by mechanical defibrating means, or needle-shaped crystals manufactured by chemical defibrating means. Of these, those manufactured by mechanical defibrating means are preferred. Moreover, you may use together what was manufactured by the mechanical defibration means, and what was manufactured by the chemical defibration means as a cellulose fine fiber.
  • the defibrating apparatus used for the mechanical defibrating means include a kneader such as a twin-screw kneader, a high-pressure homogenizer, a grinder, and a bead mill.
  • the treatment used for the chemical defibrating means include acid hydrolysis treatment.
  • the content of the cellulosic fine fibers in the rubber composition is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 5 parts with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component from the viewpoint of enhancing the bending fatigue resistance. It is not less than 30 parts by mass, preferably not more than 30 parts by mass, more preferably not more than 20 parts by mass, and still more preferably not more than 10 parts by mass.
  • rubber compounding agents include reinforcing materials, process oils, processing aids, vulcanization acceleration aids, crosslinking agents, vulcanization accelerators, and anti-aging agents.
  • carbon black for example, channel black; furnace black such as SAF, ISAF, N-339, HAF, N-351, MAF, FEF, SRF, GPF, ECF, N-234; FT, MT, etc. Thermal black; acetylene black and the like.
  • Silica is also mentioned as the reinforcing material. It is preferable that a reinforcing material is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these. The content of the reinforcing material is preferably 50 to 90 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
  • Oils include, for example, petroleum-based softeners, mineral oils such as paraffin wax, castor oil, cottonseed oil, linseed oil, rapeseed oil, soybean oil, palm oil, palm oil, fall raw oil, wax, rosin, pine And vegetable oils such as oil.
  • the oil is preferably one or more of these.
  • the oil content is, for example, 10 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
  • processing aids include stearic acid, polyethylene wax, and fatty acid metal salts.
  • the processing aid is preferably one or more.
  • the content of the processing aid is, for example, 0.5 to 2 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
  • the vulcanization acceleration aid examples include metal oxides such as magnesium oxide and zinc oxide (zinc white), metal carbonates, fatty acids and derivatives thereof.
  • the vulcanization acceleration aid is preferably one or more.
  • the content of the vulcanization acceleration aid is, for example, 3 to 7 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
  • anti-aging agent examples include benzimidazole anti-aging agents, amine-ketone anti-aging agents, diamine anti-aging agents, and phenol anti-aging agents. It is preferable that an anti-aging agent is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these.
  • the content of the anti-aging agent is, for example, 0.1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • co-crosslinking agent examples include maleimide, TAIC, 1,2-polybutadiene, oximes, guanidine, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, and liquid rubber.
  • the co-crosslinking agent is preferably one or more of these.
  • the content of the co-crosslinking agent is, for example, 0.5 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • crosslinking agent examples include sulfur and organic peroxides.
  • sulfur may be blended, an organic peroxide may be blended, or both of them may be used in combination.
  • the amount of the crosslinking agent is, for example, 1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition in the case of sulfur, and 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition with respect to the organic peroxide. For example, 1 to 5 parts by mass.
  • vulcanization accelerator examples include thiuram (eg, TETD, TT, TRA, etc.), thiazole (eg, MBT, MBTS, etc.), sulfenamide (eg, CZ), dithiocarbamate (eg, BZ-P). Etc.). It is preferable that a vulcanization accelerator is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these.
  • the content of the vulcanization accelerator is, for example, 1 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
  • the rubber composition forming the compressed rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 may contain short fibers 116 having a fiber diameter of 10 ⁇ m or more.
  • the short fiber 116 is contained in the rubber composition forming the compressed rubber layer 111 constituting the pulley contact portion.
  • the short fibers 116 are preferably contained in the compressed rubber layer 111 so as to be oriented in the belt width direction, and a part of the short fibers 116 exposed on the surface of the V rib 115 of the compressed rubber layer 111 is a part. Preferably protrudes from the surface.
  • the structure by which the short fiber 116 was not planted in the rubber composition, and the short fiber was planted on the V rib 115 surface of the compressed rubber layer 111 may be used.
  • Examples of the short fibers 116 include nylon short fibers, vinylon short fibers, aramid short fibers, polyester short fibers, and cotton short fibers.
  • the short fiber 116 is manufactured by, for example, cutting a long fiber that has been subjected to an adhesive treatment to be heated after being immersed in an RFL aqueous solution or the like into a predetermined length.
  • the length of the short fiber 116 is, for example, 0.2 to 5.0 mm, and the fiber diameter is, for example, 10 to 50 ⁇ m.
  • the content of the short fibers 116 is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. It is.
  • the content of the short fibers 116 is preferably larger than the content of the cellulosic fine fibers.
  • the ratio of the content of the short fibers 116 to the content of the cellulosic fine fibers is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably Is 15 or less, more preferably 5 or less.
  • the total content of cellulosic fine fibers and short fibers 116 is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, and preferably 25 parts by mass or less, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. Preferably it is 15 mass parts or less.
  • the core wire 114 is composed of a twisted yarn formed of polyamide fiber, polyester fiber, aramid fiber, polyamide fiber or the like.
  • the diameter of the core wire 114 is, for example, 0.5 to 2.5 mm, and the dimension between the centers of adjacent core wires 114 in the cross section is, for example, 0.05 to 0.20 mm.
  • the core wire 114 is subjected to an adhesive treatment for imparting adhesiveness to the V-ribbed belt main body 110.
  • FIG. 5 shows a pulley layout of an auxiliary drive belt transmission device 190 for an automobile using the V-ribbed belt B according to the second embodiment.
  • the accessory drive belt transmission device 190 is of a serpentine drive type in which a V-ribbed belt B is wound around six pulleys of four rib pulleys and two flat pulleys to transmit power.
  • a power steering pulley 191 of a rib pulley is provided at the uppermost position, and an AC generator pulley 192 of a rib pulley is provided below the power steering pulley 191.
  • a flat pulley tensioner pulley 193 is provided on the lower left side of the power steering pulley 191, and a flat pulley water pump pulley 194 is provided on the lower side of the tensioner pulley 193.
  • a rib pulley crankshaft pulley 195 is provided on the lower left side of the tensioner pulley 193, and a rib pulley air conditioner pulley 196 is provided on the lower right side of the crankshaft pulley 195.
  • These pulleys are made of, for example, a metal stamped product, a casting, or a resin molded product such as nylon resin or phenol resin, and have a pulley diameter of ⁇ 50 to 150 mm.
  • the V-ribbed belt B is wound around the power steering pulley 191 so that the V-rib 115 side contacts, and then wound around the tensioner pulley 193 so that the back surface of the belt contacts. After that, it is wound around the crankshaft pulley 195 and the air conditioner pulley 196 in order so that the V-rib 115 side contacts, and further wound around the water pump pulley 194 so that the back surface of the belt contacts, and the V-rib 115 side contacts. Thus, it is wound around the AC generator pulley 192 and finally returned to the power steering pulley 191.
  • the belt span length which is the length of the V-ribbed belt B spanned between the pulleys, is, for example, 50 to 300 mm. Misalignment that can occur between pulleys is 0-2 °.
  • FIG. 6 and 7 show a belt mold 130 used for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt B according to the second embodiment.
  • the belt mold 130 includes a cylindrical inner mold 131 and an outer mold 132, which are provided concentrically.
  • the inner mold 131 is made of a flexible material such as rubber.
  • the outer mold 132 is made of a rigid material such as metal.
  • the inner peripheral surface of the outer mold 132 is formed as a molding surface, and V rib forming grooves 133 having the same shape as the V rib 115 are provided on the inner peripheral surface of the outer mold 132 at a constant pitch in the axial direction. Yes.
  • the outer mold 132 is provided with a temperature control mechanism that controls the temperature by circulating a heat medium such as water vapor or a coolant such as water. Further, a pressurizing means for pressurizing and expanding the inner mold 131 from the inside is provided.
  • the manufacturing method of the V-ribbed belt B according to Embodiment 2 includes a material preparation process, a molding process, a crosslinking process, and a finishing process.
  • cellulosic fine fibers are put into a kneaded rubber component and dispersed by kneading.
  • a method for dispersing the cellulose-based fine fibers in the rubber component for example, a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulose-based fine fibers are dispersed in water is added to the rubber component kneaded with an open roll, A method of vaporizing moisture while kneading them, a master of cellulose fine fibers / rubber obtained by mixing a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water and rubber latex to vaporize the moisture Obtained by mixing the batch into a rubber component that has been masticated, mixing a dispersion in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in a solvent and a solution in which the rubber component is dissolved in the solvent, and evaporating the solvent Cellulose fine fiber / rubber masterbatch is put into the kneaded rubber component, dispersion (gel) in which cellulose fine fiber is dispersed in water is freeze-dried and pulverized And what, how to put
  • the uncrosslinked rubber composition is molded into a sheet by calendar molding or the like.
  • the preparation of those not containing cellulosic fine fibers is carried out by blending various rubber compounding agents with the rubber component, kneading with a kneader such as a kneader or a Banbury mixer, and the resulting uncrosslinked rubber composition by calendar molding or the like. This is done by forming into a sheet.
  • a kneader such as a kneader or a Banbury mixer
  • the core wire 114 ' is subjected to an RFL adhesion treatment in which it is immersed in an RFL aqueous solution and heated.
  • RFL adhesion an adhesive treatment
  • the core wire 114 ' is subjected to an RFL adhesion treatment in which it is immersed in an RFL aqueous solution and heated.
  • attachment process which immerses in a foundation
  • a rubber sleeve 135 is placed on a cylindrical drum 134 having a smooth surface, and an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 113 ′ for the back rubber layer and an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 112 for the adhesive rubber layer are formed on the outer periphery thereof.
  • the core wire 114' is wound spirally around the cylindrical inner mold 131 from above, and further, an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 112 'for the adhesive rubber layer and a compressed rubber layer are further formed thereon.
  • the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 111 ′ is wound in order.
  • a laminated molded body B ′ is formed on the rubber sleeve 135.
  • the rubber sleeve 135 provided with the laminated molded body B ′ is removed from the cylindrical drum 134 and, as shown in FIG. 9, it is set in the inner peripheral surface side of the outer mold 132, and then as shown in FIG. 10.
  • the inner mold 131 is positioned and sealed in the rubber sleeve 135 set on the outer mold 132.
  • the outer mold 132 is heated and pressurized by injecting high-pressure air or the like into the sealed interior of the inner mold 131.
  • the inner mold 131 expands, and the uncrosslinked rubber sheets 111 ′, 112 ′, 113 ′ in the laminated molded body B ′ enter the molded surface of the outer mold 132 while being compressed, and the crosslinking proceeds.
  • the core wire 114 ′ is combined and integrated, and finally, a cylindrical belt slab S is formed as shown in FIG.
  • the molding temperature of the belt slab S is, for example, 100 to 180 ° C.
  • the molding pressure is, for example, 0.5 to 2.0 MPa
  • the molding time is, for example, 10 to 60 minutes.
  • V-ribbed belt V-ribbed belts of Examples 2-1 to 2-9 and Comparative Example 2 below were produced. Details of each are also shown in Table 2.
  • Example 2-1> Prepare a dispersion in which powdered cellulose (trade name: KC Flock W-50GK, manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.) made of wood as a raw material in toluene is dispersed.
  • the fine fibers were defibrated to obtain a dispersion in which cellulose fine fibers were dispersed in toluene. Accordingly, the cellulose fine fibers are produced by mechanical defibrating means and are not subjected to a hydrophobic treatment.
  • EPDM was masticated, and a master batch was added thereto for kneading.
  • the input amount of the master batch was such that the cellulose fine fiber content was 1 part by mass when the total EPDM was 100 parts by mass.
  • HAF carbon black (trade name: Dia Black H) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd. is added to 100 mass parts of EPDM.
  • 2.5 parts by mass of benzimidazole anti-aging agent (trade name: NOCRACK MB), sulfur as a crosslinking agent (product by Hosoi Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • thiuram vulcanization accelerator (made by Ouchi Shinsei Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: Noxeller TET-G)
  • Example 2-1 Using this uncrosslinked rubber composition, a V-ribbed belt of Example 2-1 having the same configuration as that of Embodiment 2 in which a compressed rubber layer was formed so that the cutting direction was the belt width direction was produced.
  • the V-ribbed belt of Example 2-1 had a belt length of 1400 mm, a belt width of 2.2 mm, a belt thickness of 4.5 mm, and three V-ribs.
  • the adhesive rubber layer and the back rubber layer were formed from a rubber composition not containing cellulose fine fibers and short fibers, and the core wire was formed from a polyester fiber twisted yarn that had been subjected to an adhesive treatment.
  • Example 2-2 A V-ribbed belt of Example 2-2 was produced in the same manner as Example 2-1 except that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 3 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the rubber component.
  • Example 2-3 A V-ribbed belt of Example 2-3 was produced in the same manner as Example 2-1 except that the content of the fine cellulose fiber was 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • Example 2-4 A V-ribbed belt of Example 2-4 was produced in the same manner as Example 2-1 except that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • Example 2-5 A V-ribbed belt of Example 2-5 was produced in the same manner as Example 2-1 except that the content of cellulose fine fiber was 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • Example 2-6 A V-ribbed belt of Example 2-6 was produced in the same manner as Example 2-1 except that the content of cellulose fine fiber was 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • Example 2-7 Except that the uncrosslinked rubber composition for the compression rubber layer contains 14 parts by mass of nylon short fibers (trade name: CFN3000, fiber diameter: 26 ⁇ m, fiber length: 3 mm, manufactured by Teijin Ltd.) with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • nylon short fibers trade name: CFN3000, fiber diameter: 26 ⁇ m, fiber length: 3 mm, manufactured by Teijin Ltd.
  • B / A in Table 2-7
  • the ratio of the short fiber content to the cellulosic fine fiber content (“B / A” in Table 2) is 14.
  • the total content of cellulosic fine fibers and short fibers (“A + B" in Table 2) is 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • Example 2-8 The V of Example 2-8 is the same as Example 2-2 except that the uncrosslinked rubber composition for the compressed rubber layer contains 12 parts by mass of nylon short fibers with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. A ribbed belt was produced. The ratio (B / A) of the short fiber content to the cellulosic fine fiber content is 4. The total content (A + B) of the cellulosic fine fibers and short fibers is 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • Example 2-9 The V of Example 2-9 is the same as Example 2-3 except that the uncrosslinked rubber composition for the compressed rubber layer contains 10 parts by mass of nylon short fibers per 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. A ribbed belt was produced. The ratio of the short fiber content to the cellulosic fine fiber content (the short fiber content to the cellulosic fine fiber content) is 3. The total content of cellulosic fine fibers and short fibers is 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • Example 2 The same as Example 2-1 except that the uncrosslinked rubber composition for the compressed rubber layer does not contain fine cellulose fibers and 15 parts by mass of nylon short fibers per 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. Thus, a V-ribbed belt of Comparative Example 2 was produced.
  • FIG. 16 shows a friction coefficient measuring device 140.
  • the friction coefficient measuring device 140 includes a test pulley 141 made of a rib pulley having a pulley diameter of 75 mm and a load cell 142 provided on the side thereof.
  • the test pulley 141 is made of an iron-based material S45C.
  • the test piece 143 of the V-ribbed belt extends horizontally from the load cell 142 and is then wound around the test pulley 141. That is, the V-ribbed belt test piece 143 is provided such that the winding angle around the test pulley 141 is 90 °.
  • Example 2-1 to Example 2-9 and Comparative Example 2 About each V-ribbed belt of Example 2-1 to Example 2-9 and Comparative Example 2, a belt-shaped test piece 143 is cut and fixed at one end to the load cell 142 and wound around the test pulley 141. A weight 144 was attached to the other end and hung. Subsequently, at an ambient temperature of 25 ° C., the test pulley 141 is rotated at a rotation speed of 43 rpm in a direction to lower the weight 144, and at 60 seconds after the rotation starts, the test pulley 141 in the test piece 143 is loaded by the load cell 142. The tension Tt applied to the horizontal portion between the load cell 142 and the load cell 142 was measured.
  • FIG. 17 shows a pulley layout of the belt running test machine 150 for evaluating wear resistance.
  • the belt running test machine 150 for wear resistance evaluation includes a driving rib pulley 151 having a pulley diameter of ⁇ 60 mm and a driven rib pulley 152 having a pulley diameter of 60 mm provided on the right side thereof.
  • the driven rib pulley 152 is movably provided to the left and right so that an axial load (dead weight DW) can be applied and tension can be applied to the V-ribbed belt B.
  • the belt mass was measured, and then wound between the drive rib pulley 151 and the driven rib pulley 152 of the belt running test machine 150 for wear resistance evaluation.
  • the belt was run at a rotational speed. Then, the belt running was stopped 24 hours after the start of running, the belt mass of the V-ribbed belt was measured, and the weight loss was obtained as a percentage.
  • FIG. 18 shows a pulley layout of a belt running test machine 160 for evaluating bending fatigue resistance.
  • the belt running test machine 160 for evaluating bending fatigue resistance includes a driving rib pulley 161 having a pulley diameter of ⁇ 60 mm, a first driven rib pulley 162a having a pulley diameter of ⁇ 60 mm provided above, a driving rib pulley 161 and a first driven rib pulley 162a.
  • the first driven rib pulley 162a is provided movably up and down so as to apply a shaft load (dead weight DW) and apply tension to the V-ribbed belt B.
  • a shaft load load (dead weight DW)
  • tension to the V-ribbed belt B.
  • the belt running test machine 160 for evaluating bending fatigue resistance has a compressed rubber layer as a driving rib pulley 161 and first and second driven rib pulleys. 162a and 162b, and the back rubber layer is wound around the idler pulley 163 so as to be in contact with each other, and an axial load of 588 N is applied to the first driven rib pulley 162a to apply tension to the V-ribbed belt B.
  • the driving rib pulley 161 was rotated at a rotational speed of 5100 rpm under the atmospheric temperature of 70 ° C. to run the belt.
  • the belt travel was periodically stopped and whether or not a crack was generated in the compressed rubber layer was visually confirmed, and the belt travel time until the occurrence of the crack was confirmed was defined as the crack generation life.
  • Test evaluation results The test results are shown in Table 2.
  • the content of the cellulose fine fiber means a part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component even if not particularly described.
  • Example 2-3 to Example 2-6 in which the content of cellulose fine fibers is 5 parts by mass or more, and Examples 2-7 to Example 2 including both cellulose fine fibers and nylon short fibers 9 shows that the increase amount is -0.05 to 0.05, which is close to 0, and therefore, the increase in the coefficient of friction during drying after being flooded is suppressed. Even in the case of Example 2-1 having the smallest content of cellulose fine fibers (1 part by mass), the change in the friction coefficient is 0.5, which is close to half that of Comparative Example 2.
  • Example 2-7 in which the content of short nylon fibers is 14 parts by mass and the content of fine cellulose fibers is 1 part by mass, the content is 2.3%. That is, it can be seen that the wear resistance is further improved by including both nylon short fibers and cellulose fine fibers. In Examples 2-7 to 2-9, the total content of cellulose fine fibers and short nylon fibers is the same, but the wear resistance improves as the proportion of the content of cellulose fine fibers increases. I understand.
  • Example 2 In Comparative Example 2 in which the content of short nylon fibers was 15 parts by mass, the crack generation life was 520 hours, whereas in Example 2-1 in which the content of cellulose fine fibers was 1 part by mass, cracks were observed. It can be seen that the generation life is 1205 hours, which is improved more than twice. It can be seen that the crack generation life is further improved by increasing the content of the cellulose fine fiber to 3 parts by mass (Example 2-2), but if it is further increased, the crack generation life is rather shortened (Example 2- 3 to Example 2-6). However, even in Example 2-6 in which the content of fine cellulose fibers is 25 parts by mass, the crack generation life is 900 hours, which is significantly improved as compared with Comparative Example 2.
  • FIG. 12 schematically shows the flat belt C of the third embodiment.
  • the flat belt C according to the third embodiment is used in applications that require a long life in use under relatively high load conditions such as a drive transmission application such as a blower, a compressor, and a generator, and an auxiliary machine drive application of an automobile. It is the power transmission member used.
  • the flat belt C has, for example, a belt length of 600 to 3000 mm, a belt width of 10 to 20 mm, and a belt thickness of 2 to 3.5 mm.
  • the flat belt C according to the third embodiment is provided such that an inner rubber layer 121 on the inner peripheral side of the belt, an adhesive rubber layer 122 on the outer peripheral side of the belt, and an outer rubber layer 123 on the outer peripheral side of the belt are laminated.
  • An integrated flat belt body 120 is provided.
  • a core wire 124 is embedded in the adhesive rubber layer 122 so as to form a spiral having a pitch in the belt width direction at an intermediate portion in the belt thickness direction.
  • the inner rubber layer 121, the adhesive rubber layer 122, and the outer rubber layer 123 are each formed in a band shape having a horizontally long cross section, and an uncrosslinked rubber composition in which various compounding agents are blended and kneaded with a rubber component is heated. And it is formed with the rubber composition bridge
  • the thickness of the inner rubber layer 121 is preferably 0.3 mm or more, more preferably 0.5 mm or more, and preferably 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 2.5 mm or less.
  • the thickness of the adhesive rubber layer 122 is, for example, 0.6 to 1.5 mm.
  • the thickness of the outer rubber layer 123 is, for example, 0.6 to 1.5 mm.
  • At least one of the rubber compositions forming the inner rubber layer 121, the adhesive rubber layer 122, and the outer rubber layer 123 contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm. It is preferable that all the rubber compositions forming the inner rubber layer 121, the adhesive rubber layer 122, and the outer rubber layer 123 contain such cellulosic fine fibers, but at least the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer 121 is applied. It is more preferable to contain a cellulosic fine fiber.
  • the rubber composition that forms the inner rubber layer 121, the adhesive rubber layer 122, and the outer rubber layer 123 is the same as the rubber composition that forms the compression rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 of the second embodiment. It has the composition of. Cellulose fine fibers also have the same configuration as that of the second embodiment.
  • the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer 121, the adhesive rubber layer 122, and the outer rubber layer 123 may contain short fibers 126.
  • the short rubber 126 is preferably contained in the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer 121.
  • the short fibers 126 are preferably contained in the inner rubber layer 121 so as to be oriented in the belt width direction.
  • the short fiber 126 has the same configuration as that of the second embodiment.
  • the core wire 124 has the same configuration as that of the second embodiment.
  • At least one of the rubber compositions forming the inner rubber layer 121, the adhesive rubber layer 122, and the outer rubber layer 123 that constitutes the flat belt main body 120 in this way is a fiber.
  • a cellulosic fine fiber having a diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm excellent bending fatigue resistance can be obtained.
  • the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer 121 constituting the contact portion contains such cellulosic fine fibers, a high friction resistance and a stable friction coefficient can be obtained.
  • the manufacturing method of the flat belt C according to Embodiment 3 includes a material preparation process, a molding process, a crosslinking process, and a finishing process.
  • ⁇ Material preparation process> Among the uncrosslinked rubber sheets 121 ′, 122 ′, and 123 ′ for the inner rubber layer, the adhesive rubber layer, and the outer rubber layer, those containing cellulosic fine fibers are produced in the same manner as in the second embodiment. .
  • the preparation of those not containing cellulosic fine fibers is carried out by blending various rubber compounding agents with the rubber component, kneading with a kneader such as a kneader or a Banbury mixer, and the resulting uncrosslinked rubber composition by calendar molding or the like. This is done by forming into a sheet.
  • the bonding process is performed on the core wire 124 ′ in the same manner as in the second embodiment.
  • a core wire 124 ' is spirally wound on the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 122' for the adhesive rubber layer, and then again uncrosslinked for the adhesive rubber layer.
  • a rubber sheet 122 ' is wound.
  • the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 123 'for the outer rubber layer is wound around the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 122' for the adhesive rubber layer.
  • a laminated molded body C ′ is formed on the cylindrical mold 145.
  • the cylindrical mold 145 is taken out from the vulcanizing can, the cylindrical belt slab S formed on the cylindrical mold 145 is removed, and then the outer peripheral surface and / or the inner peripheral surface is polished. To make the thickness uniform.
  • a flat belt C is produced by cutting the belt slab S into a predetermined width.
  • the V-ribbed belt B and the flat belt C are shown in the third embodiment.
  • the present invention is not particularly limited thereto, and the rubber containing cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm.
  • the belt body may be another friction transmission belt such as a low edge V belt or a wrapped V belt, or a toothed belt of a meshing transmission belt.
  • Example 3-1 A master batch of fine cellulose fibers / EPDM was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-1.
  • EPDM was masticated, and a master batch was added thereto for kneading.
  • the input amount of the master batch was such that the cellulose fine fiber content was 1 part by mass when the total EPDM was 100 parts by mass.
  • Example 3-1 Using this uncrosslinked rubber composition, a flat belt of Example 3-1 having the same configuration as that of Embodiment 3 in which the inner rubber layer was formed so that the line direction was the belt width direction was produced.
  • the V-ribbed belt of Example 3-1 had a belt length of 1118 mm, a belt width of 10 mm, and a belt thickness of 2.8 mm.
  • the adhesive rubber layer and the outer rubber layer were formed of a rubber composition not containing fine cellulose fibers and short fibers, and the core wire was formed of a twisted yarn made of polyester fiber subjected to an adhesion treatment.
  • Example 3-2 A flat belt of Example 3-2 was produced in the same manner as Example 3-1, except that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • Example 3-3 A flat belt of Example 3-3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 3-1, except that the content of cellulose fine fiber was 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • Example 3-4 A flat belt of Example 3-4 was produced in the same manner as in Example 3-1, except that the content of the fine cellulose fiber was 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • Example 3-5 A flat belt of Example 3-5 was produced in the same manner as in Example 3-1, except that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • Example 3-6 A flat belt of Example 3-6 was produced in the same manner as in Example 3-1, except that the content of the fine cellulose fiber was 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • Comparative Example 3-1 A flat belt of Comparative Example 2-1 was produced in the same manner as in Example 3-1, except that cellulose fine fibers were not contained in the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer.
  • FIG. 19 shows a pulley layout of a belt running test machine 170 for evaluating friction / wear characteristics.
  • the belt running test machine 170 for evaluating friction / wear characteristics includes a driving flat pulley 171 having a pulley diameter of 120 mm, a first driven flat pulley 172 having a pulley diameter of 120 mm provided above the right driving pulley 171 and a right at an intermediate position between them. And a second driven flat pulley 173 having a pulley diameter of ⁇ 50 mm provided on the side.
  • the second driven flat pulley 173 is movably provided to the left and right so as to apply an axial load (dead weight DW) and apply tension to the flat belt C.
  • the driving flat pulley 171 of the belt running test machine 170 for evaluating friction and wear characteristics the first The second driven flat pulleys 72 and 73 are wound around, and a 98 N axial load is applied to the right side of the second driven flat pulley 173 to apply tension to the flat belt C.
  • the belt was run by applying a rotational load of 8.8 kW and rotating the drive pulley 171 at a rotational speed of 4800 rpm under an ambient temperature of 120 ° C.
  • the belt running was stopped 24 hours after the running started, and the friction coefficient of the surface of the inner rubber layer after the belt running was obtained by the same method as in Example 2 using the friction coefficient measuring device 140 shown in FIG. .
  • the test pulley 141 a flat pulley having a pulley diameter of ⁇ 65 mm was used.
  • the running surface of the driving flat pulley 171 and the first and second driven flat pulleys 72 and 73 after the belt running for 24 hours is visually observed to perform a sensory evaluation of the surface state, and the state from the amount of rubber adhesion and texture
  • the sticking wear occurrence index was numerically determined as follows.
  • FIG. 20 shows a pulley layout of the belt running test machine 180 for evaluating wear resistance.
  • the belt running test machine 180 for wear resistance evaluation includes a driving flat pulley 181 having a pulley diameter of ⁇ 100 mm and a driven flat pulley 182 having a pulley diameter of 100 mm provided on the left side thereof.
  • the driving flat pulley 181 is provided so as to be movable left and right so as to apply an axial load (dead weight DW) and apply tension to the flat belt C.
  • Example 3-1 to Example 3-6 and Comparative Example 3-1 to Comparative Example 3-2 the belt mass was measured, and then the belt running tester 180 for wear resistance evaluation was driven. Wrapped between the flat pulley 181 and the driven flat pulley 182 to apply a shaft load of 300 N to the right side of the driving flat pulley 181 to apply tension to the flat belt C, and rotate the driven flat pulley 182 by 12 N ⁇ m. Torque was applied, and the drive flat pulley 181 was rotated at a rotational speed of 2000 rpm under the atmospheric temperature of 100 ° C. to run the belt. Then, the belt running was stopped 24 hours after the start of running, the belt mass of the flat belt C was measured, the weight loss was determined, and the relative value was calculated with the weight loss of Comparative Example 3-1 being 100.
  • Test evaluation results The test results are shown in Table 3.
  • the content of the cellulose fine fiber means a part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component even if not particularly described.
  • the friction coefficient after running the belt for 500 hours decreases to 0.35 and 0.25 in order in Comparative Example 3-1 and Comparative Example 3-2.
  • the decrease is 0.15 at the maximum (Examples 3-1 and 2-2).
  • the content of the cellulose fine fiber is increased, the decrease is further reduced.
  • the content is 10 parts by mass or more (Examples 3-4 to 3-6), after running the belt for 24 hours and after running the belt for 500 hours. It can be seen that the coefficient of friction is the same value.
  • a flat belt having a small change in friction coefficient with time can be obtained by forming the inner rubber layer from a rubber composition containing fine cellulose fibers.
  • Example 3-1 The adhesive wear occurrence index of Comparative Example 3-1 and Comparative Example 3-2 was evaluated as 100 and 90, whereas when the rubber composition containing cellulose fine fibers was used, the content was the smallest (1 (Mass part) In Example 3-1, the adhesive wear occurrence index is 45, which shows a marked improvement. By increasing the content, the adhesive wear occurrence index was further improved. In Example 3-6 containing 25 parts by mass of cellulose fine fibers, the evaluation was 10 (powder with less adhesion on the belt surface and low adhesive powder) It can be seen that there are many body-shaped ones).
  • Comparative Example 3-2 containing nylon short fibers, an improvement is seen as compared with Comparative Example 3-1, but this is not remarkable.
  • the adhesive wear occurrence index of the flat belt is improved by forming the inner rubber layer with the rubber composition containing cellulose fine fibers.
  • ⁇ Abrasion resistance> The evaluation of abrasion resistance of Comparative Example 3-1 and Comparative Example 3-2 is 100, whereas Example 3-1 in which the content of cellulose fine fibers is 1 part by mass is improved to 65, It can be seen that the evaluation is further improved by further increasing the content. However, the evaluation is 50 or 45 when the content of cellulose fine fibers is in the range of 3 to 25 parts by mass (Example 3-2 to Example 3-6), and even if the content of cellulose fine fibers is increased, The improvement in wear tends to saturate.
  • V-ribbed belt B] 21 and 22 show a V-ribbed belt B (power transmission belt) according to the fourth embodiment.
  • the V-ribbed belt B according to the fourth embodiment is an endless power transmission member used in, for example, an accessory drive belt transmission device provided in an engine room of an automobile.
  • the V-ribbed belt B according to Embodiment 4 has, for example, a belt length of 700 to 3000 mm, a belt width of 10 to 36 mm, and a belt thickness of 4.0 to 5.0 mm.
  • the V-ribbed belt B according to the fourth embodiment is a rubber V-ribbed belt main body configured in a three-layer structure including a compression rubber layer 211 on the belt inner circumferential side, an intermediate adhesive rubber layer 212, and a back rubber layer 213 on the belt outer circumferential side. 210 is provided. A core wire 214 is embedded in an intermediate portion in the thickness direction of the adhesive rubber layer 212 in the V-ribbed belt main body 210 so as to form a spiral having a pitch in the belt width direction. Note that a back reinforcing cloth may be provided instead of the back rubber layer 213, and the V-ribbed belt main body 210 may be configured as a double layer of the compression rubber layer 211 and the adhesive rubber layer 212.
  • the compression rubber layer 211 is provided such that a plurality of V ribs 215 hang down to the inner peripheral side of the belt.
  • the plurality of V ribs 215 are each formed in a ridge having a substantially inverted triangular cross section extending in the belt length direction, and provided in parallel in the belt width direction.
  • each V rib 215 has a rib height of 2.0 to 3.0 mm and a width between base ends of 1.0 to 3.6 mm.
  • the number of V ribs 215 is, for example, 3 to 6 (6 in FIG. 21).
  • the compression rubber layer 211 includes a surface rubber layer 211a constituting a pulley contact portion provided in a layer shape along the entire pulley contact surface, and an internal rubber layer 211b provided on the inner side of the belt with respect to the surface rubber layer 211a.
  • the thickness of the surface rubber layer 211a is, for example, 50 to 500 ⁇ m.
  • the surface rubber layer 211a is a rubber composition in which an uncrosslinked rubber composition obtained by mixing and kneading various rubber compounding agents in addition to a foaming agent and cellulose fine fibers in a rubber component is heated and pressurized to be crosslinked by a crosslinking agent. It is formed of things.
  • the rubber composition for forming the surface rubber layer 211a is a porous rubber composition in which a large number of hollow portions 216a are formed inside by foaming of a foaming agent, and a large number of recessed holes 217a exposed on the surface are formed. It is a thing.
  • fine fiber in the present application means a fiber having a fiber diameter of 1.0 ⁇ m or less.
  • Examples of the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a include ethylene-propylene copolymer (EPR), ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer (EPDM), ethylene-octene copolymer, ethylene-butene copolymer, and other ethylene- ⁇ -olefin elastomer; chloroprene rubber (CR); chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber (CSM); hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber (H-NBR), natural rubber (NR), styrene butadiene rubber (SBR), butadiene rubber (BR), nitrile Examples thereof include rubber (NBR), silicone rubber (Q), and fluoro rubber (FKM).
  • the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a is preferably one or more of these blend rubbers.
  • an ADCA foaming agent containing azodicarbonamide as a main component for example, an ADCA foaming agent containing azodicarbonamide as a main component, a DPT foaming agent containing dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine as a main component, and p, p′-oxybisbenzenesulfonylhydrazide as a main component.
  • the thermal decomposition type include organic foaming agents such as OBSH foaming agents and HDCA foaming agents mainly composed of hydrazodicarbonamide. It is preferable that a foaming agent is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these.
  • the Sanyo Kasei Co., Ltd. brand name: Cell microphone series etc. are mentioned, for example.
  • the decomposition temperature of the foaming agent is preferably 100 ° C or higher, more preferably 140 ° C or higher, and preferably 230 ° C or lower, more preferably 210 ° C or lower.
  • the blending amount of the foaming agent is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 4 parts by mass or more, and preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 7 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. It is as follows.
  • the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a contains a decomposition residue after the foaming agent decomposes and foams.
  • a decomposition residue in the case of an ADCA foaming agent, urazole biurea cyanurate is included as a decomposition residue in the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a.
  • a DPT foaming agent hexamethylenetetramine is included.
  • polydithiophenyl ether and polythiophenylbenzenesulfonyl ether are included.
  • urazole will be included.
  • Cellulosic fine fiber is a fiber material derived from cellulose fine fiber composed of a skeletal component of a plant cell wall obtained by finely loosening plant fiber.
  • the cellulosic fine fiber plant include wood, bamboo, rice (rice straw), potato, sugar cane (bagasse), aquatic plants, seaweed and the like. Of these, wood is preferred.
  • the porous rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a contains such cellulosic fine fibers, a high reinforcing effect is exhibited.
  • the cellulose-based fine fiber may be either the cellulose fine fiber itself or a hydrophobic cellulose fine fiber that has been subjected to a hydrophobic treatment. Moreover, you may use together cellulose fine fiber itself and hydrophobized cellulose fine fiber as a cellulosic fine fiber. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, the cellulosic fine fibers preferably include hydrophobized cellulose fine fibers. Examples of the hydrophobized cellulose fine fibers include cellulose fine fibers in which some or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups, and cellulose fine fibers that have been subjected to a hydrophobized surface treatment with a surface treatment agent.
  • hydrophobization for obtaining cellulose fine fibers in which part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups include esterification (acylation) (alkyl esterification, complex esterification, ⁇ -ketoesterification, etc.) ), Alkylation, tosylation, epoxidation, arylation and the like. Of these, esterification is preferred.
  • esterification is preferred.
  • part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, acetic anhydride, propionic acid, butyric acid, or halides thereof (particularly chlorides). It is the cellulose fine fiber acylated by.
  • the surface treatment agent for obtaining cellulose fine fibers hydrophobized and surface-treated with the surface treatment agent include silane coupling agents.
  • the lower limit of the fiber diameter distribution of the cellulosic fine fibers is preferably 10 nm or more, more preferably 20 nm or more.
  • An upper limit becomes like this.
  • the fiber diameter distribution range of the cellulosic fine fibers preferably includes 20 nm to 1 ⁇ m, more preferably includes 20 to 700 mm, and includes 20 to 500 nm. Further preferred.
  • the average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers contained in the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a is preferably 200 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less, from the viewpoint of enhancing the reinforcing effect of the surface rubber layer 211a.
  • the average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers contained in the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a is preferably 3 nm or more.
  • the distribution of the fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers was determined by freeze-grinding a sample of the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a and then observing the cross section with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), and 50 cellulosic fine fibers.
  • the fiber diameter is measured by arbitrarily selecting the fiber, and it is obtained based on the measurement result.
  • the average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers is obtained as the number average of the fiber diameters of 50 arbitrarily selected cellulosic fine fibers.
  • the cellulosic fine fibers may be either high aspect ratio manufactured by mechanical defibrating means, or manufactured by chemical defibrating means. Of these, those produced by chemical defibrating means are preferred. Moreover, you may use together what was manufactured by the mechanical defibration means, and what was manufactured by the chemical defibration means as a cellulose fine fiber.
  • the defibrating apparatus used for the mechanical defibrating means include a kneader such as a twin-screw kneader, a high-pressure homogenizer, a grinder, and a bead mill.
  • the treatment used for the chemical defibrating means include acid hydrolysis treatment.
  • the content of the cellulosic fine fibers in the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component from the viewpoint of enhancing the reinforcing effect of the surface rubber layer 211a. More preferably, it is 1 mass part or more, More preferably, it is 5 mass parts or more, Preferably it is 30 mass parts or less, More preferably, it is 20 mass parts or less, More preferably, it is 10 mass parts or less.
  • the content of the cellulosic fine fibers with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component in the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a may be less or more than the blending amount of the foaming agent. It may be the same as the content with respect to 100 parts by mass of the component or either.
  • the total content of the foaming agent and the cellulose-based fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably. Is 20 parts by mass or less.
  • rubber compounding agents include reinforcing materials, oils, processing aids, vulcanization acceleration aids, crosslinking agents, co-crosslinking agents, and vulcanization accelerators.
  • carbon black for example, channel black; furnace black such as SAF, ISAF, N-339, HAF, N-351, MAF, FEF, SRF, GPF, ECF, N-234; FT, MT, etc. Thermal black; acetylene black and the like.
  • Silica is also mentioned as the reinforcing material. It is preferable that a reinforcing material is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these.
  • the content of the reinforcing material is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and preferably 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition. It is below mass parts.
  • the content with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component may be less than or more than the content of the cellulosic fine fibers, or even 100 masses of the rubber component of the cellulosic fine fibers. Even if it is the same as content with respect to a part, either may be sufficient.
  • the total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 25 parts by mass or more, and preferably 45 parts by mass or less, more preferably. Is 40 parts by mass or less.
  • Oils include, for example, petroleum-based softeners, mineral oils such as paraffin wax, castor oil, cottonseed oil, linseed oil, rapeseed oil, soybean oil, palm oil, palm oil, fall raw oil, wax, rosin, pine And vegetable oils such as oil.
  • the oil is preferably one or more of these.
  • the oil content is, for example, 5 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
  • the vulcanization acceleration aid examples include metal oxides such as zinc oxide (zinc white) and magnesium oxide, metal carbonates, fatty acids and derivatives thereof.
  • the vulcanization acceleration aid is preferably one or more.
  • the content of the vulcanization acceleration aid is, for example, 5 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
  • crosslinking agent examples include organic peroxides and sulfur.
  • an organic peroxide may be blended, sulfur may be blended, or both of them may be used in combination.
  • the amount of the crosslinking agent is, for example, 1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
  • sulfur the compounding amount is 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition. For example, 1 to 5 parts by mass.
  • co-crosslinking agent examples include maleimide, TAIC, 1,2-polybutadiene, oximes, guanidine, and trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate.
  • the co-crosslinking agent is preferably one or more of these.
  • the content of the co-crosslinking agent is, for example, 0.5 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • vulcanization accelerator examples include thiazole type (eg MBT, MBTS etc.), thiuram type (eg TT, TRA etc.), sulfenamide type (eg CZ etc.), dithiocarbamate type (eg BZ-P etc.) And the like. It is preferable that a vulcanization accelerator is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these. The content of the vulcanization accelerator is, for example, 2 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
  • the rubber composition that forms the surface rubber layer 211a preferably does not contain short fibers such as nylon fiber, aramid fiber, polyester fiber, cotton, etc., but does not impair the reinforcing effect of the surface rubber layer 211a.
  • the short fiber may be included.
  • the average hole diameter of the concave holes 217a on the surface of the surface rubber layer 211a reduces the difference in friction coefficient between the surface of the surface rubber layer 211a when it is dried and when it is wet, suppresses fluctuations in the coefficient of friction over time, From the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of abnormal noise, particularly abnormal noise when wet and the occurrence of slip when wet, it is preferably 70 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 80 ⁇ m or more, and preferably 120 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 110 ⁇ m or less.
  • the hole diameter of the recessed hole 217a is the opening diameter of the recessed hole 217a exposed on the surface of the surface rubber layer 211a, and the average hole diameter is obtained as the number average of 50 to 100 hole diameters measured from the surface image. be able to.
  • the average hole diameter of the concave hole 217a can be controlled by the type and blending amount of the foaming agent.
  • the inner rubber layer 211b is formed of a solid rubber composition in which an uncrosslinked rubber composition obtained by mixing and kneading various rubber compounding agents with a rubber component is heated and pressurized and crosslinked with a crosslinking agent.
  • the same rubber component as the surface rubber layer 211a can be cited.
  • the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the internal rubber layer 211b is preferably the same as the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a.
  • the rubber compounding agent include a reinforcing material, oil, a processing aid, a vulcanization acceleration aid, a crosslinking agent, a co-crosslinking agent, and a vulcanization accelerator, as with the surface rubber layer 211a.
  • the rubber composition for forming the inner rubber layer 211b may contain cellulosic fine fibers as with the surface rubber layer 211a.
  • the uncrosslinked rubber composition before crosslinking of the rubber composition that forms the inner rubber layer 211b is preferably not blended with a foaming agent. However, the foaming agent is blended within a range that does not impair the strength of the inner rubber layer 211b. It may be.
  • the adhesive rubber layer 212 is configured in a band shape having a horizontally long cross section, and has a thickness of, for example, 1.0 to 2.5 mm.
  • the back rubber layer 213 is also formed in a band shape having a horizontally long cross section, and has a thickness of, for example, 0.4 to 0.8 mm. It is preferable that a woven fabric pattern is provided on the surface of the back rubber layer 213 from the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of sound during back driving.
  • the adhesive rubber layer 212 and the back rubber layer 213 are formed of a rubber composition in which various rubber compounding agents are blended into a rubber component and kneaded and kneaded, and the uncrosslinked rubber composition is heated and pressurized to be cross-linked by a cross-linking agent. Yes.
  • the same rubber component as the surface rubber layer 211a can be used.
  • the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the adhesive rubber layer 212 and the back rubber layer 213 may be the same as the surface rubber layer 211a or the internal rubber layer 211b.
  • the rubber compounding agent include a reinforcing material, oil, a processing aid, a vulcanization acceleration aid, a crosslinking agent, a co-crosslinking agent, and a vulcanization accelerator, as with the surface rubber layer 211a.
  • the core wire 214 is composed of a twisted yarn formed of polyamide fiber, polyester fiber, aramid fiber, polyamide fiber or the like.
  • the diameter of the core wire 214 is, for example, 0.5 to 2.5 mm, and the dimension between the centers of adjacent core wires 214 in the cross section is, for example, 0.05 to 0.20 mm.
  • the core wire 214 is subjected to an adhesive treatment for imparting adhesiveness to the V-ribbed belt main body 210.
  • the porous rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a contains cellulosic fine fibers, so that a high reinforcing effect is exhibited, crack resistance and The wear resistance is improved, and as a result, high durability can be obtained. Further, it is possible to suppress the fluctuation of the friction coefficient with time. Furthermore, the difference in the coefficient of friction between the surface rubber layer 211a when it is dried and when it is wet can be kept small, and it is possible to suppress the generation of abnormal noise when wet and the occurrence of slip when wet. This is considered to be because a decrease in the friction coefficient is suppressed by the hydrophilic cellulose fine fibers absorbing moisture.
  • FIG. 23 shows a pulley layout of an auxiliary drive belt transmission device 220 for an automobile using the V-ribbed belt B according to the fourth embodiment.
  • the accessory drive belt transmission device 220 is of a serpentine drive type in which a V-ribbed belt B is wound around six pulleys of four rib pulleys and two flat pulleys to transmit power.
  • a rib pulley power steering pulley 221 is provided at the uppermost position, and a rib pulley AC generator pulley 222 is provided below the power steering pulley 221.
  • a flat pulley tensioner pulley 223 is provided at the lower left of the power steering pulley 221, and a flat pulley water pump pulley 224 is provided below the tensioner pulley 223.
  • a crankshaft pulley 225 of a rib pulley is provided on the lower left side of the tensioner pulley 223, and an air conditioner pulley 226 of a rib pulley is provided on the lower right side of the crankshaft pulley 225.
  • These pulleys are made of, for example, a metal stamped product, a casting, or a resin molded product such as nylon resin or phenol resin, and have a pulley diameter of ⁇ 50 to 150 mm.
  • the V-ribbed belt B is wound around the power steering pulley 221 so that the V-rib 215 side contacts, and then wound around the tensioner pulley 223 so that the back of the belt contacts. After that, it is wound around the crankshaft pulley 225 and the air conditioner pulley 226 in order so that the V-rib 215 side contacts, and further wound around the water pump pulley 224 so that the back surface of the belt contacts, and the V-rib 215 side contacts Thus, it is wound around the AC generator pulley 222 and finally returned to the power steering pulley 221.
  • the belt span length which is the length of the V-ribbed belt B spanned between the pulleys, is, for example, 50 to 300 mm. Misalignment that can occur between pulleys is 0-2 °.
  • V-ribbed belt B (Manufacturing method of V-ribbed belt B) A method for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt B according to the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • the belt mold 230 includes a cylindrical inner mold 231 and an outer mold 232, which are provided concentrically.
  • the inner mold 231 is made of a flexible material such as rubber.
  • the outer mold 232 is made of a rigid material such as metal.
  • the inner peripheral surface of the outer mold 232 is formed as a molding surface, and V rib forming grooves 233 having the same shape as the V rib 215 are provided at a constant pitch in the axial direction on the inner peripheral surface of the outer mold 232.
  • the outer mold 232 is provided with a temperature control mechanism that controls the temperature by circulating a heat medium such as water vapor or a coolant such as water. Further, a pressurizing means for pressurizing and expanding the inner mold 231 from the inside is provided.
  • the manufacturing method of the V-ribbed belt B according to Embodiment 4 includes a material preparation process, a molding process, a crosslinking process, and a finishing process.
  • ⁇ Material preparation process> Uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211a 'for the surface rubber layer- First, cellulosic fine fibers are put into a kneaded rubber component and dispersed by kneading.
  • a method for dispersing the cellulose-based fine fibers in the rubber component for example, a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulose-based fine fibers are dispersed in water is added to the rubber component kneaded with an open roll, A method of vaporizing moisture while kneading them, a master of cellulose fine fibers / rubber obtained by mixing a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water and rubber latex to vaporize the moisture Obtained by mixing the batch into a rubber component that has been masticated, mixing a dispersion in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in a solvent, and a solution in which the rubber component is dissolved in the solvent, and evaporating the solvent.
  • a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulose-based fine fibers are dispersed in water is added to the rubber component kneaded with an open roll
  • Cellulose fine fiber / rubber masterbatch is put into the kneaded rubber component, dispersion (gel) in which cellulose fine fiber is dispersed in water is freeze-dried and pulverized And what, how to put into a rubber component is masticated, methods and the like to introduce cellulosic microfibers made hydrophobic in rubber component is masticated.
  • the obtained uncrosslinked rubber composition is molded into a sheet shape by calendar molding or the like to produce an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211a 'for the surface rubber layer.
  • an adhesive treatment is applied to the core wire 214 ′.
  • the core wire 214 ′ is subjected to an RFL adhesion treatment in which it is immersed in a resorcin / formalin / latex aqueous solution (hereinafter referred to as “RFL aqueous solution”) and heated.
  • RFL aqueous solution a resorcin / formalin / latex aqueous solution
  • a base adhesive treatment in which the substrate is immersed in a base adhesive treatment solution and heated before the RFL adhesive treatment and / or a rubber paste adhesive treatment in which the RFL adhesive treatment is immersed in rubber paste and dried are performed.
  • a rubber sleeve 235 is placed on a cylindrical drum 234 having a smooth surface, and an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 213 ′ for the back rubber layer and an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 212 for the adhesive rubber layer are placed on the outer periphery thereof.
  • a core wire 214' is wound spirally around the cylindrical inner mold 231, and further, an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 212 'for an adhesive rubber layer and an inner rubber layer are further wound thereon.
  • the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211b 'for use is wound in order, and the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211a' for the surface rubber layer is further wound thereon.
  • a laminated molded body B ′ is formed on the rubber sleeve 235.
  • the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211a ′ for the surface rubber layer is used so that the processing direction corresponds to the belt length direction, or the processing direction corresponds to the belt width direction. Or either.
  • the rubber sleeve 235 provided with the laminated molded body B ′ is removed from the cylindrical drum 234, and as shown in FIG. 27, it is set in the inner peripheral surface side of the outer mold 232, and as shown in FIG.
  • the inner mold 231 is positioned and sealed in the rubber sleeve 235 set on the outer mold 232.
  • the outer mold 232 is heated and pressurized by injecting high-pressure air or the like into the sealed interior of the inner mold 231.
  • the inner mold 231 expands, and the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211a ′ for the surface rubber layer in the laminated molded body B ′ is provided along the molding surface of the outer mold 232, and other uncrosslinked rubber sheets are provided.
  • 211b ′, 12 ′ and 13 ′ enter after being compressed, their cross-linking progresses and integrates, and the core wire 214 ′ is also combined and integrated, and further, an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211a for the surface rubber layer
  • the foaming agent is foamed, and finally, a cylindrical belt slab S is formed as shown in FIG.
  • the molding temperature of the belt slab S is, for example, 100 to 180 ° C.
  • the molding pressure is, for example, 0.5 to 2.0 MPa
  • the molding time is, for example, 10 to 60 minutes.
  • the inside of the inner mold 231 is decompressed to release the seal, the belt slab S molded between the inner mold 231 and the outer mold 232 is taken out via the rubber sleeve 235, and the V rib 215 of the belt slab S is taken as necessary.
  • the V-ribbed belt B is manufactured by grinding the surface on the side, cutting it into a predetermined width, and turning it upside down.
  • V-ribbed belt B (transmission belt) according to the fifth embodiment has the same external configuration as that of the fourth embodiment, and will be described below with reference to FIGS. 21 and 22.
  • the surface rubber layer 211a is not yet kneaded in the presence of a supercritical fluid or a subcritical fluid, in which various rubber compounding agents are added to the rubber component in addition to the cellulosic fine fibers.
  • the crosslinked rubber composition is formed of a rubber composition that is heated and pressurized and crosslinked with a crosslinking agent.
  • the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a is exposed to the surface while the impregnated supercritical fluid or subcritical fluid is changed into a gas by decompression to form a large number of hollow portions 216a inside. This is a porous rubber composition in which a large number of concave holes 217a are formed.
  • the average hole diameter of the concave holes 217a on the surface of the surface rubber layer 211a reduces the difference in friction coefficient between the surface of the surface rubber layer 211a when it is dried and when it is wet, suppresses fluctuations in the coefficient of friction over time, From the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of abnormal noise, particularly abnormal noise when wet and the occurrence of slip when wet, it is preferably 70 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 80 ⁇ m or more, and preferably 120 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 110 ⁇ m or less.
  • the hole diameter of the recessed hole 217a is the opening diameter of the recessed hole 217a exposed on the surface of the surface rubber layer 211a, and the average hole diameter is obtained as the number average of 50 to 100 hole diameters measured from the surface image. be able to.
  • the average pore diameter of the concave holes 217a can be controlled by the preparation conditions of the rubber composition for forming the surface rubber layer 211a using a supercritical fluid or a subcritical fluid foaming agent.
  • a rubber component, a cellulosic fine fiber, and various rubber compounding agents are kneaded and then decompressed to obtain an uncrosslinked rubber composition.
  • the supercritical fluid or subcritical fluid impregnated in the uncrosslinked rubber composition is phase-changed into a gas under reduced pressure to obtain a porous uncrosslinked rubber composition.
  • supercritical fluid refers to a fluid in a supercritical state.
  • the “supercritical state” refers to a state where the temperature is equal to or higher than the critical temperature (Tc) of the fluid and the pressure is equal to or higher than the critical pressure (Pc) of the fluid.
  • “Subcritical fluid” refers to a fluid in a subcritical state. “Subcritical state” means that only one of temperature and pressure has reached a critical state and the other has not reached a critical state, or both temperature and pressure have not reached a critical state, At least one is a state that is sufficiently higher than normal temperature and pressure and close to the critical state.
  • the “subcritical state” means 0.5 ⁇ T / Tc ⁇ 1.0 and 0.5 ⁇ P / Pc or 0.5 ⁇ T / Tc when the temperature is T (Centigrade) and the pressure is P. A state where ⁇ T / Tc and 0.5 ⁇ P / Pc ⁇ 1.0 are satisfied.
  • the preferred subcritical state is a condition of 0.6 ⁇ T / Tc ⁇ 1.0 and 0.6 ⁇ P / Pc, or 0.6 ⁇ T / Tc and 0.6 ⁇ P / Pc ⁇ 1.0. It is a state that satisfies. When the critical temperature Tc (Celsius) is negative, the temperature condition is satisfied. If the supercritical condition is not satisfied and the pressure condition of 0.5 ⁇ P / Pc is satisfied, the subcritical state is obtained. It shall be.
  • substances that generate a supercritical fluid or subcritical fluid include carbon dioxide, nitrogen, hydrogen, xenon, ethane, ammonia, methanol, and water. Of these, carbon dioxide and nitrogen are preferred.
  • Carbon dioxide has a critical temperature (Tc) of 31.1 ° C. and a critical pressure (Pc) of 7.38 MPa. Therefore, supercritical carbon dioxide is carbon dioxide in a state where the temperature T is 31.1 ° C. or higher and the pressure P is 7.38 MPa or higher. Subcritical carbon dioxide is carbon dioxide in a state satisfying the conditions of 15.6 ° C. ⁇ T ⁇ 31.1 ° C. and 3.69 MPa ⁇ P, or 15.55 ° C. ⁇ T and 3.69 MPa ⁇ P ⁇ 7.38 MPa. It is.
  • the critical temperature (Tc) of nitrogen is -147.0 ° C.
  • the critical pressure (Pc) is 3.40 MPa. Therefore, supercritical nitrogen is nitrogen in a state where the temperature T is -147.0 ° C. or higher and the pressure P is 3.40 MPa or higher.
  • Subcritical nitrogen is nitrogen that does not satisfy the condition of supercritical nitrogen and satisfies the condition of 1.70 MPa ⁇ P.
  • the decompression speed is, for example, 5 to 10 MPa / s.
  • Kneading in the presence of a supercritical fluid or subcritical fluid can be performed by using a kneading apparatus in which a kneading member such as a rotor or screw is provided in a sealed rubber kneading chamber having excellent heat resistance and pressure resistance. it can.
  • the kneading apparatus may be either a continuous system in which material supply and kneaded material recovery are performed continuously, or a batch system in which material supply and kneaded material recovery is performed once.
  • Examples of the former include a biaxial extrusion kneader disclosed in JP-A-2002-355880.
  • Examples of the latter include a kneader and a Banbury mixer.
  • the dispersion (gel) dispersed in the cellulose fine fiber water is converted into the rubber component kneaded with an open roll.
  • Cellulose fine particles obtained by mixing and mixing a rubber latex with a master batch in which water is vaporized while mixing and kneading them, and a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water.
  • a master batch of fiber / rubber a master of cellulose fine fiber / rubber obtained by mixing a dispersion obtained by dispersing cellulose fine fibers in a solvent and a solution obtained by dissolving a rubber component in a solvent and evaporating the solvent. Even if a batch, a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic microfibers are dispersed in water is freeze-dried and pulverized, or cellulosic microfiber is hydrophobized, etc.
  • the obtained porous uncrosslinked rubber composition is formed into a sheet shape by calendar molding or the like to produce an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211a 'for the surface rubber layer.
  • FIG. 30 shows a V-ribbed belt B (power transmission belt) according to the sixth embodiment.
  • the surface rubber layer 211a is made of an uncrosslinked rubber composition in which various rubber compounding agents are blended in the rubber component in addition to unexpanded hollow particles and cellulose fine fibers. It is formed of a rubber composition that is heated and pressurized and crosslinked with a crosslinking agent.
  • the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a is formed with a large number of hollow portions 216b having shells inside due to expansion of the hollow particles and a large number of concave holes 217b having shells exposed on the surface. Porous rubber composition.
  • the concave hole 217b having a shell is formed by expanding hollow particles whose surface breaks and opens the shell.
  • Examples of the unexpanded hollow particles blended in the uncrosslinked rubber composition before crosslinking of the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a include, for example, the inside of a shell formed of a thermoplastic polymer (for example, acrylonitrile-based polymer). And particles in which a solvent is encapsulated.
  • the hollow particles may be mixed with a single type or with multiple types.
  • the particle size of the unexpanded hollow particles is preferably 15 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 25 ⁇ m or more, and preferably 50 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 35 ⁇ m or less.
  • the expansion start temperature of the hollow particles is preferably 140 ° C. or higher, more preferably 150 ° C. or higher, and preferably 180 ° C.
  • the blending amount of the hollow particles is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1.0 parts by mass or more, and preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 5 parts per 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. 0.0 parts by mass or less.
  • Examples of commercially available hollow particles include Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd. trade name: ADVANCEL EM403 (particle size 26 to 34 ⁇ m, expansion start temperature: 150 to 170 ° C.).
  • the cellulose-based fine fiber has the same configuration as that of the fourth embodiment.
  • the content of the cellulosic fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component in the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a may be larger or smaller than the blending amount of the hollow particles. It may be the same as the blending amount.
  • the foaming agent used in Embodiment 4 may also be blended in the uncrosslinked rubber composition before crosslinking of the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a. That is, in the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a, a large number of hollow portions 216b having shells are formed inside due to the expansion of the hollow particles, and a large number of concave holes 217b having shells exposed on the surface are formed. And a porous rubber composition in which a large number of hollow portions not having a shell are formed by foaming of a foaming agent and a plurality of concave holes having no shell exposed on the surface are formed. There may be.
  • the decomposition temperature of the foaming agent is preferably higher than the expansion start temperature of the hollow particles.
  • the decomposition temperature of the foaming agent is preferably 100 ° C. or more, more preferably 140 ° C. or more, and preferably 230 ° C. or less, more preferably 210 ° C. higher than the expansion start temperature of the hollow particles. It should be higher than °C.
  • the temperature difference between the expansion start temperature of the hollow particles and the decomposition temperature of the pyrolytic foaming agent is preferably 10 ° C or higher, more preferably 20 ° C or higher, and preferably 80 ° C or lower, more preferably 60 ° C or lower. It is.
  • the blending amount of the foaming agent with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is preferably larger than the blending amount of the hollow particles.
  • the mass ratio of the blending amount of the blowing agent to the blending amount of the hollow particles is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2.5 or more, and preferably 10 or less. More preferably, it is 8 or less.
  • the average hole diameter of the concave holes 217b on the surface of the surface rubber layer 211a reduces the difference in friction coefficient between the dry and wet surfaces of the surface rubber layer 211a, suppresses fluctuations in the friction coefficient over time, and From the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of abnormal noise, particularly abnormal noise when wet and the occurrence of slip when wet, it is preferably 70 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 80 ⁇ m or more, and preferably 120 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 110 ⁇ m or less.
  • the hole diameter of the recessed hole 217b is the opening diameter of the recessed hole 217b exposed on the surface of the surface rubber layer 211a, and the average hole diameter is obtained as the number average of 50 to 100 hole diameters measured from the surface image. be able to.
  • the average hole diameter of the concave hole 217b can be controlled by the type and blending amount of the hollow particles.
  • the surface rubber layer 11a ′ in the material preparation process is manufactured as follows.
  • cellulosic fine fibers are put into a kneaded rubber component and dispersed by kneading.
  • a method for dispersing the cellulose-based fine fibers in the rubber component for example, a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulose-based fine fibers are dispersed in water is added to the rubber component kneaded with an open roll, A method of vaporizing moisture while kneading them, a master of cellulose fine fibers / rubber obtained by mixing a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water and rubber latex to vaporize the moisture Obtained by mixing the batch into a rubber component that has been masticated, mixing a dispersion in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in a solvent, and a solution in which the rubber component is dissolved in the solvent, and evaporating the solvent.
  • a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulose-based fine fibers are dispersed in water is added to the rubber component kneaded with an open roll
  • Cellulose fine fiber / rubber masterbatch is put into the kneaded rubber component, dispersion (gel) in which cellulose fine fiber is dispersed in water is freeze-dried and pulverized And what, how to put into a rubber component is masticated, methods and the like to introduce cellulosic microfibers made hydrophobic in rubber component is masticated.
  • the obtained uncrosslinked rubber composition is molded into a sheet shape by calendar molding or the like to produce an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211a 'for the surface rubber layer.
  • the inner mold 231 expands, and the unmolded rubber sheet 211a ′ for the surface rubber layer in the laminated molded body B ′ is provided along the molding surface of the outer mold 232, and other uncrosslinked rubber is provided.
  • the sheets 211b ′, 12 ′, and 13 ′ enter after being compressed, their cross-linking progresses and integrates, and the core wire 214 ′ is also combined and integrated, and further, an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the surface rubber layer In 211a ′, the hollow particles expand, and finally, a cylindrical belt slab S is formed.
  • the compression rubber layer 211 has a two-layer structure of a surface rubber layer 211a formed of a porous rubber composition and an inner rubber layer 211b formed of a solid rubber composition;
  • the present invention is not particularly limited to this, and as shown in FIG. 31, the entire compressed rubber layer 211 may be composed of a single layer formed of a porous rubber composition.
  • the V-ribbed belt B is used.
  • the belt body is not particularly limited as long as it is a transmission belt in which at least a part of the belt body is formed of a porous rubber composition.
  • a low edge V belt, a wrapped V belt, a flat belt, a toothed belt, or the like may be used.
  • a belt main body 210 as shown in FIG. 32 has a three-layer structure of an inner rubber layer 210a, an adhesive rubber layer 210b, and an outer rubber layer 210c, and a core wire 214 is embedded in the adhesive rubber layer 210b.
  • the flat belt B of Examples 4-1 to 4-6 and Comparative examples 4-1 to 4-4 was prepared. Each configuration is also shown in Table 4.
  • Example 4-1 Mixing CR latex (made by Showa Denko Co., Ltd., trade name: Shoprene 842A) and an aqueous dispersion of cellulose fine fibers (made by Daio Paper Co., Ltd.) made of wood produced by mechanical defibrating means, and evaporating the water
  • a master batch of cellulose fine fiber / CR was prepared.
  • CR Showa Denko Co., Ltd., trade name: Showpren GS
  • the input amount of the masterbatch was such an amount that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 5 parts by mass when the total CR was 100 parts by mass.
  • CR and cellulose fine fiber are kneaded, and there are 6 parts by mass of foaming agent (trade name: Cellmic CE, decomposition temperature: 208 ° C., manufactured by Sankyo Kasei Co., Ltd.) with respect to 100 parts by mass of CR.
  • foaming agent trade name: Cellmic CE, decomposition temperature: 208 ° C., manufactured by Sankyo Kasei Co., Ltd.
  • the uncrosslinked rubber composition was molded into a sheet to obtain an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, and a flat belt of Example 4-1 was produced.
  • the adhesive rubber layer and the outer rubber layer were formed of a CR rubber composition, and a core wire was formed of aramid fiber twisted yarn that had been subjected to an adhesive treatment.
  • Example 4-2 The uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer was the same as in Example 4-1, except that the carbon black and cellulose fine fiber contents were 10 parts by mass and 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively.
  • a flat belt of Example 4-2 having the structure described above was produced.
  • the total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 26 parts by mass.
  • the total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 30 parts by mass.
  • Example 4-3 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, cellulose fine fibers (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) made of wood produced by chemical defibration means (TEMPO oxidation treatment) are used as cellulose fine fibers, cellulose A flat belt of Example 4-3 having the same configuration as that of Example 4-1 was produced except that the content of fine fibers was 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. The total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 7 parts by mass. The total content of cellulose fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 41 parts by mass.
  • Example 4-4 The uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer was the same as in Example 4-3 except that the content of carbon black and cellulose fine fiber was 20 parts by mass and 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively.
  • a flat belt of Example 4-4 having the structure described above was manufactured.
  • the total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 11 parts by mass.
  • the total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.
  • Example 4-5 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, the same as Example 4-3 except that the content of carbon black and cellulose fine fiber was 10 parts by mass and 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively.
  • a flat belt of Example 4-4 having the structure described above was manufactured.
  • the total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 16 parts by mass.
  • the total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 20 parts by mass.
  • Example 4-6 Using a twin-screw extrusion kneader (manufactured by Nippon Steel Co., Ltd., model number: TEX30 ⁇ ), in the presence of supercritical carbon dioxide at a temperature of 100 ° C. and a pressure of 20 MPa, chemical defibration means ( 5 parts by mass of cellulose fine fibers made from wood produced by TEMPO oxidation treatment), 20 parts by mass of carbon black as a reinforcing material, 5 parts by mass of oil, 5 parts by mass of zinc oxide as a vulcanization accelerator, Then, 4 parts by mass of magnesium oxide was kneaded, and then the pressure was reduced to 7 MPa / s to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.
  • Example 4-6 having the same configuration as Example 4-1 was produced except that this uncrosslinked rubber composition was used as the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer.
  • Comparative Example 4-1 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 4-1 having the same configuration as that of Example 4-1 was produced except that cellulose fine fibers were not contained.
  • Comparative Example 4-2 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 4-2 having the same configuration as that of Example 4-1 was produced except that the foaming agent was not contained. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 45 parts by mass.
  • Comparative Example 4-3 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 5-3 having the same configuration as that of Example 4-4 was produced except that the foaming agent was not contained.
  • the total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.
  • Comparative Example 4-4 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 4-4 having the same configuration as that of Example 4-6 was produced except that cellulose fine fibers were not contained.
  • ⁇ Average fiber diameter / fiber diameter distribution> Samples of the inner rubber layer of each of the flat belts of Examples 4-1 to 4-6 were freeze pulverized, and the cross section was observed with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), and 50 cellulose fine fibers were observed. The fiber diameter was arbitrarily selected and the fiber diameter was measured. Moreover, the maximum value and minimum value of the fiber diameter were calculated
  • TEM transmission electron microscope
  • FIG. 33 shows a belt running test machine 240 for evaluating crack resistance.
  • the crack running evaluation belt running test machine 240 includes a driving flat pulley 241 having a pulley diameter of 30 mm and a driven flat pulley 242 having a pulley diameter of 30 mm provided on the right side thereof.
  • the driven flat pulley 242 is movably provided to the left and right so that an axial load (dead weight DW) can be applied to apply tension to the flat belt B.
  • the driving flat pulley 241 and the driven flat pulley of the belt running test machine 240 for crack resistance evaluation The belt 242 is wound around, and a load of 600 N is applied to the right side of the driven flat pulley 242 to apply tension to the flat belt B, and the driving flat pulley 241 is rotated at 3000 rpm under an ambient temperature of 100 ° C.
  • the belt was run by rotating. Then, the belt running was periodically stopped and whether or not the flat belt B was cracked was visually checked, and the belt running time until the occurrence of the crack was confirmed was defined as the crack occurrence life. In addition, when generation
  • FIG. 34 shows a high tension belt running test machine 250.
  • the high tension belt running test machine 250 includes a driving flat pulley 251 having a pulley diameter of ⁇ 50 mm and a driven flat pulley 252 having a pulley diameter of 40 mm provided on the right side thereof.
  • the driven flat pulley 252 is movably provided to the left and right so that a tension can be applied to the flat belt B by applying an axial load (dead weight DW).
  • FIG. 35 shows a friction coefficient measuring device 260.
  • the friction coefficient measuring device 260 includes a flat pulley 261 having a pulley diameter of 60 mm and a load cell 262 provided on the side thereof.
  • the flat pulley 261 is made of an iron-based material S45C.
  • the test piece 263 of the flat belt is provided so that the flat belt 261 is wound around the flat pulley 261 after extending horizontally from the load cell 262, that is, the winding angle around the flat pulley 261 is 90 °.
  • Example 4-1 to Example 4-6 and Comparative Example 4-1 to Comparative Example 4-4 were cut to produce a strip-shaped test piece 263, and one end of the load cell 262 was provided at one end.
  • the weight 264 was attached to the other end and suspended.
  • the flat pulley 261 is rotated at a rotation speed of 43 rpm in a direction in which the weight 264 is to be pulled down, and at 60 seconds after the rotation starts, the flat pulley 261 in the test piece 263 is loaded by the load cell 262.
  • the tension Tt applied to the horizontal portion between the load cell 262 and the load cell 262 was measured.
  • the flat belt after the high-tension belt running test was also subjected to the same test to determine the friction coefficient when the surface of the inner rubber layer was dried.
  • FIG. 36 shows a pulley layout of a belt running test machine 270 for evaluating abnormal noise when wet.
  • the belt running test machine 270 for evaluating abnormal noise when wet is a driving flat pulley 271 having a pulley diameter of 140 mm, a first driven flat pulley 272 having a pulley diameter of 75 mm provided on the right side of the driving flat pulley 271, Provided above the first driven flat pulley 272 and obliquely above the driving flat pulley 271 to the right between the second driven flat pulley 273 with a pulley diameter of 50 mm, and between the driving flat pulley 271 and the second driven flat pulley 273. And an idler pulley 274 having a pulley diameter of 75 mm.
  • the inner rubber layer of the flat belt B contacts the driving flat pulley 271, the first and second driven flat pulleys 72, 73, and the outer rubber layer It is configured to be wound around in contact with the idler pulley 274.
  • the driving flat pulley 271 of the belt running test machine 270 for evaluating abnormal noise when wet The pulleys are wound around the first and second driven flat pulleys 72 and 73 and the idler pulley 274 and positioned so that a belt tension of 300 N is applied, and the second driven flat pulley 273 is attached to an alternator attached to the pulley A resistance was applied so that a current of 1 mm flows, and the belt was run by rotating the driving pulley 271 at a rotation speed of 800 rpm at room temperature.
  • Test evaluation results The test results are shown in Table 4.
  • Examples 4-1 to 4-6 in which the inner rubber layer was formed of a porous rubber composition containing cellulose fine fibers, the weight was reduced by using the porous rubber composition, and It can be seen that the rubber layer has a crack generation life equivalent to that of Comparative Example 4-2 and Comparative Example 4-3 formed of a solid rubber composition.
  • the mass loss after the high-tension belt running test is small, so that the wear resistance is high, the change of the coefficient of friction with time is small, and when the water is interposed. Since the difference in the coefficient of friction during drying is small, the coefficient of friction is stable, and even when water is poured during running of the belt, no abnormal noise is observed, so that it can be seen that the belt has excellent belt performance.
  • Comparative Example 4-1 and Comparative Example 4-4 in which the inner rubber layer was formed of a porous rubber composition not containing fine cellulose fibers weight reduction was achieved by using the porous rubber composition, Although the friction coefficient is stable and no abnormal noise is observed even when water is poured during belt running, the wear resistance is inferior due to the large weight loss after the high tension belt running test, and the crack generation life is also short. It can be seen that it is extremely short.
  • Comparative Example 4-2 and Comparative Example 4-3 in which the inner rubber layer was formed of a solid rubber composition containing cellulose fine fibers, had high wear resistance and a long crack generation life, but the friction coefficient It can be seen that this is inferior to Examples 4-1 to 4-6 in terms of stability and that abnormal noise is observed when water is poured during belt running.
  • a belt main body 210 as shown in FIG. 32 has a three-layer structure of an inner rubber layer 210a, an adhesive rubber layer 210b, and an outer rubber layer 210c, and a core wire 214 is embedded in the adhesive rubber layer 210b.
  • the flat belts of Examples 5-1 to 5-6 and Comparative Examples 5-1 to 5-4 were prepared. Each configuration is also shown in Table 5.
  • H-NBR latex (trade name: ZLX-B manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.) is mixed with an aqueous dispersion of cellulose fine fibers made from wood produced by mechanical defibration means, and water is evaporated to make fine cellulose fines.
  • a fiber / H-NBR masterbatch was prepared.
  • H-NBR manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., trade name: Zetpol® 2020
  • the input amount of the master batch was such that the cellulose fine fiber content was 5 parts by mass when the total H-NBR was 100 parts by mass.
  • H-NBR and fine cellulose fibers are kneaded, and there are 7 parts by mass of a foaming agent, 40 parts by mass of carbon black as a reinforcing material, 10 parts by mass of oil, 100 parts by mass of H-NBR. 5 parts by weight of organic peroxide (manufactured by NOF Corporation, trade name: Peroximon F40, active ingredient 40% by mass) and co-crosslinking agent (trade name: High Cloth M, manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd.) 1 part by mass of each was added and kneading was continued to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition.
  • the total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 12 parts by mass.
  • the total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 45 parts by mass.
  • the uncrosslinked rubber composition was molded into a sheet to obtain an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, and a flat belt of Example 5-1 was produced.
  • the adhesive rubber layer and the outer rubber layer were formed of an H-NBR rubber composition, and a core wire was formed of an aramid fiber twisted yarn subjected to an adhesive treatment.
  • Example 5-2 The uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer was the same as in Example 5-1, except that the carbon black and cellulose fine fiber contents were 10 parts by mass and 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively.
  • a flat belt of Example 5-2 having the structure described above was produced.
  • the total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 27 parts by mass.
  • the total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 30 parts by mass.
  • Example 5-3 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, cellulose fine fibers produced by chemical defibration means (TEMPO oxidation treatment) are used as the cellulose fine fibers, and the content of the cellulose fine fibers is 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • a flat belt of Example 5-3 having the same configuration as that of Example 5-1 was prepared except that the amount was 1 part by mass.
  • the total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 8 parts by mass.
  • the total content of cellulose fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 41 parts by mass.
  • Example 5-4 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, the same as Example 5-3 except that the content of carbon black and cellulose fine fiber was 20 parts by mass and 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively.
  • a flat belt of Example 5-4 having the structure as described above was manufactured.
  • the total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 12 parts by mass.
  • the total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.
  • Example 5-5 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, the same as Example 5-3 except that the content of carbon black and cellulose fine fiber was 10 parts by mass and 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively.
  • a flat belt of Example 5-4 having the structure as described above was manufactured.
  • the total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 17 parts by mass.
  • the total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 20 parts by mass.
  • Example 5-6 Manufactured by chemical defibration means (TEMPO oxidation treatment) for H-NBR and 100 parts by mass of H-NBR in the presence of supercritical carbon dioxide at a temperature of 100 ° C and a pressure of 20 MPa using a twin-screw extrusion kneader. 5 parts by mass of cellulose fine fiber made from the finished wood, 20 parts by mass of carbon black as a reinforcing material, 10 parts by mass of oil, 5 parts by mass of organic peroxide as a crosslinking agent, and 1 part by mass of a co-crosslinking agent Then, the pressure was reduced to 7 MPa / s to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.
  • TEMPO oxidation treatment chemical defibration means
  • Example 5-6 having the same configuration as Example 5-1 was produced except that this uncrosslinked rubber composition was used as an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer.
  • Comparative Example 5-1 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 5-1 having the same configuration as that of Example 5-1 was produced except that cellulose fine fibers were not contained.
  • Comparative Example 5-2 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 5-2 having the same configuration as that of Example 5-1 was produced except that the foaming agent was not contained. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 45 parts by mass.
  • Comparative Example 5-3 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 5-3 having the same configuration as that of Example 5-4 was produced except that the foaming agent was not contained.
  • the total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.
  • Comparative Example 5-4 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 5-4 having the same constitution as that of Example 5-6 was produced except that cellulose fine fibers were not contained.
  • Example 5-6 the average fiber diameter and fiber diameter distribution of the fine cellulose fibers were determined in the same manner as in Example 4. Further, for each flat belt of Example 5-1 to Example 5-6 and Comparative Example 5-1 to Comparative Example 5-4, the belt mass was measured in the same manner as in Example 4 to obtain Comparative Example 4-2.
  • a crack resistance evaluation belt running test, a high-tension belt running test, a friction coefficient measurement test, and an abnormal noise evaluation belt running test when wet were performed.
  • the ambient temperature was set to 120 ° C.
  • Test evaluation results The test results are shown in Table 5.
  • a belt main body 210 as shown in FIG. 32 has a three-layer structure of an inner rubber layer 210a, an adhesive rubber layer 210b, and an outer rubber layer 210c, and a core wire 214 is embedded in the adhesive rubber layer 210b.
  • the flat belts of Examples 6-1 to 6-6 and Comparative Examples 6-1 to 6-4 were prepared. Each configuration is also shown in Table 6.
  • Example 6-1 A dispersion in which fine cellulose fibers produced by mechanical defibrating means are dispersed in toluene and a solution in which EPDM (trade name: EP33 manufactured by JSR) is dissolved in toluene are mixed, and toluene is vaporized to mix cellulose.
  • EPDM trade name: EP33 manufactured by JSR
  • EPDM was masticated, and a master batch was added thereto for kneading.
  • the input amount of the master batch was such that the cellulose fine fiber content was 5 parts by mass when the total EPDM was 100 parts by mass.
  • EPDM and fine cellulose fibers are kneaded, and there are 7 parts by mass of a foaming agent, 40 parts by mass of carbon black as a reinforcing material, 10 parts by mass of oil and 100% by mass of an organic solvent of a crosslinking agent.
  • An uncrosslinked rubber composition was prepared by adding 5 parts by mass of an oxide and 1 part by mass of a co-crosslinking agent and continuing kneading.
  • the total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 12 parts by mass.
  • the total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 45 parts by mass.
  • the uncrosslinked rubber composition was molded into a sheet to obtain an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, and a flat belt of Example 6-1 was produced.
  • the adhesive rubber layer and the outer rubber layer were formed of an EPDM rubber composition, and the core wire was formed of aramid fiber twisted yarn subjected to an adhesive treatment.
  • Example 6-2 The uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer was the same as Example 6-1 except that the content of carbon black and cellulose fine fiber was 10 parts by mass and 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively.
  • a flat belt of Example 6-2 having the structure described above was produced.
  • the total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 27 parts by mass.
  • the total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 30 parts by mass.
  • Example 6-3 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, cellulose fine fibers produced by chemical defibration means (TEMPO oxidation treatment) are used as the cellulose fine fibers, and the content of the cellulose fine fibers is 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • a flat belt of Example 6-3 having the same configuration as that of Example 6-1 was prepared except that the amount was 1 part by mass.
  • the total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 8 parts by mass.
  • the total content of cellulose fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 41 parts by mass.
  • Example 6-4 The uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer was the same as Example 6-3 except that the content of carbon black and cellulose fine fiber was 20 parts by mass and 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively.
  • a flat belt of Example 6-4 having the structure described above was manufactured.
  • the total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 12 parts by mass.
  • the total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.
  • Example 6-5> For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, the same as Example 6-3 except that the content of carbon black and cellulose fine fiber was 10 parts by mass and 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively.
  • a flat belt of Example 6-4 having the structure described above was manufactured.
  • the total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 17 parts by mass.
  • the total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 20 parts by mass.
  • Example 6-6 Cellulose finely produced by chemical defibrating means (TEMPO oxidation treatment) for EPDM and 100 parts by mass of EPDM in the presence of supercritical carbon dioxide at a temperature of 100 ° C. and a pressure of 20 MPa using a biaxial extrusion kneader. 5 parts by mass of fiber, 20 parts by mass of carbon black as a reinforcing material, 10 parts by mass of oil, 5 parts by mass of organic peroxide as a crosslinking agent, and 1 part by mass of a co-crosslinking agent are kneaded, and then the pressure is reduced. An uncrosslinked rubber composition was produced by reducing the pressure at a rate of 7 MPa / s. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.
  • TEMPO oxidation treatment chemical defibrating means
  • Example 6-6 having the same configuration as Example 6-1 was produced except that this uncrosslinked rubber composition was used as an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer.
  • Comparative Example 6-1 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 6-1 having the same configuration as that of Example 6-1 was produced except that cellulose fine fibers were not contained.
  • Comparative Example 6-2 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 6-2 having the same configuration as that of Example 6-1 was produced except that the foaming agent was not contained. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 45 parts by mass.
  • Comparative Example 6-3 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 6-3 having the same configuration as that of Example 6-4 was produced except that the foaming agent was not contained. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.
  • Comparative Example 6-4 For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 6-4 having the same configuration as that of Example 6-6 was prepared except that cellulose fine fibers were not contained.
  • Example 6-6 the average fiber diameter and fiber diameter distribution of the fine cellulose fibers were determined in the same manner as in Example 4. Further, for each of the flat belts of Example 6-1 to Example 6-6 and Comparative Example 6-1 to Comparative Example 6-4, the belt mass was measured in the same manner as in Example 4 to obtain Comparative Example 6-2.
  • a crack resistance evaluation belt running test, a high-tension belt running test, a friction coefficient measurement test, and an abnormal noise evaluation belt running test when wet were performed.
  • the ambient temperature was set to 120 ° C.
  • Test evaluation results The test results are shown in Table 6.
  • FIG. 37 shows a toothed belt B according to the seventh embodiment.
  • the toothed belt B according to Embodiment 7 includes an endless toothed belt body 310 formed of a rubber composition.
  • the toothed belt main body 310 includes a flat belt-like base portion 311a and a plurality of tooth portions 311b that are integrally provided at a constant pitch at intervals in the belt length direction on one side, that is, the inner peripheral surface.
  • a tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 is attached to the toothed belt main body 310 so as to cover the tooth side surface thereof.
  • a core wire 313 is embedded on the inner peripheral side of the base 311a of the toothed belt main body 310 so as to form a spiral having a pitch in the belt width direction.
  • the toothed belt B according to the seventh embodiment is suitably used as a power transmission member of, for example, a belt transmission device in a machine tool or the like, in particular, a belt transmission device in a machine tool having an operation time of about 3 to 120 hours per year.
  • the toothed belt B according to Embodiment 7 has, for example, a belt length of 500 to 3000 mm, a belt width of 10 to 200 mm, and a belt thickness of 3 to 20 mm.
  • the tooth portion 311b has, for example, a width of 0.63 to 16.46 mm, a height of 0.37 to 9.6 mm, and a pitch of 1.0 to 31.75 mm.
  • the tooth portion 311b of the toothed belt main body 310 may be a trapezoidal tooth having a trapezoidal shape when viewed from the side, may be a semicircular round tooth, and may have other shapes. Good.
  • the tooth portion 311b may be formed so as to extend in the belt width direction, or may be a helical tooth formed so as to extend in a direction inclined with respect to the belt width direction.
  • an uncrosslinked rubber composition obtained by mixing and kneading various rubber compounding agents in addition to cellulose fine fibers containing a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm in a rubber component is heated and added. It is formed of a rubber composition that is pressed and crosslinked with a crosslinking agent.
  • the rubber composition forming the toothed belt body 310 contains the cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm, whereby the durability of the toothed belt B can be improved.
  • fine fiber in the present application means a fiber having a fiber diameter of 1.0 ⁇ m or less.
  • Examples of the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310 include hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber (H-NBR), hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber reinforced with unsaturated carboxylic acid metal salt (H-NBR), ethylene, and the like.
  • -Ethylene- ⁇ -olefin elastomers such as propylene copolymer (EPR), ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer (EPDM), ethylene-octene copolymer, ethylene-butene copolymer, chloroprene rubber (CR), and chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber (CSM) ) And the like.
  • the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310 is preferably a blend rubber of one or more of these.
  • examples of the unsaturated carboxylic acid include methacrylic acid and acrylic acid, and examples of the metal include zinc, calcium, magnesium, aluminum and the like. Is mentioned.
  • Cellulosic fine fiber is a fiber material derived from cellulose fine fiber composed of a skeletal component of a plant cell wall obtained by finely loosening plant fiber.
  • Examples of the cellulosic fine fiber plant include wood, bamboo, rice (rice straw), potato, sugar cane (bagasse), aquatic plants, seaweed and the like. Of these, wood is preferred.
  • the cellulose-based fine fiber may be either the cellulose fine fiber itself or a hydrophobic cellulose fine fiber that has been subjected to a hydrophobic treatment. Moreover, you may use together cellulose fine fiber itself and hydrophobized cellulose fine fiber as a cellulosic fine fiber. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, the cellulosic fine fibers preferably include hydrophobized cellulose fine fibers. Examples of the hydrophobized cellulose fine fibers include cellulose fine fibers in which some or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups, and cellulose fine fibers that have been subjected to a hydrophobized surface treatment with a surface treatment agent.
  • hydrophobization for obtaining cellulose fine fibers in which part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups include esterification (acylation) (alkyl esterification, complex esterification, ⁇ -ketoesterification, etc.) ), Alkylation, tosylation, epoxidation, arylation and the like. Of these, esterification is preferred.
  • esterification is preferred.
  • part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, acetic anhydride, propionic acid, butyric acid, or halides thereof (particularly chlorides). It is the cellulose fine fiber acylated by.
  • the surface treatment agent for obtaining cellulose fine fibers hydrophobized and surface-treated with the surface treatment agent include silane coupling agents.
  • the cellulosic fine fibers preferably have a wide fiber diameter distribution from the viewpoint of improving the durability of the toothed belt B, and the fiber diameter distribution range includes 50 to 500 nm.
  • the lower limit of the fiber diameter distribution is preferably 20 nm or less, more preferably 10 nm or less.
  • the upper limit is preferably 700 nm or more, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more.
  • the fiber diameter distribution range of the cellulosic fine fibers preferably includes 20 nm to 700 mm, and more preferably includes 10 nm to 1 ⁇ m.
  • the average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers contained in the rubber composition forming the toothed belt body 310 is preferably 10 nm or more, more preferably 20 nm or more, and preferably 700 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less. It is.
  • the distribution of the fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers was determined by freeze-grinding a sample of the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310, and then observing the cross section with a transmission electron microscope (TEM). A fine fiber is arbitrarily selected, the fiber diameter is measured, and obtained based on the measurement result. The average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers is obtained as the number average of the fiber diameters of 50 arbitrarily selected cellulosic fine fibers.
  • the cellulosic fine fibers may be either high aspect ratio manufactured by mechanical defibrating means, or needle-shaped crystals manufactured by chemical defibrating means. Of these, those manufactured by mechanical defibrating means are preferred. Moreover, you may use together what was manufactured by the mechanical defibration means, and what was manufactured by the chemical defibration means as a cellulose fine fiber.
  • the defibrating apparatus used for the mechanical defibrating means include a kneader such as a twin-screw kneader, a high-pressure homogenizer, a grinder, and a bead mill.
  • the treatment used for the chemical defibrating means include acid hydrolysis treatment.
  • the content of the cellulosic fine fibers in the rubber composition forming the toothed belt body 310 is preferably 1 part by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the rubber component. More preferably, it is 3 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 10 parts by mass or less.
  • rubber compounding agents include reinforcing materials, processing aids, vulcanization acceleration aids, plasticizers, co-crosslinking agents, crosslinking agents, vulcanization accelerators, anti-aging agents, and the like.
  • carbon black for example, channel black; furnace black such as SAF, ISAF, N-339, HAF, N-351, MAF, FEF, SRF, GPF, ECF, N-234; FT, MT, etc. Thermal black; acetylene black and the like.
  • Silica is also mentioned as the reinforcing material. It is preferable that a reinforcing material is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these. The content of the reinforcing material is, for example, 20 to 60 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
  • processing aids include stearic acid, polyethylene wax, and fatty acid metal salts.
  • the processing aid is preferably one or more.
  • the content of the processing aid is, for example, 0.5 to 2 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
  • the vulcanization acceleration aid examples include metal oxides such as zinc oxide (zinc white) and magnesium oxide, metal carbonates, fatty acids and derivatives thereof.
  • the vulcanization acceleration aid is preferably one or more.
  • the content of the vulcanization acceleration aid is, for example, 3 to 7 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
  • plasticizer examples include dialkyl phthalates such as dibutyl phthalate (DBP) and dioctyl phthalate (DOP), dialkyl adipates such as dioctyl adipate (DOA), and dialkyl sebacates such as dioctyl sebacate (DOS). It is preferable that a plasticizer is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these.
  • the plasticizer content is, for example, 0.1 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • co-crosslinking agent examples include liquid rubber such as liquid NBR.
  • the co-crosslinking agent is preferably one type or two or more types.
  • the content of the co-crosslinking agent is, for example, 3 to 7 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • crosslinking agent examples include sulfur and organic peroxides.
  • sulfur may be blended, an organic peroxide may be blended, or both of them may be used in combination.
  • the amount of the crosslinking agent is, for example, 1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition in the case of sulfur, and 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition with respect to the organic peroxide. For example, 1 to 5 parts by mass.
  • vulcanization accelerator examples include thiuram (eg, TETD, TT, TRA, etc.), thiazole (eg, MBT, MBTS, etc.), sulfenamide (eg, CZ), dithiocarbamate (eg, BZ-P). Etc.). It is preferable that a vulcanization accelerator is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these. The content of the vulcanization accelerator is, for example, 2 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
  • anti-aging agent examples include amine-ketone anti-aging agents, diamine anti-aging agents, phenol anti-aging agents and the like. It is preferable that an anti-aging agent is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these.
  • the content of the anti-aging agent is, for example, 0.1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310 may contain short fibers having a fiber diameter of 10 ⁇ m or more.
  • the tooth part side reinforcing cloth 312 is made of a cloth material such as a woven fabric, a knitted fabric, or a non-woven fabric formed of yarns such as cotton, polyamide fiber, polyester fiber, and aramid fiber. It is preferable that the tooth part side reinforcing cloth 312 has extensibility.
  • the thickness of the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 is, for example, 0.3 to 2.0 mm.
  • the tooth part side reinforcing cloth 312 is subjected to an adhesion process for adhesion to the toothed belt main body 310.
  • the core wire 313 is composed of a twisted yarn formed of glass fiber, aramid fiber, polyamide fiber, polyester fiber or the like.
  • the diameter of the core wire 313 is, for example, 0.5 to 2.5 mm, and the dimension between adjacent core wire centers in the cross section is, for example, 0.05 to 0.20 mm.
  • the core wire 313 is subjected to an adhesive treatment for imparting adhesiveness to the toothed belt main body 310.
  • the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310 including the base portion 311a and the tooth portion 311b includes cellulose having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm.
  • the system fine fiber By containing the system fine fiber, its excellent reinforcing effect can be obtained, and in particular, chipping of the tooth portion 311b can be suppressed, and excellent oil resistance can be obtained, and as a result, high durability can be obtained. it can.
  • FIG. 38 shows a belt forming die 320 used for manufacturing the toothed belt B according to the seventh embodiment.
  • the belt forming die 320 has a cylindrical shape, and tooth portion forming grooves 321 extending in the axial direction are formed on the outer peripheral surface thereof at a constant pitch with an interval in the circumferential direction.
  • the manufacturing method of the toothed belt according to the seventh embodiment includes a material preparation process, a molding process, a crosslinking process, and a finishing process.
  • ⁇ Material preparation process> Uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311 'for base and teeth- First, cellulosic fine fibers are put into a kneaded rubber component and dispersed by kneading.
  • a method for dispersing the cellulose-based fine fibers in the rubber component for example, a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulose-based fine fibers are dispersed in water is added to the rubber component kneaded with an open roll, A method of vaporizing moisture while kneading them, a master of cellulose fine fibers / rubber obtained by mixing a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water and rubber latex to vaporize the moisture Obtained by mixing the batch into a rubber component that has been masticated, mixing a dispersion in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in a solvent, and a solution in which the rubber component is dissolved in the solvent, and evaporating the solvent.
  • a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulose-based fine fibers are dispersed in water is added to the rubber component kneaded with an open roll
  • Cellulose fine fiber / rubber masterbatch is put into the kneaded rubber component, dispersion (gel) in which cellulose fine fiber is dispersed in water is freeze-dried and pulverized And what, how to put into a rubber component is masticated, methods and the like to introduce cellulosic microfibers made hydrophobic in rubber component is masticated.
  • the obtained uncrosslinked rubber composition is formed into a sheet shape by calendar molding or the like to produce an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311 'for the base and teeth.
  • -Tooth side reinforcing cloth 312'- Adhesive treatment is applied to the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′.
  • the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ is subjected to an RFL adhesion treatment in which it is immersed in an RFL aqueous solution and heated.
  • a base adhesion treatment in which the substrate is immersed in a base adhesion treatment solution and heated is performed before the RFL adhesion treatment.
  • a soaking rubber paste bonding treatment that is immersed in rubber paste after the RFL bonding treatment and / or drying, and / or a coating rubber paste that is coated with rubber paste on the surface on the toothed belt body 310 side and dried. Apply adhesive treatment.
  • both ends of the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ subjected to the adhesion treatment are joined to form a cylindrical shape.
  • an adhesive treatment is applied to the core wire 313 ′.
  • the core wire 313 ′ is subjected to an RFL adhesion treatment in which it is immersed in a resorcin / formalin / latex aqueous solution (hereinafter referred to as “RFL aqueous solution”) and heated.
  • RFL aqueous solution a resorcin / formalin / latex aqueous solution
  • a base adhesive treatment in which the substrate is immersed in a base adhesive treatment solution and heated before the RFL adhesive treatment and / or a rubber paste adhesive treatment in which the RFL adhesive treatment is immersed in rubber paste and dried are performed.
  • a cylindrical tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ is placed on the outer periphery of the belt mold 320, and a core wire 313 ′ is spirally wound thereon, and further, an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311 ′ is wound thereon. Wrap.
  • a laminated molded body B ′ is formed on the belt mold 320.
  • the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311 ′ may be used so that the line direction corresponds to the belt length direction, or the line direction may correspond to the belt width direction. .
  • ⁇ Crosslinking process> As shown in FIG. 40, after the release paper 322 is wound around the outer periphery of the laminated molded body B ′, a rubber sleeve 323 is placed on the outer periphery, and the rubber sleeve 323 is placed and sealed in the vulcanizing can. Is filled with high-temperature and high-pressure steam and held for a predetermined molding time.
  • the uncrosslinked rubber sheet in the laminated molded body B ′ flows while pressing the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ and flows into the tooth portion forming groove 321 of the belt forming die 320, and the crosslinking proceeds, And the tooth part side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ and the core wire 313 ′ are combined and integrated, and finally, a cylindrical belt slab S is formed as shown in FIG.
  • the molding temperature of the belt slab S is, for example, 100 to 180 ° C.
  • the molding pressure is, for example, 0.5 to 2.0 MPa
  • the molding time is, for example, 10 to 60 minutes.
  • the inside of the vulcanizing can is depressurized to release the seal, the belt slab S molded between the belt mold 320 and the rubber sleeve 323 is taken out and demolded, and the back side is polished to adjust the thickness. After that, the toothed belt B is manufactured by cutting into a predetermined width.
  • the rubber composition forming the base 311a in the toothed belt main body 310 contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm.
  • the rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b does not contain such cellulosic fine fibers.
  • the rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b may contain cellulosic fine fibers whose fiber diameter distribution range does not include 50 to 500 nm.
  • the rubber composition forming the base portion 311a is superior in that it contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm.
  • the reinforcing effect can be obtained, and excellent oil resistance can be obtained. As a result, high durability can be obtained.
  • the outer periphery of the belt mold 320 is covered with a cylindrical tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ and along the tooth part forming groove 321, and then, as shown in FIG. Into each tooth portion forming groove 321, uncrosslinked rubber 311 b ′ for teeth is inserted, and as shown in FIG. 44, a core wire 313 ′ is spirally wound from above, and further, uncrosslinked for base is formed from above.
  • a laminated molded body B ′ is formed by winding the rubber sheet 311a ′.
  • cross-linking of the uncrosslinked rubber 311b ′ for teeth and the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311a ′ for base in the laminated molded body B ′ proceeds, and the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ and the core wire 313 ′.
  • a cylindrical belt slab S similar to that shown in FIG. 41 in the seventh embodiment is formed.
  • the rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b in the toothed belt main body 310 contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm.
  • the rubber composition forming the base 311a does not contain such cellulosic fine fibers.
  • the rubber composition forming the base 311a may contain cellulosic fine fibers whose fiber diameter distribution range does not include 50 to 500 nm.
  • the rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm. An excellent reinforcing effect can be obtained, in particular, chipping of the tooth portion 311b can be suppressed, and excellent oil resistance can be obtained. As a result, high durability can be obtained.
  • the uncrosslinked rubber for a tooth portion containing cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm as in the seventh embodiment.
  • the composition is kneaded, and an uncrosslinked rubber 311 b ′ for the tooth portion, which is formed into the shape of the tooth portion forming groove 321 of the belt mold 320, is produced.
  • the uncrosslinked rubber composition not containing such cellulosic fine fibers is formed into a sheet by calendar molding or the like.
  • An uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311a ′ for the base is formed by molding.
  • cross-linking of the uncrosslinked rubber 311b ′ for teeth and the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311a ′ for base in the laminated molded body B ′ proceeds, and the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ and the core wire 313 ′.
  • a cylindrical belt slab S similar to that shown in FIG. 41 in the seventh embodiment is formed.
  • the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 is subjected to an RFL adhesion treatment in which it is immersed in an RFL aqueous solution and heated. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 45, the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 is bonded to the toothed belt main body 310 via the RFL bonding layer 314 formed by the RFL bonding process.
  • a foundation adhesion treatment comprising a solution obtained by dissolving a foundation adhesion treatment agent such as an epoxy resin or an isocyanate resin (block isocyanate) in a solvent such as toluene, or a dispersion liquid dispersed in water.
  • a base adhesion treatment in which the substrate is immersed in a liquid and heated is performed, and a base adhesive layer is provided under the RFL adhesive layer 314. Further, after RFL adhesion treatment, one kind of soaking rubber glue adhesion treatment that is immersed in rubber glue and dried, and coating rubber glue adhesion treatment that coats and drys the rubber glue on the surface on the toothed belt body 310 side Alternatively, two types of rubber glue adhesion treatment may be performed, and a rubber glue adhesion layer may be provided on the RFL adhesion layer 314.
  • the RFL adhesive layer 314 is formed of a solid content contained in the RFL aqueous solution, and includes a resorcin / formalin resin (RF resin) and a rubber component derived from rubber latex.
  • the RFL adhesive layer 314 contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm.
  • the cellulosic fine fibers contained in the RFL adhesive layer 314 have the same configuration as that contained in the toothed belt body 310 in the seventh embodiment.
  • the RFL adhesive layer 314 contains a cellulosic fine fiber having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm, thereby obtaining a high adhesive force of the tooth side reinforcing fabric 312 to the toothed belt body 310. Can do.
  • the cellulosic fine fibers are not oriented in a specific direction and are not oriented.
  • the content of the cellulosic fine fibers in the RFL adhesive layer 314 is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1.% from the viewpoint of obtaining high adhesion of the tooth side reinforcing fabric 312 to the toothed belt body 310. It is 0 mass% or more, More preferably, it is 2.0 mass% or more, Preferably it is 12 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 10 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 8 mass% or less.
  • the content of the cellulosic fine fibers with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component in the RFL adhesive layer 314 is preferably 1 part by mass or more from the viewpoint of obtaining high adhesion to the toothed belt body 310 of the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312.
  • it is 3 mass parts or more, More preferably, it is 5 mass parts or more, Preferably it is 30 mass parts or less, More preferably, it is 20 mass parts or less, More preferably, it is 10 mass parts or less.
  • the RFL adhesive layer 314 preferably does not contain short fibers having a fiber diameter of 10 ⁇ m or more. However, the RFL adhesive layer 314 is short as long as the adhesiveness of the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 to the toothed belt main body 310 is not hindered. Fibers may be included.
  • the rubber composition forming the base 311a of the toothed belt main body 310 may contain cellulosic fine fibers as in the seventh and second embodiments, or may not contain cellulosic fine fibers. ,either will do.
  • the rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b of the toothed belt main body 310 may contain cellulosic fine fibers as in the seventh and third embodiments, or may not contain cellulosic fine fibers. either will do.
  • the RFL adhesive layer 314 provided between the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 and the toothed belt main body 310 has a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 50.
  • the cellulosic fine fibers containing 500 nm it is possible to obtain a high adhesive force of the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 to the toothed belt main body 310, so that an excellent reinforcing effect is obtained.
  • the chipping of the portion 311b is suppressed, and as a result, high durability can be obtained.
  • the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ is subjected to an adhesion treatment when the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ is manufactured.
  • an RFL adhesion treatment is performed on the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ by immersing it in an RFL aqueous solution and heating it.
  • attachment process which immerses in a foundation
  • one type of soaking rubber glue adhesion treatment that is dipped in rubber glue and dried, and coating rubber glue adhesion treatment that coats and drys the rubber glue on the surface on the toothed belt body 310 side or Two types of rubber paste adhesion treatment may be performed.
  • the base adhesion treatment liquid is, for example, a solution obtained by dissolving a base adhesion treatment agent such as epoxy resin or isocyanate resin (block isocyanate) in a solvent such as toluene, or a dispersion liquid dispersed in water.
  • the temperature of the base adhesion treatment liquid is, for example, 20 to 30 ° C.
  • the solid content concentration of the base adhesion treatment liquid is preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the immersion time in the base adhesive treatment solution is, for example, 1 to 3 seconds.
  • the heating temperature (furnace temperature) after immersion in the base adhesion treatment liquid is, for example, 200 to 250 ° C.
  • the heating time (residence time in the furnace) is, for example, 1 to 3 minutes.
  • the number of times of base adhesion treatment may be only once or may be two or more.
  • the base adhesive treating agent adheres to the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′, and the amount of attachment (weight per unit area) is, for example, 0.5 to 8 based on the mass of the fiber material forming the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′. % By mass.
  • the RFL aqueous solution is an aqueous solution in which a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water together with a rubber latex is mixed with an initial condensate of resorcin and formaldehyde.
  • the liquid temperature of the RFL aqueous solution is, for example, 20 to 30 ° C.
  • the rubber latex include vinylpyridine / styrene / butadiene rubber latex (Vp / St / SBR), chloroprene rubber latex (CR), chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber latex (CSM), and the like.
  • the solid content concentration of the RFL aqueous solution is preferably 6.0% by mass or more, more preferably 9.0% by mass or more, and preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • the immersion time in the RFL aqueous solution is, for example, 1 to 3 seconds.
  • the heating temperature (furnace temperature) after immersion in the RFL aqueous solution is, for example, 100 to 180.
  • the heating time (residence time in the furnace) is, for example, 1 to 5 minutes.
  • the number of RFL adhesion treatments may be only once, or may be two or more.
  • the RFL adhesive layer 314 is attached to the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′, and the attached amount (weight per unit area) is, for example, 2 to 5% by mass based on the mass of the fiber material forming the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′. It is.
  • the tooth-side reinforcing cloth 312 is immersed in an RFL aqueous solution and heated, and the soaking rubber paste bonding process is immersed in rubber paste and dried, and the toothed belt.
  • One or two types of rubber glue adhesion treatment is applied among the coating rubber glue adhesion treatments in which the surface on the main body 310 side is coated with rubber glue and dried.
  • the tooth-side reinforcing cloth 312 has a toothed belt main body via the RFL adhesive layer 314 formed by the RFL adhesive treatment and the rubber glue adhesive layer 315 formed by the rubber glue adhesive treatment. Bonded to 310.
  • a foundation adhesion treatment comprising a solution obtained by dissolving a foundation adhesion treatment agent such as an epoxy resin or an isocyanate resin (block isocyanate) in a solvent such as toluene, or a dispersion liquid dispersed in water. It is preferable that a base adhesion treatment in which the substrate is immersed in a liquid and heated is performed, and a base adhesive layer is provided under the RFL adhesive layer 314.
  • the RFL adhesive layer 314 may contain cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm as in the seventh embodiment, or may not contain such cellulosic fine fibers. But you can.
  • the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 is formed of a solid rubber composition contained in the rubber paste, and the rubber composition forming the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 has a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 in the rubber component.
  • An uncrosslinked rubber composition in which various rubber compounding agents are blended and kneaded in addition to cellulose fine fibers containing ⁇ 500 nm is heated and pressurized and crosslinked with a crosslinking agent.
  • the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 contains the cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm, the adhesive strength of the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 to the toothed belt body 310 is high. Can be obtained.
  • Examples of the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 include hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber (H-NBR), hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber reinforced with unsaturated carboxylic acid metal salt (H-NBR), ethylene, and the like.
  • H-NBR hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber
  • H-NBR hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber reinforced with unsaturated carboxylic acid metal salt
  • ethylene and the like.
  • -Ethylene- ⁇ -olefin elastomers such as propylene copolymer (EPR), ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer (EPDM), ethylene-octene copolymer, ethylene-butene copolymer, chloroprene rubber (CR), and chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber (CSM) ) And the like.
  • the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310 is preferably a blend rubber of one or more of these.
  • the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 may be the same as or different from the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310.
  • the cellulosic fine fibers contained in the rubber composition forming the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 have the same configuration as that contained in the toothed belt body 310 in the seventh embodiment.
  • the cellulosic fine fibers are not oriented in a specific direction and are not oriented.
  • the content of the cellulosic fine fibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 is preferably 1 mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component from the viewpoint of obtaining high adhesion of the tooth side reinforcing fabric 312 to the toothed belt body 310.
  • Examples of rubber compounding agents include reinforcing materials, friction coefficient reducing materials, cross-linking agents, and anti-aging agents.
  • carbon black for example, channel black; furnace black such as SAF, ISAF, N-339, HAF, N-351, MAF, FEF, SRF, GPF, ECF, N-234; FT, MT, etc. Thermal black; acetylene black and the like.
  • Silica is also mentioned as the reinforcing material. It is preferable that a reinforcing material is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these.
  • the content of the reinforcing material is preferably smaller than the content of the reinforcing material in the rubber composition forming the toothed belt body 310, and is, for example, 10 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition. is there.
  • the friction coefficient reducing material examples include ultra high molecular weight polyethylene resin powder, fluororesin powder, and molybdenum.
  • the friction coefficient reducing material is preferably one or more of these.
  • the content of the friction coefficient reducing material is, for example, 5 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
  • crosslinking agent examples include sulfur and organic peroxides.
  • sulfur may be blended, an organic peroxide may be blended, or both of them may be used in combination.
  • the compounding amount of the crosslinking agent is, for example, 0.3 to 5 parts by mass in the case of sulfur with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition, and 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition in the case of the organic peroxide. For example, it is 0.3 to 5 parts by mass.
  • vulcanization accelerator examples include thiuram (eg, TETD, TT, TRA, etc.), thiazole (eg, MBT, MBTS, etc.), sulfenamide (eg, CZ), dithiocarbamate (eg, BZ-P). Etc.). It is preferable that a vulcanization accelerator is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these.
  • the content of the vulcanization accelerator is, for example, 1 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
  • anti-aging agent examples include amine-ketone anti-aging agents, diamine anti-aging agents, phenol anti-aging agents and the like. It is preferable that an anti-aging agent is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these.
  • the content of the anti-aging agent is, for example, 1 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • the rubber composition forming the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 preferably does not contain short fibers having a fiber diameter of 10 ⁇ m or more.
  • the adhesiveness of the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 to the toothed belt body 310 is not preferred. Such short fibers may be included as long as they do not hinder.
  • the rubber composition forming the base 311a of the toothed belt main body 310 may contain cellulosic fine fibers as in the seventh and second embodiments, or may not contain cellulosic fine fibers. ,either will do.
  • the rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b of the toothed belt main body 310 may contain cellulosic fine fibers as in the seventh and third embodiments, or may not contain cellulosic fine fibers. either will do.
  • the rubber glue adhesive layer 315 provided between the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 and the toothed belt main body 310 has a fiber diameter distribution range of 50.
  • the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm, it is possible to obtain high wear resistance on the tooth side surface. As a result, high durability can be obtained.
  • the soaking rubber glue adhesion treatment in which the tooth side reinforcement cloth 312 ′ is immersed in the rubber glue and dried, and the toothed belt body One or two types of rubber glue adhesion treatment is performed among the coating rubber glue adhesion treatments in which the surface on the 310 side is coated with rubber glue and dried.
  • the base adhesion process is the same as that of the tenth embodiment.
  • the RFL aqueous solution is an aqueous solution in which a rubber latex is mixed with an initial condensate of resorcin and formaldehyde.
  • a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water in the RFL aqueous solution may be included as in the tenth embodiment.
  • the liquid temperature of the RFL aqueous solution is, for example, 20 to 30 ° C.
  • the solid content concentration of the RFL aqueous solution is preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the rubber latex include vinylpyridine / styrene / butadiene rubber latex (Vp / St / SBR), chloroprene rubber latex (CR), chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber latex (CSM), and the like.
  • the immersion time in the RFL aqueous solution is, for example, 1 to 3 seconds.
  • the heating temperature (furnace temperature) after immersion in the RFL aqueous solution is, for example, 100 to 180 ° C.
  • the heating time (residence time in the furnace) is, for example, 1 to 5 minutes.
  • the number of RFL adhesion treatments may be only once, or may be two or more.
  • the RFL adhesive layer 314 is attached to the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′, and the attached amount (weight per unit area) is, for example, 2 to 5% by mass based on the mass of the fiber material forming the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′. It is.
  • the rubber paste is a solution in which an uncrosslinked rubber composition before crosslinking of a rubber composition containing cellulosic fine fibers forming the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 is dissolved in a solvent such as toluene.
  • the rubber paste is produced as follows.
  • cellulosic fine fibers are put into a kneaded rubber component and dispersed by kneading.
  • a method for dispersing the cellulose-based fine fibers in the rubber component for example, a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulose-based fine fibers are dispersed in water is added to the rubber component kneaded with an open roll, A method of vaporizing moisture while kneading them, a master of cellulose fine fibers / rubber obtained by mixing a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water and rubber latex to vaporize the moisture
  • the uncrosslinked rubber composition is put into a solvent and stirred until a uniform solution is obtained, thereby producing a rubber paste.
  • the temperature of the rubber paste is, for example, 20 to 30 ° C.
  • the solid content concentration of the rubber paste is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, for soaking rubber paste adhesion treatment. is there.
  • it is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • the immersion time in the rubber glue is, for example, 1 to 3 seconds.
  • the drying temperature (furnace temperature) after immersion in rubber paste is, for example, 50 to 100 ° C.
  • the drying time (residence time in the furnace) is, for example, 1 to 3 minutes.
  • the number of times of the soaking rubber paste adhesion treatment may be only once, or may be two or more times.
  • a rubber glue adhesive layer 315 is attached to the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′.
  • the amount of attachment is, for example, 2 to 5 mass based on the mass of the fiber material forming the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′. %.
  • the drying temperature (furnace temperature) after coating is, for example, 50 to 100 ° C.
  • the drying time (residence time in the furnace) is, for example, 1 to 3 minutes.
  • the number of times of coating rubber paste adhesion treatment may be only once or may be two or more times.
  • a rubber glue adhesive layer 315 is attached to the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′.
  • the amount of attachment is, for example, 2 to 5 mass based on the mass of the fiber material forming the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′. %.
  • Uncrosslinked rubber composition The following rubbers 1 to 7 of an uncrosslinked rubber composition for forming a toothed belt body and rubbers 8 to 14 of an uncrosslinked rubber composition for a rubber paste adhesive layer of a tooth side reinforcing fabric were prepared. Each formulation is also shown in Tables 7 and 2.
  • ⁇ Rubber 1> a dispersion in which powdered cellulose (trade name: KC Flock W-GK manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.) is dispersed in toluene is prepared, and the dispersion is collided with a high-pressure homogenizer to convert the powdered cellulose into cellulose fine fibers.
  • the fiber was defibrated to obtain a dispersion in which cellulose fine fibers were dispersed in toluene. Accordingly, the cellulose fine fibers are produced by mechanical defibrating means and are not subjected to a hydrophobic treatment.
  • H-NBR Zetpol 2020 manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.
  • a plasticizer trade name: W-260 manufactured by DIC
  • the resultant solution was mixed, and toluene and a plasticizer were vaporized to prepare a master batch of cellulose fine fiber / H-NBR.
  • the content of each component in the master batch was 25% by mass for the cellulosic fine fibers, 25% by mass for the plasticizer, and 50% by mass for H-NBR.
  • H-NBR was masticated and a master batch was added thereto for kneading.
  • the mixing mass ratio of H-NBR and masterbatch was 98: 4, and the content of fine cellulose fibers was 1 part by mass when the total H-NBR was 100 parts by mass.
  • H-NBR cellulose fine fiber, and plasticizer are kneaded, and 40 parts by mass of reinforcing material FEF carbon black (trade name: Seast SO manufactured by Tokai Carbon Co., Ltd.) is added to 100 parts by mass of H-NBR.
  • FEF carbon black trade name: Seast SO manufactured by Tokai Carbon Co., Ltd.
  • processing aid stearic acid (trade name: Tsubaki stearic acid manufactured by NOF Corporation) and 5 parts by weight of zinc oxide (trade name: Zinc Oxide made by Sakai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) , 24 parts by mass of plasticizer, 5 parts by mass of liquid NBR (trade name: Nipol 1312 manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.) as a co-crosslinking agent, and 0% of sulfur (trade name: Oil Sulfur manufactured by Nippon Kibuki Kogyo Co., Ltd.) as a crosslinking agent.
  • Rubber 2 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition prepared in the same manner as rubber 1 except that the content of fine cellulose fibers was 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of H-NBR.
  • Rubber 3 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition produced in the same manner as rubber 1 except that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of H-NBR.
  • Rubber 4 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition prepared in the same manner as rubber 1 except that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of H-NBR.
  • Rubber 5 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition produced in the same manner as rubber 1 except that the content of fine cellulose fibers was 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of H-NBR.
  • Rubber 6 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition produced in the same manner as rubber 1 except that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of H-NBR.
  • ⁇ Rubber 9> Zinc methacrylate reinforced H-NBR and H-NBR were masticated, and a master batch was added thereto and kneaded.
  • the content of cellulose fine fiber is 1 part by mass when the mixing mass ratio of zinc methacrylate reinforced H-NBR, H-NBR, and masterbatch is 50: 48: 4 and the total H-NBR is 100 parts by mass. It was made to become.
  • zinc methacrylate reinforced H-NBR, H-NBR, fine cellulose fiber, and plasticizer are kneaded and reinforced with respect to 100 parts by mass of the zinc methacrylate reinforced H-NBR and H-NBR rubber components.
  • 20 parts by mass of FEF carbon black as a material 10 parts by mass of ultra high molecular weight polyethylene powder, 0.5 parts by mass of sulfur as a crosslinking agent, 2 parts by mass of a thiuram vulcanization accelerator, and an amine-ketone aging inhibitor 2 parts by mass of each was added and kneaded to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition.
  • the uncrosslinked rubber composition was designated as rubber 9.
  • the rubber 10 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition prepared in the same manner as the rubber 9 except that the cellulose fine fiber content was 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • the rubber 311 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition prepared in the same manner as the rubber 9 except that the cellulose fine fiber content was 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • Rubber 12 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition prepared in the same manner as rubber 9 except that the content of fine cellulose fibers was 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • Rubber 13 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition prepared in the same manner as rubber 9 except that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • the rubber 14 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition prepared in the same manner as the rubber 9 except that the content of the cellulose fine fiber was 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
  • Example 7-1 For the toothed belt of Example 7-1, rubber 1 containing fine cellulose fibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the toothed belt body.
  • a woven fabric As the tooth side reinforcing fabric, a woven fabric was used in which a covering yarn obtained by winding an aramid fiber (trade name: Technora) on urethane yarn to give elasticity was used as a weft and a nylon twisted warp.
  • the woven fabric of the tooth side reinforcing fabric was subjected to a base adhesion treatment that was heated after being immersed in an epoxy resin solution as a base adhesion treatment, and an RFL adhesion treatment that was heated after being immersed in an RFL aqueous solution.
  • the soaking rubber paste bonding treatment in which the woven fabric of the tooth side reinforcing fabric subjected to the RFL bonding treatment was dipped in rubber paste and dried was repeatedly applied.
  • the rubber paste As the rubber paste, a rubber paste having a solid content concentration of 10% by mass obtained by dissolving rubber 8 containing no cellulose fine fibers in toluene as a solvent was used.
  • the liquid temperature of the rubber paste was 25 ° C.
  • the immersion time in the rubber paste was 5 seconds.
  • the drying temperature after immersion in rubber paste was 100 ° C. and the drying time was 40 seconds.
  • Glass fiber was used as the core wire.
  • Example 7-2 A toothed belt of Example 7-2 was prepared in the same manner as Example 7-1 except that rubber 2 containing cellulose fine fibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the toothed belt body.
  • Example 7-3 A toothed belt of Example 7-3 was prepared in the same manner as Example 7-1 except that rubber 3 containing fine cellulose fibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the toothed belt body.
  • Example 7-4 A toothed belt of Example 7-4 was prepared in the same manner as Example 7-1 except that rubber 4 containing cellulose fine fibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the toothed belt body.
  • Example 7-5 A toothed belt of Example 7-5 was produced in the same manner as Example 7-4 except that rubber paste of rubber 9 containing cellulose fine fibers was used for the soaking rubber paste bonding treatment of the tooth side reinforcing fabric. .
  • Example 7-6 A toothed belt of Example 7-6 was produced in the same manner as Example 7-4 except that rubber paste of rubber 10 containing cellulose fine fibers was used for the soaking rubber paste bonding treatment of the tooth side reinforcing fabric. .
  • Example 7-7 A toothed belt of Example 7-7 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 7-4 except that rubber paste of rubber 311 containing cellulose fine fiber was used for the soaking rubber paste adhesion treatment of the tooth side reinforcing fabric. .
  • Example 7-8 A toothed belt of Example 7-8 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 7-4 except that the rubber paste of rubber 12 containing fine cellulose fibers was used for the soaking rubber paste bonding treatment of the tooth side reinforcing fabric. .
  • Example 7-9 A toothed belt of Example 7-9 was produced in the same manner as Example 7-4 except that rubber paste of rubber 13 containing fine cellulose fibers was used for the soaking rubber paste bonding treatment of the tooth side reinforcing fabric. .
  • Example 7-10> A toothed belt of Example 7-10 was produced in the same manner as Example 7-4 except that rubber paste of rubber 14 containing cellulose fine fibers was used for the soaking rubber paste bonding treatment of the tooth side reinforcing fabric. .
  • Example 7-11 A toothed belt of Example 7-11 was produced in the same manner as Example 7-1 except that rubber 5 containing cellulose fine fibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the toothed belt body.
  • Example 7-12 A toothed belt of Example 7-12 was prepared in the same manner as Example 7-1 except that rubber 6 containing fine cellulose fibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the toothed belt body.
  • Example 7-13 As the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the toothed belt body, rubber 7 containing no cellulose fine fibers is used, and the rubber paste of rubber 12 containing cellulose fine fibers is used for the soaking rubber paste bonding treatment of the tooth side reinforcing fabric.
  • a toothed belt of Example 7-13 was produced in the same manner as Example 7-1 except that the above was found.
  • ⁇ Comparative Example 7> As a non-crosslinked rubber composition for forming a toothed belt body, rubber 7 containing no cellulose fine fibers is used, and rubber glue of rubber 8 containing no cellulose fine fibers is used for the soaking rubber paste bonding treatment of the tooth side reinforcing fabric.
  • a toothed belt of Comparative Example 7 was produced in the same manner as in Example 7-1 except that this was the case.
  • FIG. 47 shows a pulley layout of the belt running test machine 330.
  • the belt running test machine 330 includes a driving pulley 331, a driven pulley 332, and an idler pulley 333.
  • the drive pulley 331 is provided with 21 tooth-engagement grooves on the pulley periphery.
  • the driven pulley 332 is provided with 42 tooth-engagement grooves on the periphery of the pulley.
  • the idler pulley 333 has a flat pulley periphery for pressing the back surface of the belt.
  • the drive pulley 331, the driven pulley 332, and the idler pulley 333 are all made of carbon steel (S45C).
  • Example 1 Each of the toothed belts B of Examples 7-1 to 7-13 and Comparative Example 7 was evaluated for chipping resistance and wear resistance using the belt running tester 330 as follows.
  • Test evaluation results The test results are shown in Tables 10 and 5.
  • the content of the cellulose fine fiber means a part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component even if not particularly described.
  • cellulose fine fibers are contained only in the toothed belt body, and the contents thereof are 0 parts by weight, 1 part by weight, 3 parts by weight, 5 parts by weight, 10 parts by weight, and 15 parts by weight, respectively.
  • the tooth endurance life at room temperature was 528 hours, 696 hours, time 792, 864 hours, 936 hours and 1056 hours. That is, in the range of the present Example, it turns out that tooth
  • Examples 7-4 to 7-10 in which the content of cellulose fine fibers in the toothed belt body is the same 10 parts by mass, as the content of cellulose fine fibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer increases, It can be seen that the endurance life of the tooth is long.
  • the cellulose fine fiber content in the rubber paste adhesive layers in Examples 7-4 to 7-10 is 0 parts by weight, 1 part by weight, 3 parts by weight, 5 parts by weight, and 10 parts by weight, respectively. , 15 parts by weight, and 25 parts by weight, while the tooth endurance life at room temperature was 864 hours, 912 hours, 960 hours, 1032 hours, 1080 hours, 1128 hours, and 1128 hours, respectively.
  • the tooth endurance life since the tooth endurance life is the same, when the content of the fine cellulose fiber is 15 parts by mass or more, the effect of increasing the tooth endurance is saturated. Possible possibility.
  • Example 7-13 in which only 10 parts by mass of cellulose fine fiber was contained only in the rubber adhesive adhesive layer, the durable life of the tooth portion was 456 hours, which is slightly longer than that of 384 hours in Comparative Example 7.
  • Example 7-8 in which the content of cellulose fine fibers in the toothed belt body is 10 parts by mass, the content of cellulose fine fibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer is the same as in Example 7-13. It can be seen that the tooth endurance life is significantly excellent at 1080 hours.
  • cellulose fine fibers are contained only in the toothed belt body, and the contents thereof are 0 parts by weight, 1 part by weight, 3 parts by weight, 5 parts by weight, 10 parts by weight, and 15 parts by weight, respectively.
  • the tooth endurance life at 80 ° C. was 432 hours, 624 hours, 744 hours, and 792 hours, respectively. 888 hours, and 9126 hours. That is, in the range of the present Example, it turns out that the tooth
  • the tooth endurance life at high temperature (80 ° C.) is shorter than the tooth endurance life at room temperature.
  • the deterioration is reduced by containing the cellulose fine fiber. That is, in Comparative Example 7, the tooth endurance life at room temperature was 384 hours, whereas the tooth endurance life at 80 ° C. was 240 hours, which was deteriorated by about 38%.
  • Example 7-1 in which 1 part by mass of cellulose fine fiber was contained in the toothed belt body, the tooth endurance life at room temperature was 528 hours, whereas the tooth endurance life at 80 ° C. Is 432 hours, and the deterioration is about 18%.
  • Example 7-2 Example 7-3, Example 7-4, Example 7-11 and Example 7-12, the deterioration was 10%, 6%, 8%, 5% and 14 in this order. It can be seen that, in any case, it is greatly reduced as compared with the case where the fine cellulose fibers are not included.
  • a decrease in the coefficient of linear expansion can be considered as a factor for reducing deterioration of the durable life of the tooth portion at a high temperature due to the inclusion of the fine cellulose fibers. That is, the linear expansion coefficient of a toothed belt falls by containing a cellulose fine fiber.
  • the linear expansion coefficient decreases, the expansion of the tooth portion at a high temperature is suppressed.
  • the meshing accuracy between the tooth part and the pulley is maintained even at a high temperature, and an increase in the burden on the tooth part due to the temperature rise is suppressed, and as a result, the deterioration of the durable life of the tooth part at a high temperature is not suppressed. I guess that.
  • the content of cellulose fine fibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer is 0 respectively.
  • the weight parts are 1 part by weight, 3 parts by weight, 5 parts by weight, 10 parts by weight, 15 parts by weight, and 25 parts by weight
  • the wear mass is 4.2 g, 3.3 g, 2.5 g, 2 0.1 g, 1.8 g, 1.4 g, and 1.3 g. That is, it is understood that the wear mass decreases as the content of the cellulose fine fiber in the rubber paste adhesive layer increases.
  • the wear mass is 3.5 g or less, it is considered that the wear mass is improved significantly over the conventional technique.
  • the rubber paste adhesive layer contains 10 parts by weight of cellulose fine fibers, and the wear mass is 2.0 g, which is remarkable. It can be seen that the wear resistance is improved.
  • cellulose fine fibers are contained only in the toothed belt body, and the contents thereof are 0 parts by weight, 1 part by weight, 3 parts by weight, 5 parts by weight, 10 parts by weight, and 15 parts by weight, respectively.
  • the mass change amounts were 3.9%, 3.7%, 3.1%, 2.8%, 1.9%, and 1.5%. That is, in the range of the present Example, it turns out that mass change amount becomes small as content of a cellulose fine fiber increases, and oil resistance improves.
  • Examples 7-4 to 7-10 in which the content of cellulose fine fibers in the toothed belt body is the same 10 parts by mass, the content of cellulose fine fibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer is 0 parts by mass, respectively. 1 part by mass, 3 parts by mass, 5 parts by mass, 10 parts by mass, 15 parts by mass, and 25 parts by mass, while the mass change amount is 2.8%, 2.8%, 2.7% in order. 2.6%, 2.3%, 2.2%, and 2.1%. That is, it can be seen that as the content of the cellulose fine fiber in the rubber paste adhesive layer increases, the mass change rate decreases, and the oil resistance improves.
  • Example 7-13 in which only 10 parts by mass of cellulose fine fiber was contained only in the adhesive layer of rubber paste, the mass change rate was 4.3%, which was slightly suppressed from 4.4% of Comparative Example 7. Has been.
  • Example 7-8 in which the content of the cellulose fine fiber in the toothed belt body is 10 parts by mass, the content of the cellulose fine fiber in the rubber paste adhesive layer is the same as in Example 7-13, but the rate of mass change Is 2.3%.
  • the present invention is useful in the field of rubber compositions and transmission belts using the rubber compositions.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Nanotechnology (AREA)
  • Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Composite Materials (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

This rubber composition contains a rubber component and cellulose-based fine fibers. The distribution range of fiber diameters of the cellulose-based fine fibers includes 50-500 nm. At least part of the belt main body (10) of the transmission belt B is formed from the rubber composition which contains the cellulose-based fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range that includes 50-500 nm.

Description

ゴム組成物、伝動ベルト及びその製造方法Rubber composition, power transmission belt and manufacturing method thereof

 本発明は、ゴム組成物と、当該ゴム組成物を用いた伝動ベルト及びその製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a rubber composition, a transmission belt using the rubber composition, and a manufacturing method thereof.

 いわゆるセルロースナノファイバを含有するゴム組成物は公知である。例えば、特許文献1には、天然ゴム等のゴム成分と、化学変成ミクロフィブリルセルロースとを含有する加硫ゴム組成物が開示されている。 A rubber composition containing a so-called cellulose nanofiber is known. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a vulcanized rubber composition containing a rubber component such as natural rubber and chemically modified microfibril cellulose.

 また、このようなゴム組成物を伝動ベルトに適用することは公知である。例えば、特許文献2には、平均繊維径が0.1~200nmのカルボキシ基を有するセルロース系微細繊維を疎水変性処理したものを配合したゴム組成物を伝動ベルトに適用することが開示されている。更に、特許文献3には、セルロースナノファイバを配合したゴム組成物を平ベルトの内側表面ゴム層に適用することが開示されている。 Also, it is known to apply such a rubber composition to a transmission belt. For example, Patent Document 2 discloses that a rubber composition in which a cellulose fine fiber having a carboxy group having an average fiber diameter of 0.1 to 200 nm is subjected to a hydrophobic modification treatment is applied to a transmission belt. . Furthermore, Patent Document 3 discloses that a rubber composition containing cellulose nanofibers is applied to the inner surface rubber layer of a flat belt.

特許4581116号公報Japanese Patent No. 4581116 特開2014-125607号公報JP 2014-125607 A 特開2015-31315号公報JP2015-31315A

 本発明の課題は、ゴム部品の摩擦摩耗特性を改善できるゴム組成物を提供すること、及びゴム組成物からなる伝動ベルトの耐久性を高めることである。 An object of the present invention is to provide a rubber composition capable of improving the friction and wear characteristics of rubber parts, and to improve the durability of a transmission belt made of the rubber composition.

 本発明のゴム組成物は、セルロース系微細繊維と、ゴム成分とを含み、セルロース系微細繊維の繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含む。また、本発明の伝動ベルトは、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有するゴム組成物でベルト本体の少なくとも一部が形成されている。 The rubber composition of the present invention contains cellulosic fine fibers and a rubber component, and the fiber diameter distribution range of the cellulosic fine fibers contains 50 to 500 nm. In the power transmission belt of the present invention, at least a part of the belt main body is formed of a rubber composition containing cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm.

 本発明のゴム組成物は、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有するので、被水条件下における挙動安定性に優れている。また、本開示の伝動ベルトによれば、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有するゴム組成物でベルト本体の少なくとも一部が形成されていることにより、優れた耐久性を得ることができる。 The rubber composition of the present invention contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm, and therefore has excellent behavioral stability under wet conditions. Further, according to the transmission belt of the present disclosure, at least a part of the belt main body is formed of a rubber composition containing cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm. Sex can be obtained.

図1は実施形態のラップドVベルトを模式的に示す斜視図である。FIG. 1 is a perspective view schematically showing a wrapped V-belt of the embodiment. 図2(a)~(g)は、ラップドVベルトの製造方法を示す説明図である。FIGS. 2A to 2G are explanatory views showing a method for manufacturing a wrapped V-belt. 図3は実施形態2の例示的なVリブドベルトを模式的に示す斜視図である。FIG. 3 is a perspective view schematically showing an exemplary V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment. 図4は実施形態2のVリブドベルトの要部の断面図である。FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of a main part of the V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment. 図5は実施形態2のVリブドベルトを用いた自動車の補機駆動ベルト伝動装置のプーリレイアウトを示す図である。FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of an auxiliary drive belt transmission device for an automobile using the V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment. 図6は実施形態2のVリブドベルトの製造方法を示す第1の説明図である。FIG. 6 is a first explanatory view showing a method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment. 図7は実施形態2のVリブドベルトの製造方法を示す第2の説明図である。FIG. 7 is a second explanatory view showing the method for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment. 図8は実施形態2のVリブドベルトの製造方法を示す第3の説明図である。FIG. 8 is a third explanatory view showing the method for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment. 図9は実施形態2のVリブドベルトの製造方法を示す第4の説明図である。FIG. 9 is a fourth explanatory view showing the method for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment. 図10は実施形態2のVリブドベルトの製造方法を示す第5の説明図である。FIG. 10 is a fifth explanatory view showing the method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment. 図11は実施形態2のVリブドベルトの製造方法を示す第6の説明図である。FIG. 11 is a sixth explanatory view showing the method for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the second embodiment. 図12は実施形態3の例示的な平ベルトを模式的に示す斜視図である。FIG. 12 is a perspective view schematically showing an exemplary flat belt according to the third embodiment. 図13は実施形態3の平ベルトの製造方法を示す第1の説明図である。FIG. 13 is a first explanatory view showing the flat belt manufacturing method according to the third embodiment. 図14は実施形態3の平ベルトの製造方法を示す第2の説明図である。FIG. 14 is a second explanatory view showing the flat belt manufacturing method according to the third embodiment. 図15は実施形態3の平ベルトの製造方法を示す第3の説明図である。FIG. 15 is a third explanatory view showing the flat belt manufacturing method according to the third embodiment. 図16は摩擦係数測定装置の構成を示す図である。FIG. 16 is a diagram showing the configuration of the friction coefficient measuring apparatus. 図17は耐摩耗性評価用ベルト走行試験機のプーリレイアウトを示す図である。FIG. 17 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of a belt running tester for wear resistance evaluation. 図18は耐屈曲疲労性評価用ベルト走行試験機のプーリレイアウトを示す図である。FIG. 18 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of a belt running test machine for evaluating bending fatigue resistance. 図19は摩擦・摩耗特性評価用ベルト走行試験機のプーリレイアウトを示す図である。FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of a belt running test machine for evaluating friction / wear characteristics. 図20は耐摩耗性評価用ベルト走行試験機のプーリレイアウトを示す図である。FIG. 20 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of a belt running test machine for wear resistance evaluation. 図21は実施形態4のVリブドベルトの斜視図である。FIG. 21 is a perspective view of the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment. 図22は実施形態4のVリブドベルトの要部の断面図である。FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view of a main part of the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment. 図23は実施形態4のVリブドベルトを用いた自動車の補機駆動ベルト伝動装置のプーリレイアウトを示す図である。FIG. 23 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of an auxiliary drive belt transmission device for an automobile using the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment. 図24は実施形態4のVリブドベルトの製造方法を示す第1の説明図である。FIG. 24 is a first explanatory view showing the method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment. 図25は実施形態4のVリブドベルトの製造方法を示す第2の説明図である。FIG. 25 is a second explanatory view showing the method for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment. 図26は実施形態4のVリブドベルトの製造方法を示す第3の説明図である。FIG. 26 is a third explanatory view showing the method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment. 図27は実施形態4のVリブドベルトの製造方法を示す第4の説明図である。FIG. 27 is a fourth explanatory view showing the method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment. 図28は実施形態4のVリブドベルトの製造方法を示す第5の説明図である。FIG. 28 is a fifth explanatory view showing the method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment. 図29は実施形態4のVリブドベルトの製造方法を示す第6の説明図である。FIG. 29 is a sixth explanatory view illustrating the method of manufacturing the V-ribbed belt of the fourth embodiment. 図30は実施形態6のVリブドベルトの要部の断面図である。FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view of a main part of the V-ribbed belt of the sixth embodiment. 図31は変形例のVリブドベルトの斜視図である。FIG. 31 is a perspective view of a modified V-ribbed belt. 図32は平ベルトの断面図である。FIG. 32 is a sectional view of a flat belt. 図33は耐久性評価用ベルト試験走行機のプーリレイアウトを示す図である。FIG. 33 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of a belt test traveling machine for durability evaluation. 図34は耐久性評価用ベルト試験走行機のプーリレイアウトを示す図である。FIG. 34 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of a belt test traveling machine for durability evaluation. 図35は摩擦係数測定装置を示す図である。FIG. 35 shows a friction coefficient measuring apparatus. 図36は被水時異音評価用ベルト走行試験機のプーリレイアウトを示す図である。FIG. 36 is a diagram showing a pulley layout of a belt running test machine for evaluating abnormal noise when wet. 図37は実施形態7の例示的歯付ベルトを模式的に示す斜視図である。FIG. 37 is a perspective view schematically showing an exemplary toothed belt of the seventh embodiment. 図38は実施形態7の歯付ベルトの製造に用いるベルト成形型の部分的な断面図である。FIG. 38 is a partial cross-sectional view of a belt forming die used for manufacturing the toothed belt of the seventh embodiment. 図39は実施形態7の歯付ベルトの製造方法の第1の説明図である。FIG. 39 is a first explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the toothed belt according to the seventh embodiment. 図40は実施形態7の歯付ベルトの製造方法の第2の説明図である。FIG. 40 is a second explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the toothed belt according to the seventh embodiment. 図41は実施形態7の歯付ベルトの製造方法の第3の説明図である。FIG. 41 is a third explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the toothed belt according to the seventh embodiment. 図42は実施形態8の歯付ベルトの製造方法の第1の説明図である。FIG. 42 is a first explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the toothed belt according to the eighth embodiment. 図43は実施形態8の歯付ベルトの製造方法の第2の説明図である。FIG. 43 is a second explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the toothed belt according to the eighth embodiment. 図44は実施形態8の歯付ベルトの製造方法の第3の説明図である。FIG. 44 is a third explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the toothed belt according to the eighth embodiment. 図45は実施形態10における歯部側補強布と歯付ベルト本体との界面構造を示す断面図である。FIG. 45 is a cross-sectional view showing an interface structure between the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth and the toothed belt body in the tenth embodiment. 図46は実施形態11における歯部側補強布と歯付ベルト本体との界面構造を示す断面図である。FIG. 46 is a cross-sectional view showing an interface structure between the tooth side reinforcing fabric and the toothed belt body in the eleventh embodiment. 図47は歯付ベルトの耐歯欠け性及び耐摩耗性を評価するためのベルト走行試験機におけるプーリレイアウトを示す図である。FIG. 47 is a diagram showing a pulley layout in a belt running test machine for evaluating tooth chipping resistance and wear resistance of a toothed belt.

 以下、実施形態について図面を参照しながら説明する。 Hereinafter, embodiments will be described with reference to the drawings.

 [実施形態1]
 <ゴム組成物>
 実施形態1に係るゴム組成物は、ゴム成分と、セルロース系微細繊維とを含有し、セルロース系微細繊維の繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含む。ゴム組成物は、セルロース系微細繊維に加えて各種のゴム配合剤が配合されていても良い。
[Embodiment 1]
<Rubber composition>
The rubber composition according to Embodiment 1 contains a rubber component and cellulosic fine fibers, and the fiber diameter distribution range of the cellulosic fine fibers includes 50 to 500 nm. The rubber composition may contain various rubber compounding agents in addition to the cellulosic fine fibers.

 (ゴム成分)
 ゴム組成物のゴム成分としては、例えば、エチレン-α-オレフィンエラストマー(EPDM、EPRなど)、クロロプレンゴム(CR)、クロロスルホン化ポリエチレンゴム(CSM)、水素添加アクリロニトリルゴム(H-NBR)、天然ゴム(NR)、スチレンブタジエンゴム(SBR)、ブタジエンゴム(BR)、ニトリルゴム(NBR)、シリコーンゴム(Q)、フッ素ゴム(FKM)等が挙げられる。また、これらのうちの1種又は2種以上のブレンドゴムであっても良い。
(Rubber component)
Examples of the rubber component of the rubber composition include ethylene-α-olefin elastomers (EPDM, EPR, etc.), chloroprene rubber (CR), chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber (CSM), hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber (H-NBR), natural Examples thereof include rubber (NR), styrene butadiene rubber (SBR), butadiene rubber (BR), nitrile rubber (NBR), silicone rubber (Q), and fluorine rubber (FKM). Moreover, the blend rubber of 1 type, or 2 or more types of these may be sufficient.

 (セルロース系微細繊維)
 セルロース系微細繊維は、植物繊維を細かくほぐすことで得られる植物細胞壁の骨格成分で構成されたセルロース微細繊維を由来とする繊維材料である。セルロース系微細繊維の原料植物としては、例えば、木材、竹、稲(稲わら)、じゃがいも、サトウキビ(バガス)、水草、海藻等が挙げられる。これらのうち木材が好ましい。表面ゴム層11aを形成する多孔のゴム組成物がこのようなセルロース系微細繊維を含むことにより、その高補強効果が発現する。
(Cellulose fine fiber)
Cellulosic fine fibers are fiber materials derived from cellulose fine fibers composed of plant cell wall skeletal components obtained by finely loosening plant fibers. Examples of the cellulosic fine fiber plant include wood, bamboo, rice (rice straw), potato, sugar cane (bagasse), aquatic plants, and seaweed. Of these, wood is preferred. When the porous rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 11a contains such cellulosic fine fibers, the high reinforcing effect is exhibited.

 セルロース系微細繊維は、セルロース微細繊維自体であっても、また、疎水化処理された疎水化セルロース微細繊維であっても、どちらでもよい。また、セルロース系微細繊維として、セルロース微細繊維自体と疎水化セルロース微細繊維とを併用してもよい。分散性の観点からは、セルロース系微細繊維は、疎水化セルロース微細繊維を含むことが好ましい。疎水化セルロース微細繊維としては、セルロースの水酸基の一部又は全部が疎水性基に置換されたセルロース微細繊維、及び表面処理剤によって疎水化表面処理されたセルロース微細繊維が挙げられる。 The cellulose-based fine fiber may be either the cellulose fine fiber itself or a hydrophobic cellulose fine fiber that has been subjected to a hydrophobic treatment. Moreover, you may use together cellulose fine fiber itself and hydrophobized cellulose fine fiber as a cellulosic fine fiber. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, the cellulosic fine fibers preferably include hydrophobized cellulose fine fibers. Examples of the hydrophobized cellulose fine fibers include cellulose fine fibers in which some or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups, and cellulose fine fibers that have been subjected to a hydrophobized surface treatment with a surface treatment agent.

 セルロースの水酸基の一部又は全部が疎水性基に置換されたセルロース微細繊維を得るための疎水化としては、例えば、エステル化(アシル化)(アルキルエステル化、複合エステル化、β-ケトエステル化など)、アルキル化、トシル化、エポキシ化、アリール化等が挙げられる。これらのうちエステル化が好ましい。具体的には、エステル化された疎水化セルロース微細繊維は、セルロースの水酸基の一部又は全部が、酢酸、無水酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸等のカルボン酸、若しくは、そのハロゲン化物(特に塩化物)によりアシル化されたセルロース微細繊維である。表面処理剤によって疎水化表面処理されたセルロース微細繊維を得るための表面処理剤としては、例えば、シランカップリング剤等が挙げられる。 Examples of hydrophobization for obtaining cellulose fine fibers in which part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups include esterification (acylation) (alkyl esterification, complex esterification, β-ketoesterification, etc.) ), Alkylation, tosylation, epoxidation, arylation and the like. Of these, esterification is preferred. Specifically, in the esterified hydrophobized cellulose fine fiber, part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, acetic anhydride, propionic acid, butyric acid, or halides thereof (particularly chlorides). It is the cellulose fine fiber acylated by. Examples of the surface treatment agent for obtaining cellulose fine fibers hydrophobized and surface-treated with the surface treatment agent include silane coupling agents.

 セルロース系微細繊維は、被水条件下における挙動の安定性を改善する観点から、繊維径の分布が広いことが好ましく、繊維径の分布範囲は50~500nmを含む。その繊維径の分布の下限は、その観点から、好ましくは50nm以下、より好ましくは20nm以下、更に好ましくは10nm以下である。上限は、同じ観点から、好ましくは500nm以上、より好ましくは700nm以上、更に好ましくは1μn以上である。セルロース系微細繊維の繊維径の分布範囲は、表面ゴム層11aの補強効果を高める観点から、50~500nmを含むことが好ましく、20nm~700mmを含むことがより好ましく、10nm~1μmを含むことが更に好ましい。 Cellulosic fine fibers preferably have a wide fiber diameter distribution from the viewpoint of improving the stability of behavior under wet conditions, and the fiber diameter distribution range includes 50 to 500 nm. From the viewpoint, the lower limit of the fiber diameter distribution is preferably 50 nm or less, more preferably 20 nm or less, and still more preferably 10 nm or less. From the same viewpoint, the upper limit is preferably 500 nm or more, more preferably 700 nm or more, and further preferably 1 μn or more. The fiber diameter distribution range of the cellulosic fine fibers is preferably 50 to 500 nm, more preferably 20 nm to 700 mm, and more preferably 10 nm to 1 μm from the viewpoint of enhancing the reinforcing effect of the surface rubber layer 11a. Further preferred.

 また、セルロース系微細繊維の平均繊維径は、被水条件下における挙動の安定性を改善する観点から、好ましくは10nm以上、より好ましくは30nm以上であり、また、好ましくは1400nm以下、より好ましくは1000nm以下、更に好ましくは800nm以下である。 In addition, the average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers is preferably 10 nm or more, more preferably 30 nm or more, and preferably 1400 nm or less, more preferably, from the viewpoint of improving the stability of the behavior under wet conditions. 1000 nm or less, more preferably 800 nm or less.

 セルロース系微細繊維の繊維径の分布は、ゴム組成物の試料を凍結粉砕した後、その断面を透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)で観察すると共に、50本のセルロース系微細繊維を任意に選択して繊維径を測定し、その測定結果に基づいて求められる。また、セルロース系微細繊維の平均繊維径は、その任意に選択した50本のセルロース系微細繊維の繊維径の数平均として求められる。 The distribution of the fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers is obtained by freezing and crushing a sample of the rubber composition, then observing the cross section with a transmission electron microscope (TEM) and arbitrarily selecting 50 cellulosic fine fibers. The fiber diameter is measured and obtained based on the measurement result. The average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers is obtained as the number average of the fiber diameters of 50 arbitrarily selected cellulosic fine fibers.

 セルロース系微細繊維は、機械的解繊手段によって製造された高アスペクト比のものであっても、また、化学的解繊手段によって製造された針状結晶のものであっても、どちらでもよい。また、セルロース系微細繊維として、機械的解繊手段によって製造されたものと化学的解繊手段によって製造されたものとを併用してもよい。機械的解繊手段に用いる解繊装置としては、例えば、二軸混練機などの混練機、高圧ホモジナイザー、グラインダー、ビーズミル等が挙げられる。化学的解繊手段に用いる処理としては、例えば、酸加水分解処理等が挙げられる。 The cellulosic fine fibers may be either high aspect ratio manufactured by mechanical defibrating means, or needle-shaped crystals manufactured by chemical defibrating means. Moreover, you may use together what was manufactured by the mechanical defibration means, and what was manufactured by the chemical defibration means as a cellulose fine fiber. Examples of the defibrating apparatus used for the mechanical defibrating means include a kneader such as a twin-screw kneader, a high-pressure homogenizer, a grinder, and a bead mill. Examples of the treatment used for the chemical defibrating means include acid hydrolysis treatment.

 ゴム組成物におけるセルロース系微細繊維の含有量は、ゴム成分100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.5質量部以上、より好ましくは1質量部以上、更に好ましくは5質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは30質量部以下、より好ましくは20質量部以下、更に好ましくは10質量部以下である。 The content of the cellulosic fine fibers in the rubber composition is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass or more, still more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. The amount is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 10 parts by mass or less.

 (セルロース系微細繊維以外のゴム配合剤)
 セルロース系微細繊維に加えて用いるゴム配合剤としては、補強材、オイル、架橋剤等が挙げられる。
(Rubber compounding agents other than cellulosic fine fibers)
Examples of the rubber compounding agent used in addition to the cellulosic fine fibers include a reinforcing material, oil, and a crosslinking agent.

 補強材としては、カーボンブラックでは、例えば、チャネルブラック;SAF、ISAF、N-339、HAF、N-351、MAF、FEF、SRF、GPF、ECF、N-234などのファーネスブラック;FT、MTなどのサーマルブラック;アセチレンブラック等が挙げられる。 As the reinforcing material, carbon black, for example, channel black; furnace black such as SAF, ISAF, N-339, HAF, N-351, MAF, FEF, SRF, GPF, ECF, N-234; FT, MT, etc. Thermal black; acetylene black and the like.

 カーボンブラックの配合量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して、好ましくは15質量部以上、より好ましくは30質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは100質量部以下、より好ましくは80質量部以下である。 The compounding amount of carbon black is preferably 15 parts by mass or more, more preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and preferably 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 80 parts per 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition. It is below mass parts.

 尚、カーボンブラックは、水酸基、カルボニル基及びカルボキシル基の少なくとも1つを有していても良い。 Carbon black may have at least one of a hydroxyl group, a carbonyl group, and a carboxyl group.

 補強剤としてはシリカも挙げられる。シリカは、ゾル-ゲル法、湿式法、乾式法等の各種製法により得られたものを用いればよい。特に、補強性、低発熱性の観点から、湿式シリカが好ましい。 Reinforcing agent also includes silica. Silica obtained by various production methods such as a sol-gel method, a wet method, and a dry method may be used. In particular, wet silica is preferred from the viewpoints of reinforcement and low heat build-up.

 シリカの配合量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して、好ましくは5質量部以上、より好ましくは10質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは50質量部以下、より好ましくは30質量部以下である。 The amount of silica is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and preferably 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition. Or less.

 また、シリカを用いる場合には、シランカップリング剤を配合してもよい。シランカップリング剤としては、ビス-(3-(トリエトキシシリル)プロピル)ポリスルフィド(ポリスルフィド部分のS数:2~8)などのスルフィド系、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン等のメルカプト系、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン等のアミノ系、ビニルトリエトキシシラン等のビニル系の通常ゴム用に使用されるシランカップリング剤が挙げられる。シランカップリング剤は、単一種だけを用いてもよく、また、複数種を混合して用いてもよい。シランカップリング剤の添加量は、ゴム成分100質量部に対して0.5質量部~15質量部とすることが好ましい。後で説明する超臨界流体を用いた混練を行う場合には、シランカップリング剤を添加することにより、ポリマーとフィラーとの相互作用をより高めるという効果も得られる。 In addition, when silica is used, a silane coupling agent may be blended. Examples of the silane coupling agent include sulfide systems such as bis- (3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl) polysulfide (S number of polysulfide moiety: 2 to 8), mercapto systems such as 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- Examples include silane coupling agents used for ordinary rubbers of amino type such as aminopropyltrimethoxysilane and vinyl type such as vinyltriethoxysilane. A silane coupling agent may use only a single kind, and may mix and use multiple types. The addition amount of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. When kneading using a supercritical fluid, which will be described later, an effect of further enhancing the interaction between the polymer and the filler can be obtained by adding a silane coupling agent.

 オイルとしては、例えば、石油系軟化剤、パラフィンワックスなどの鉱物油系オイル、ひまし油、綿実油、あまに油、なたね油、大豆油、パーム油、やし油、落下生油、木ろう、ロジン、パインオイルなどの植物油系オイル等が挙げられる。オイルは、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。オイルの含有量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば5~15質量部である。 Oils include, for example, petroleum-based softeners, mineral oils such as paraffin wax, castor oil, cottonseed oil, linseed oil, rapeseed oil, soybean oil, palm oil, palm oil, fall raw oil, wax, rosin, pine And vegetable oils such as oil. The oil is preferably one or more of these. The oil content is, for example, 5 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

 架橋剤としては、有機過酸化物及び硫黄が挙げられる。架橋剤として、有機過酸化物が配合されていてもよく、また、硫黄が配合されていてもよく、更には、それらの両方が併用されていてもよい。架橋剤の配合量は、有機過酸化物の場合、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば1~5質量部であり、硫黄の場合、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば1~5質量部である。 Examples of the crosslinking agent include organic peroxides and sulfur. As a crosslinking agent, an organic peroxide may be blended, sulfur may be blended, or both of them may be used in combination. In the case of an organic peroxide, the amount of the crosslinking agent is, for example, 1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition. In the case of sulfur, the compounding amount is 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition. For example, 1 to 5 parts by mass.

 (ゴム組成物の製造)
 ゴム組成物を製造するにあたっては、まず、素練りしているゴム成分にセルロース系微細繊維を投入して混練することにより分散させる。
(Manufacture of rubber composition)
In producing the rubber composition, first, cellulose fine fibers are introduced into the kneaded rubber component and dispersed by kneading.

 ここで、ゴム成分へのセルロース系微細繊維の分散方法としては、例えば、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)を、オープンロールで素練りしているゴム成分に投入し、それらを混練しながら水分を気化させる方法、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)とゴムラテックスとを混合して水分を気化させて得られたセルロース系微細繊維/ゴムのマスターバッチを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、セルロース系微細繊維を溶剤に分散させた分散液とゴム成分を溶剤に溶解させた溶液とを混合して溶剤を気化させて得られたセルロース系微細繊維/ゴムのマスターバッチを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)を凍結乾燥させて粉砕したものを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、疎水化したセルロース系微細繊維を素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法等が挙げられる。 Here, as a method for dispersing the cellulose-based fine fibers in the rubber component, for example, a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulose-based fine fibers are dispersed in water is added to the rubber component kneaded with an open roll, A method of vaporizing moisture while kneading them, a master of cellulose fine fibers / rubber obtained by mixing a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water and rubber latex to vaporize the moisture Obtained by mixing the batch into a rubber component that has been masticated, mixing a dispersion in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in a solvent, and a solution in which the rubber component is dissolved in the solvent, and evaporating the solvent. Cellulose fine fiber / rubber masterbatch is put into the kneaded rubber component, dispersion (gel) in which cellulose fine fiber is dispersed in water is freeze-dried and pulverized And what, how to put into a rubber component is masticated, methods and the like to introduce cellulosic microfibers made hydrophobic in rubber component is masticated.

 次いで、ゴム成分とセルロース系微細繊維とを混練しながら、前述の各種ゴム配合剤を投入して混練を継続する。このためには、ニーダー、バンバリーミキサー等の混練機を用いることができる。 Next, while kneading the rubber component and the cellulosic fine fiber, the various rubber compounding agents described above are added and kneading is continued. For this purpose, a kneader such as a kneader or a Banbury mixer can be used.

 混練工程により得られた未架橋ゴム組成物を、通常通りの成形架橋工程によって成形及び架橋することにより、架橋済みゴム組成物が得られる。 The uncrosslinked rubber composition obtained by the kneading process is molded and crosslinked by a normal molding and crosslinking process, whereby a crosslinked rubber composition is obtained.

 成形架橋工程については、例えばプレス、加硫缶、連続加硫機等を用いてもよいし、高周波架橋、放射線架橋又は電子線架橋により架橋する特殊架橋基等を用いても良い。 For the forming and crosslinking step, for example, a press, a vulcanizer, a continuous vulcanizer, or the like may be used, or a special crosslinking group that is crosslinked by high-frequency crosslinking, radiation crosslinking, or electron beam crosslinking may be used.

 温度、圧力、及び時間等の成形架橋条件については、フィラー含有未架橋ゴムの組成、ゴム成形品の要求品質等に基づいて適宜設定する。成形架橋工程により、未架橋ゴム組成物に含まれるポリマーの分子間が架橋剤により架橋されてネットワーク構造が形成される。これにより、架橋済みゴム組成物が得られる。 The molding crosslinking conditions such as temperature, pressure, and time are appropriately set based on the composition of the filler-containing uncrosslinked rubber, the required quality of the rubber molded product, and the like. In the molding and crosslinking step, the polymer molecules contained in the uncrosslinked rubber composition are crosslinked with a crosslinking agent to form a network structure. Thereby, a crosslinked rubber composition is obtained.

 具体的な工程は製造するゴム成形品の種類に応じて行えば良いが、例えば、図1に示すようなラップドVベルトを製造する場合、以下のようにしても良い。 Specific steps may be performed according to the type of rubber molded product to be manufactured. For example, when a wrapped V-belt as shown in FIG. 1 is manufactured, the following steps may be performed.

 図1に例示するラップドVベルトBは、例えば、農業機械や産業機械に使用されるものであり、その寸法は、例えば、ベルト周長700~5000mm、ベルト幅16~17mm、及びベルト厚さ8~10mmである。 The wrapped V-belt B illustrated in FIG. 1 is used for, for example, an agricultural machine or an industrial machine, and the dimensions thereof are, for example, a belt circumferential length of 700 to 5000 mm, a belt width of 16 to 17 mm, and a belt thickness of 8 ~ 10 mm.

 ラップドVベルトBは、ベルト内周側(プーリ接触側)の底部ゴム層11と、中間の接着ゴム層12と、ベルト外周側の伸張ゴム層13との三重の層に構成された断面形状が台形のベルト本体10を備える。接着ゴム層12には、ベルト幅方向にピッチを有する螺旋を形成するように配された心線14が埋設されている。ベルト本体10は、全体が補強布15によって覆われている。 The wrapped V-belt B has a cross-sectional shape configured as a triple layer of a bottom rubber layer 11 on the belt inner peripheral side (pulley contact side), an intermediate adhesive rubber layer 12 and an extended rubber layer 13 on the belt outer peripheral side. A trapezoidal belt body 10 is provided. A core wire 14 is embedded in the adhesive rubber layer 12 so as to form a spiral having a pitch in the belt width direction. The belt body 10 is entirely covered with a reinforcing cloth 15.

 圧縮ゴム層11、接着ゴム層12及び伸張ゴム層13は、架橋したゴム組成物で構成されている。そして、圧縮ゴム層11、接着ゴム層12、及び伸張ゴム層13のうち少なくとも1つは、ゴム成分に、セルロース系微細繊維と、各種のゴム配合剤が配合されて混練された未架橋ゴム組成物が加熱及び加圧されて架橋剤により架橋したゴム組成物で形成されている。 The compressed rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the stretch rubber layer 13 are composed of a crosslinked rubber composition. And, at least one of the compressed rubber layer 11, the adhesive rubber layer 12, and the stretched rubber layer 13 is an uncrosslinked rubber composition in which a cellulosic fine fiber and various rubber compounding agents are blended and kneaded in a rubber component. The product is formed of a rubber composition that is heated and pressurized and crosslinked with a crosslinking agent.

 心線14は、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)繊維、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)繊維、パラ系アラミド繊維、ビニロン繊維等の撚り糸や組紐等の線材で構成されている。心線14は、Vリブドベルト本体10に対する接着性を付与するために、成形前にRFL水溶液に浸漬した後に加熱する接着処理及び/又はゴム糊に浸漬した後に乾燥させる接着処理が施されている。当該処理の前に、必要に応じてエポキシ樹脂やポリイソシアネート樹脂等の溶液からなる接着剤溶液に浸漬した後に加熱する接着処理が施されていてもよい。心線14の外径は例えば0.1~2mmである。 The core wire 14 is composed of a wire such as a twisted yarn or a braid of polyethylene terephthalate (PET) fiber, polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) fiber, para-aramid fiber, vinylon fiber, or the like. In order to give the core wire 14 adhesion to the V-ribbed belt main body 10, an adhesive treatment that is heated after being immersed in an RFL aqueous solution before molding and / or an adhesive treatment that is dried after being immersed in rubber paste is performed. Before the said process, the adhesion | attachment process heated after being immersed in the adhesive agent solution which consists of solutions, such as an epoxy resin and a polyisocyanate resin, may be performed as needed. The outer diameter of the core wire 14 is, for example, 0.1 to 2 mm.

 補強布15は、例えば、綿、ポリアミド繊維、ポリエステル繊維、アラミド繊維等の糸で形成された織布、編物、不織布等によって構成されている。補強布15は、ベルト本体10に対する接着性を付与するために、成形加工前にRFL水溶液に浸漬して加熱する接着処理、及び/又は、ベルト本体10側となる表面にゴム糊をコーティングして乾燥させる接着処理が施されている。 The reinforcing cloth 15 is made of, for example, a woven fabric, a knitted fabric, a non-woven fabric, or the like formed of yarns such as cotton, polyamide fiber, polyester fiber, and aramid fiber. In order to provide the adhesiveness to the belt main body 10, the reinforcing cloth 15 is coated with rubber paste on the surface on the side of the belt main body 10 and / or an adhesive treatment in which it is immersed in an RFL aqueous solution and heated before molding. Adhesive treatment for drying is applied.

 次に、図2(a)~図2(g)を参照して、実施形態1に係るラップドVベルトBの製造方法を説明する。 Next, a manufacturing method of the wrapped V-belt B according to the first embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS.

 まず、圧縮ゴム層用のゴムシート11’、接着ゴム層用のゴムシート12’、及び伸張ゴム層用のゴムシート13’、並びに心線用の撚り糸14’及び補強布用の布15’を準備する。このとき、圧縮ゴム層用のゴムシート11’、接着ゴム層用のゴムシート12’、及び伸張ゴム層用のゴムシート13’のうち実施形態1に係る再生ゴムを含めるものは、実施形態1に係る再生ゴムとゴム配合剤とを混練した未架橋ゴム組成物を、カレンダロール等を用いてシート状に加工することにより得る。また心線用の撚り糸14’及び補強布用の布15’には接着処理を施す。 First, a rubber sheet 11 ′ for the compression rubber layer, a rubber sheet 12 ′ for the adhesive rubber layer, a rubber sheet 13 ′ for the stretch rubber layer, a twisted yarn 14 ′ for the core wire, and a cloth 15 ′ for the reinforcing cloth prepare. At this time, among the rubber sheet 11 ′ for the compression rubber layer, the rubber sheet 12 ′ for the adhesive rubber layer, and the rubber sheet 13 ′ for the stretch rubber layer, those including the recycled rubber according to the first embodiment are the first embodiment. An uncrosslinked rubber composition obtained by kneading the recycled rubber and the rubber compounding agent is obtained by processing into a sheet shape using a calender roll or the like. Further, the twisted yarn 14 ′ for the core wire and the fabric 15 ′ for the reinforcing fabric are subjected to adhesion treatment.

 次いで、図2(a)に示すように、マントル21に、圧縮ゴム層用のゴムシート11’を複数回巻き付け、その上に、接着ゴム層用のゴムシート12’を巻き付ける。その上に、図2(b)に示すように、撚り糸14’を螺旋状に巻き付ける。更にその上に、図2(c)に示すように、接着ゴム層用のゴムシート12’及び伸張ゴム層用のゴムシート13’を順に巻き付けて円筒状の積層構造体10’を作製する。 Next, as shown in FIG. 2 (a), the rubber sheet 11 'for the compression rubber layer is wound around the mantle 21 a plurality of times, and the rubber sheet 12' for the adhesive rubber layer is wound thereon. On top of that, as shown in FIG. 2 (b), the twisted yarn 14 'is wound spirally. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 2 (c), a rubber sheet 12 'for the adhesive rubber layer and a rubber sheet 13' for the stretch rubber layer are wound in order to produce a cylindrical laminated structure 10 '.

 次いで、図2(d)に示すように、円筒状の積層構造体10’をマントル21上で所定幅に輪切りにした後、それらをマントル21から取り外す。 Next, as shown in FIG. 2 (d), the cylindrical laminated structure 10 ′ is cut into a predetermined width on the mantle 21 and then removed from the mantle 21.

 次いで、環状の積層構造体10’を、圧縮ゴム層用のゴムシート11’側を外側にして一対のプーリ間に巻き掛けて回転させながら、図2(e)に示すように、圧縮ゴム層用のゴムシート11’の積層部分の両側をV型に斜めに切除して体積を調整する。 Next, as shown in FIG. 2 (e), the annular laminated structure 10 ′ is rotated while being wound around a pair of pulleys with the rubber sheet 11 ′ side for the compressed rubber layer facing outward. The volume is adjusted by obliquely cutting both sides of the laminated portion of the rubber sheet 11 'for use in a V shape.

 続いて、図2(f)に示すように、環状の積層構造体10’の外周を布15’で被覆する。 Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 2 (f), the outer periphery of the annular laminated structure 10 ′ is covered with a cloth 15 ′.

 そして、図2(g)に示すように、ラッピングした環状の積層構造体10’を円筒金型22の溝23に嵌め入れ、それを加硫缶に入れて加熱及び加圧する。このとき、環状の積層構造体10’のゴム成分が架橋してベルト本体10を形成し、且つ撚り糸14’がベルト本体10に接着一体化して心線14となると共に、布15’がベルト本体10に接着一体化して補強布15となって実施形態1に係るラップドVベルトBが製造される。 Then, as shown in FIG. 2 (g), the lapped annular laminated structure 10 'is fitted into the groove 23 of the cylindrical mold 22, and it is placed in a vulcanizing can and heated and pressurized. At this time, the rubber component of the annular laminated structure 10 ′ is cross-linked to form the belt main body 10, and the twisted yarn 14 ′ is bonded and integrated to the belt main body 10 to form the core wire 14, and the cloth 15 ′ is the belt main body. The wrapped V-belt B according to the first embodiment is manufactured by being bonded and integrated with 10 to form the reinforcing cloth 15.

 尚、本発明のゴム組成物は、Vベルトの他に、Vリブドベルト、歯付ベルト、平ベルト等の伝動ベルト、コンベヤベルト、タイヤ等、種々の部品及び製品に用いることができる。 The rubber composition of the present invention can be used for various parts and products such as transmission belts such as V-ribbed belts, toothed belts, flat belts, conveyor belts, tires, etc. in addition to V-belts.

 実施例1のゴム組成物について、以下に説明する。各実施例については、表1にも記載している。 The rubber composition of Example 1 will be described below. Each example is also described in Table 1.

 <実施例1-1>
 まず、トルエンに粉末セルロース(日本製紙社製 商品名:KCフロック W-GK)を分散させた分散液を調製し、高圧ホモジナイザーを用い、その分散液同士を衝突させて粉末セルロースをセルロース微細繊維に解繊して、トルエンにセルロース微細繊維が分散した分散液を得た。従って、セルロース微細繊維は、機械的解繊手段によって製造され、また、疎水化処理されていないものである。
<Example 1-1>
First, a dispersion in which powdered cellulose (trade name: KC Flock W-GK manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.) is dispersed in toluene is prepared, and the dispersion is collided with a high-pressure homogenizer to convert the powdered cellulose into cellulose fine fibers. The fiber was defibrated to obtain a dispersion in which cellulose fine fibers were dispersed in toluene. Accordingly, the cellulose fine fibers are produced by mechanical defibrating means and are not subjected to a hydrophobic treatment.

 次いで、そのトルエンにセルロース微細繊維が分散した分散体と、トルエンにH-NBR(日本ゼオン社製 商品名:Zetpol 2020)を溶解させると共に可塑剤(DIC社製 商品名:W-260)を添加した溶液とを混合し、トルエン及び可塑剤を気化させてセルロース微細繊維/H-NBRのマスターバッチを作製した。なお、マスターバッチにおける各成分の含有量は、セルロース系微細繊維が25質量%、可塑剤が25質量%、及びH-NBRが50質量%であった。 Next, the dispersion in which fine cellulose fibers are dispersed in toluene, and H-NBR (trade name: Zetpol 2020 manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.) are dissolved in toluene and a plasticizer (trade name: W-260 manufactured by DIC) is added. The resultant solution was mixed, and toluene and a plasticizer were vaporized to prepare a master batch of cellulose fine fiber / H-NBR. The content of each component in the master batch was 25% by mass for the cellulosic fine fibers, 25% by mass for the plasticizer, and 50% by mass for H-NBR.

 続いて、EPDMを素練りすると共に、そこにマスターバッチを投入して混練した。マスターバッチの投入量は、トータルのEPDM100質量部に対してセルロース系微細繊維の含有量が5質量部となる量とした。 Subsequently, EPDM was masticated, and a master batch was added thereto for kneading. The input amount of the master batch was such that the content of cellulosic fine fibers was 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of total EPDM.

 そして、EPDMとセルロース系微細繊維とを混練すると共に、そこに、EPDM100質量部に対し、補強材のカーボンブラックFEF(東海カーボン社製、商品名:シーストSO)を30質量部、オイル(日本サン石油株式会社製、商品名:サンパー2280)を8質量部、架橋剤(日油株式会社製、商品名:ペロキシモンF-40)を5質量部それぞれ投入して混練を続けることにより未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。 Then, EPDM and cellulose fine fibers are kneaded, and 30 parts by mass of reinforcing material carbon black FEF (manufactured by Tokai Carbon Co., Ltd., trade name: Seast SO) is added to 100 parts by mass of EPDM. 8 parts by mass of Petroleum Co., Ltd., trade name: Thumper 2280) and 5 parts by mass of cross-linking agent (trade name: Peroximon F-40, manufactured by NOF Corporation) are added to each other to continue kneading, thereby uncrosslinked rubber composition A product was made.

 <実施例1-2>
 実施例1-1と同様にして、セルロース系微細繊維/EPDMマスターバッチを作製した。続いて、EPDMを素練りすると共に、そこにマスターバッチを投入して混練した。マスターバッチの投入量は、トータルのEPDM100質量部に対してセルロース系微細繊維の含有量が5質量部となる量とした。
<Example 1-2>
In the same manner as in Example 1-1, a cellulosic fine fiber / EPDM master batch was produced. Subsequently, EPDM was masticated, and a master batch was added thereto for kneading. The input amount of the master batch was such that the content of cellulosic fine fibers was 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of total EPDM.

 そして、EPDMとセルロース系微細繊維とを混練すると共に、そこに、EPDM100質量部に対し、補強材のカーボンブラックFEFを30質量部及びシリカ(デグッサ社製、商品名:ウルトラジルVN3)を10質量部、オイルを8質量部、架橋剤を5質量部それぞれ投入して混練を続けることにより未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。つまり、実施例1-1の配合に対し、シリカ10質量部を更に配合している。 And while kneading | mixing EPDM and a cellulose fine fiber, there are 30 mass parts of carbon black FEF as a reinforcing material and 10 masses of silica (Degussa, trade name: Ultrazil VN3) with respect to 100 mass parts of EPDM. Then, 8 parts by mass of oil and 5 parts by mass of oil and 5 parts by mass of the crosslinking agent were added and kneading was continued to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition. That is, 10 parts by mass of silica is further added to the formulation of Example 1-1.

 <実施例1-3>
 実施例1-1と同様にして、セルロース系微細繊維/EPDMマスターバッチを作製した。続いて、EPDMを素練りすると共に、そこにマスターバッチを投入して混練した。マスターバッチの投入量は、トータルのEPDM100質量部に対してセルロース系微細繊維の含有量が5質量部となる量とした。
<Example 1-3>
In the same manner as in Example 1-1, a cellulosic fine fiber / EPDM master batch was produced. Subsequently, EPDM was masticated, and a master batch was added thereto for kneading. The input amount of the master batch was such that the content of cellulosic fine fibers was 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of total EPDM.

 そして、EPDMとセルロース系微細繊維とを混練すると共に、そこに、EPDM100質量部に対し、オイルを8質量部、架橋剤を5質量部それぞれ投入して混練を続けることにより未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。実施例1-1と比較すると、カーボンブラックを含まない配合となっている。 And while knead | mixing EPDM and a cellulosic fine fiber, with respect to 100 mass parts of EPDM, 8 mass parts of oil and 5 mass parts of crosslinking agents are respectively added, and kneading is continued, and an uncrosslinked rubber composition is obtained. Produced. Compared with Example 1-1, the formulation does not contain carbon black.

 <実施例1-4>
 実施例1-1と同様にして、セルロース系微細繊維/EPDMマスターバッチを作製した。続いて、EPDMを素練りすると共に、そこにマスターバッチを投入して混練した。マスターバッチの投入量は、トータルのEPDM100質量部に対してセルロース系微細繊維の含有量が10質量部となる量とした。
<Example 1-4>
In the same manner as in Example 1-1, a cellulosic fine fiber / EPDM master batch was produced. Subsequently, EPDM was masticated, and a master batch was added thereto for kneading. The input amount of the master batch was such that the content of the cellulosic fine fibers was 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total EPDM.

 そして、EPDMとセルロース系微細繊維とを混練すると共に、そこに、EPDM100質量部に対し、オイルを8質量部、架橋剤を5質量部それぞれ投入して混練を続けることにより未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。実施例1-1と比較すると、セルロース系微細繊維の配合量が5質量部多く、且つ、カーボンブラックを含まない配合となっている。 And while knead | mixing EPDM and a cellulosic fine fiber, with respect to 100 mass parts of EPDM, 8 mass parts of oil and 5 mass parts of crosslinking agents are respectively added, and kneading is continued, and an uncrosslinked rubber composition is obtained. Produced. Compared to Example 1-1, the blended amount of the cellulosic fine fibers is 5 parts by mass and does not contain carbon black.

 <比較例1-1>
 EPDMを素練りすると共に、そこに、EPDM100質量部に対し、オイルを8質量部、架橋剤を5質量部それぞれ投入して混練を続けることにより未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。実施例1-1と比較すると、セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックを含まない配合となっている。
<Comparative Example 1-1>
EPDM was masticated, and 8 parts by mass of oil and 5 parts by mass of a crosslinking agent were added to 100 parts by mass of EPDM, and kneading was continued to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition. Compared to Example 1-1, the blend was free of cellulosic fine fibers and carbon black.

 <比較例1-2>
 EPDMを素練りすると共に、そこに、EPDM100質量部に対し、補強材のカーボンブラックFEFを30質量部、オイルを8質量部、架橋剤を5質量部それぞれ投入して混練を続けることにより未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。実施例1-1と比較すると、セルロース系微細繊維を含まない配合となっている。
<Comparative Example 1-2>
While EPDM is masticated, 30 parts by mass of carbon black FEF as a reinforcing material, 8 parts by mass of oil, and 5 parts by mass of a crosslinking agent are added to 100 parts by mass of EPDM, and then kneading is continued to be uncrosslinked. A rubber composition was prepared. Compared to Example 1-1, the formulation does not contain cellulosic fine fibers.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001

 (試験評価方法)
 <平均繊維径・繊維径分布>
 実施例1-1~実施例1-4のそれぞれのプレス成形により架橋したゴム組成物について採取した試料を凍結粉砕した後、その断面を走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)で観察すると共に、50本の繊維を任意に選択して繊維径を測定し、その数平均を求めて平均繊維径とした。また、50本のセルロース微細繊維のうち繊維径の最大値及び最小値を求めた。
(Test evaluation method)
<Average fiber diameter / fiber diameter distribution>
Samples collected from the rubber compositions cross-linked by press molding in Examples 1-1 to 1-4 were freeze-ground, and the cross-section was observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM). Fibers were arbitrarily selected and the fiber diameter was measured, and the number average was obtained to obtain the average fiber diameter. Moreover, the maximum value and minimum value of the fiber diameter were calculated | required among 50 cellulose fine fibers.

 <耐摩耗特性・摩擦係数評価試験>
 実施例1-1~実施例1-4及び比較例1-1~比較例1-2のそれぞれについて、プレス成形により架橋したゴム組成物の試験片を作製した。試験片の寸法は、5mm角、長さ10mmである。
<Abrasion resistance and friction coefficient evaluation test>
For each of Examples 1-1 to 1-4 and Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-2, test pieces of rubber compositions crosslinked by press molding were prepared. The dimensions of the test piece are 5 mm square and 10 mm long.

 まず、試験片の初期の質量を測定した。その後、ピン・オン・ディスク型摩擦摩耗試験機を用い、上記試験片の5mm角の面を摺動面として、ねずみ鋳鉄(FC200)製のディスク状の相手材の表面に当接させた。試験片に上から0.8MPaの圧力を印加し、すべり速度が0.25m/秒となるように相手材を回転させて、四時間後の試験片の質量を測定した。初期の質量からの変化を摩耗質量とした。摩耗性の指標として、mg単位の摩耗質量の十倍の値を表1に示している。 First, the initial mass of the test piece was measured. Thereafter, using a pin-on-disk type friction and wear tester, the surface of a 5 mm square surface of the test piece was brought into contact with the surface of a disk-shaped counterpart made of gray cast iron (FC200). A pressure of 0.8 MPa was applied to the test piece from above, the mating member was rotated so that the sliding speed was 0.25 m / sec, and the mass of the test piece after 4 hours was measured. The change from the initial mass was defined as the wear mass. Table 1 shows values that are ten times the wear mass in mg.

 尚、この測定は、乾燥状態にて行った。また、相手材の温度は60℃に設定した。 This measurement was performed in a dry state. The temperature of the counterpart material was set to 60 ° C.

 また、上記と同様に、試験片の5mm角の面を摺動面として、ねずみ鋳鉄製の相手材の表面に当接させて、試験片に上から0.8MPaの圧力を印加し、すべり速度が0.25m/秒となるように相手材を回転させて、力を測定することにより摩擦係数を測定した。 In the same manner as described above, a 5 mm square surface of the test piece is used as a sliding surface and brought into contact with the surface of a counterpart material made of gray cast iron. The friction coefficient was measured by rotating the mating member so that the force was 0.25 m / sec and measuring the force.

 このような摩擦係数の測定を、乾燥時、湿潤時及び乾き際について行った。乾燥時とは、試験片及び相手材が十分に乾燥している状態である。湿潤時とは、ディスク状の相手材表面に水を滴下し、試験片と相手材との間にも水が存在する状態である。また、湿潤な状態から水の滴下を停止した後、乾いていく途中において摩擦係数にピークが発生する。乾き際とは、そのようなピークが生じている時点を意味する。 Such measurement of the coefficient of friction was carried out when dry, wet and dry. The time of drying is a state in which the test piece and the counterpart material are sufficiently dried. In the wet state, water is dropped on the surface of the disk-shaped mating material, and water is also present between the test piece and the mating material. Moreover, after stopping dripping of water from a wet state, a peak occurs in the coefficient of friction during drying. Drying means the time when such a peak occurs.

 (試験評価結果)
 試験結果を表1に示す。
(Test evaluation results)
The test results are shown in Table 1.

 表1によると、実施例1-1~実施例1-4のセルロース微細繊維は、いずれも繊維径の分布が広いことが分かる。また、セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックを併用する実施例1-1及び実施例1-2の方が、セルロース系微細繊維を用いるがカーボンブラックを用いない実施例1-3及び実施例1-4よりも、平均繊維径が小さい。シリカを用いる実施例1-2は、シリカを用いない実施例1-1と比べて、平均、最大、最小の繊維径がいずれも小さい。 According to Table 1, it can be seen that all of the fine cellulose fibers of Examples 1-1 to 1-4 have a wide fiber diameter distribution. In addition, Example 1-1 and Example 1-2 in which cellulose fine fibers and carbon black are used in combination use Examples 1-3 and Example 1-4 in which cellulose fine fibers are used but carbon black is not used. Is smaller than the average fiber diameter. In Example 1-2 using silica, the average, maximum and minimum fiber diameters are all smaller than in Example 1-1 using no silica.

 また、実施例1-1及び実施例1-2において、セルロース系微細繊維の径5μm以上の凝集物は見られないのに対し、実施例1-3及び実施例1-4ではその存在が確認される。つまり、実施例1-1及び実施例1-2ではセルロース系微細繊維の分散性が実施例1-3及び実施例1-4よりも優れている。 Further, in Example 1-1 and Example 1-2, no agglomerates having a diameter of 5 μm or more of the cellulosic fine fibers were observed, whereas the presence was confirmed in Examples 1-3 and 1-4. Is done. That is, in Example 1-1 and Example 1-2, the dispersibility of the cellulosic fine fibers is superior to that of Example 1-3 and Example 1-4.

 摩耗量について見ると、セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックを含まない比較例1-1では798である。これに対し、カーボンブラックのみを含む比較例1-2では174、セルロース系微細繊維のみを用いる実施例1-3及び実施例1-4では198及び163である。従って、セルロース系微細繊維により、カーボンブラックと同程度の耐摩耗性は実現できる。補強材としてセルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックを併用する実施例1-1では86、更にシリカを用いる実施例1-2では94であり、ゴム組成物の耐摩耗性は更に向上している。 The amount of wear is 798 in Comparative Example 1-1 which does not contain cellulosic fine fibers and carbon black. On the other hand, in Comparative Example 1-2 containing only carbon black, it is 174, and in Examples 1-3 and 1-4 using only cellulose-based fine fibers, it is 198 and 163. Therefore, the cellulose-based fine fibers can achieve the same wear resistance as that of carbon black. In Example 1-1 in which cellulosic fine fibers and carbon black are used in combination as reinforcing materials, it is 86, and in Example 1-2 in which silica is used, it is 94. Further, the abrasion resistance of the rubber composition is further improved.

 摩擦係数について見ると、実施例1-1及び実施例1-2の場合、乾燥時、湿潤時及び乾き際の値の変動は0.1である。これに対し、セルロース系微細繊維を用いない比較例1及び2の場合、いずれも湿潤時に摩擦係数は大きく減少し、乾き際には大きく増加しており、変動が大きい(順に1.2及び1.1)。セルロース系微細繊維を用いている実施例1-3及び実施例1-4では、変動の幅は0.2であり、実施例1-1及び実施例1-2に比べると大きいとしても、比較例1-1及び比較例1-2に対しては顕著に改善している。 Looking at the friction coefficient, in the case of Example 1-1 and Example 1-2, the variation in the value at the time of drying, wetting and drying is 0.1. On the other hand, in Comparative Examples 1 and 2 that do not use cellulosic fine fibers, the friction coefficient greatly decreases when wet, and increases when dry, and the fluctuations are large (in order 1.2 and 1). .1). In Example 1-3 and Example 1-4 using cellulosic fine fibers, the range of variation is 0.2, although it is larger than that in Example 1-1 and Example 1-2. This is a marked improvement over Example 1-1 and Comparative Example 1-2.

 このように、セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックを共に配合することにより、被水と乾燥とが起こる条件において、摩擦係数の変動が小さいゴム組成物を得ることができる。従って、このようなゴム組成物からなるゴム部品は、被水条件における挙動が安定する。 Thus, by blending together the cellulosic fine fibers and carbon black, it is possible to obtain a rubber composition having a small variation in friction coefficient under conditions where water exposure and drying occur. Accordingly, the rubber part made of such a rubber composition has a stable behavior under wet conditions.

 以上の通り、ゴム組成物の補強材としてセルロース系微細繊維を用いること、更にカーボンブラックを併用することにより、耐摩耗性が高く且つ被水条件における挙動が安定したゴム部品を得ることができる。 As described above, by using cellulosic fine fibers as the reinforcing material of the rubber composition, and further using carbon black together, it is possible to obtain a rubber part having high wear resistance and stable behavior under wet conditions.

 [実施形態2]
 (VリブドベルトB)
 図3及び図4は、実施形態2に係るVリブドベルトBを示す。実施形態2に係るVリブドベルトBは、例えば、自動車のエンジンルーム内に設けられる補機駆動ベルト伝動装置等に用いられるエンドレスの動力伝達部材である。実施形態2に係るVリブドベルトBは、例えば、ベルト長さが700~3000mm、ベルト幅が10~36mm、及びベルト厚さが4.0~5.0mmである。
[Embodiment 2]
(V-ribbed belt B)
3 and 4 show a V-ribbed belt B according to the second embodiment. The V-ribbed belt B according to the second embodiment is an endless power transmission member used, for example, in an accessory drive belt transmission device provided in an engine room of an automobile. The V-ribbed belt B according to Embodiment 2 has, for example, a belt length of 700 to 3000 mm, a belt width of 10 to 36 mm, and a belt thickness of 4.0 to 5.0 mm.

 実施形態2に係るVリブドベルトBは、ベルト内周側のプーリ接触部分を構成する圧縮ゴム層111と中間の接着ゴム層112とベルト外周側の背面ゴム層113との三層構造に構成されたゴム製のVリブドベルト本体110を備えている。Vリブドベルト本体110における接着ゴム層112の厚さ方向の中間部には、ベルト幅方向にピッチを有する螺旋を形成するように心線114が埋設されている。なお、背面ゴム層113の代わりに背面補強布が設けられ、Vリブドベルト本体110が圧縮ゴム層111及び接着ゴム層112の二重層に構成されていてもよい。 The V-ribbed belt B according to the second embodiment has a three-layer structure including a compression rubber layer 111 that constitutes a pulley contact portion on the belt inner peripheral side, an intermediate adhesive rubber layer 112, and a back rubber layer 113 on the belt outer peripheral side. A rubber V-ribbed belt main body 110 is provided. A core wire 114 is embedded in an intermediate portion in the thickness direction of the adhesive rubber layer 112 in the V-ribbed belt main body 110 so as to form a spiral having a pitch in the belt width direction. A back reinforcing cloth may be provided instead of the back rubber layer 113, and the V-ribbed belt main body 110 may be configured as a double layer of the compression rubber layer 111 and the adhesive rubber layer 112.

 圧縮ゴム層111は、複数のVリブ115がベルト内周側に垂下するように設けられている。複数のVリブ115は、各々がベルト長さ方向に延びる断面略逆三角形の突条に形成されていると共に、ベルト幅方向に並列するように設けられている。各Vリブ115は、例えば、リブ高さが2.0~3.0mm、基端間の幅が1.0~3.6mmである。Vリブ115の数は例えば3~6個である(図3では6個)。接着ゴム層112は、断面横長矩形の帯状に構成されており、その厚さが例えば1.0~2.5mmである。背面ゴム層113も、断面横長矩形の帯状に構成されており、厚さが例えば0.4~0.8mmである。背面ゴム層113の表面には、背面駆動時の音発生を抑制する観点から、織布パターンが設けられていることが好ましい。 The compression rubber layer 111 is provided such that a plurality of V ribs 115 hang down to the belt inner peripheral side. The plurality of V ribs 115 are each formed in a ridge having a substantially inverted triangular cross section extending in the belt length direction, and provided in parallel in the belt width direction. Each V-rib 115 has, for example, a rib height of 2.0 to 3.0 mm and a width between base ends of 1.0 to 3.6 mm. The number of V ribs 115 is, for example, 3 to 6 (6 in FIG. 3). The adhesive rubber layer 112 is formed in a strip shape having a horizontally long cross section, and has a thickness of, for example, 1.0 to 2.5 mm. The back rubber layer 113 is also formed in a band shape having a horizontally long cross section, and has a thickness of, for example, 0.4 to 0.8 mm. It is preferable that a woven fabric pattern is provided on the surface of the back rubber layer 113 from the viewpoint of suppressing sound generation during back driving.

 圧縮ゴム層111、接着ゴム層112、及び背面ゴム層113は、ゴム成分に種々のゴム配合剤が配合されて混練された未架橋ゴム組成物が加熱及び加圧されて架橋剤により架橋したゴム組成物で形成されている。圧縮ゴム層111、接着ゴム層112、及び背面ゴム層113を形成するゴム組成物は、同一であっても、また、異なっていても、どちらでもよい。 The compressed rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 are rubbers obtained by crosslinking an uncrosslinked rubber composition obtained by mixing and kneading various rubber compounding ingredients with a rubber component and then crosslinking with a crosslinking agent. It is formed with a composition. The rubber composition forming the compressed rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 may be the same or different.

 圧縮ゴム層111、接着ゴム層112、及び背面ゴム層113を形成するゴム組成物のゴム成分としては、例えば、エチレン・プロピレンコポリマー(EPR)、エチレン・プロピレン・ジエンターポリマー(EPDM)、エチレン・オクテンコポリマー、エチレン・ブテンコポリマーなどのエチレン-α-オレフィンエラストマー;クロロプレンゴム(CR);クロロスルホン化ポリエチレンゴム(CSM);水素添加アクリロニトリルゴム(H-NBR)等が挙げられる。ゴム成分は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上のブレンドゴムであることが好ましい。圧縮ゴム層111、接着ゴム層112、及び背面ゴム層113を形成するゴム組成物のゴム成分は同一であることが好ましい。 Examples of the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the compression rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 include ethylene / propylene copolymer (EPR), ethylene / propylene / diene terpolymer (EPDM), Examples include ethylene-α-olefin elastomers such as octene copolymer and ethylene / butene copolymer; chloroprene rubber (CR); chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber (CSM); hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber (H-NBR). The rubber component is preferably one or more of these blend rubbers. The rubber components of the rubber composition forming the compression rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 are preferably the same.

 圧縮ゴム層111、接着ゴム層112、及び背面ゴム層113を形成するゴム組成物のうち少なくとも1つは、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有する。圧縮ゴム層111、接着ゴム層112、及び背面ゴム層113を形成する全てのゴム組成物がかかるセルロース系微細繊維を含有することが好ましいが、少なくともプーリ接触部分を構成する圧縮ゴム層111を形成するゴム組成物がかかるセルロース系微細繊維を含有することがより好ましい。 At least one of the rubber compositions forming the compressed rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm. It is preferable that all the rubber compositions forming the compressed rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 contain such cellulosic fine fibers, but at least the compressed rubber layer 111 constituting the pulley contact portion is formed. It is more preferable that the rubber composition to be contained contains such cellulosic fine fibers.

 実施形態2に係るVリブドベルトBによれば、このようにVリブドベルト本体110を構成する圧縮ゴム層111、接着ゴム層112、及び背面ゴム層113を形成するゴム組成物のうち少なくとも1つが、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有することにより、優れた耐屈曲疲労性を得ることができる。また、特に接触部分を構成する圧縮ゴム層111を形成するゴム組成物がかかるセルロース系微細繊維を含有する場合には、高い耐摩耗性と共に、安定な摩擦係数を得ることができる。 According to the V-ribbed belt B according to the second embodiment, at least one of the rubber compositions forming the compression rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 constituting the V-ribbed belt main body 110 is a fiber. By containing a cellulosic fine fiber having a diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm, excellent bending fatigue resistance can be obtained. Moreover, when the rubber composition which forms the compression rubber layer 111 which comprises a contact part contains such a cellulose fine fiber, a stable friction coefficient can be obtained with high abrasion resistance.

 セルロース系微細繊維は、植物繊維を細かくほぐすことで得られる植物細胞壁の骨格成分で構成されたセルロース微細繊維を由来とする繊維材料である。セルロース系微細繊維の原料植物としては、例えば、木、竹、稲(稲わら)、じゃがいも、サトウキビ(バガス)、水草、海藻等が挙げられる。これらのうち木が好ましい。 Cellulosic fine fiber is a fiber material derived from cellulose fine fiber composed of a skeletal component of a plant cell wall obtained by finely loosening plant fiber. Examples of the cellulosic fine fiber plant include wood, bamboo, rice (rice straw), potato, sugar cane (bagasse), aquatic plants, seaweed and the like. Of these, wood is preferred.

 セルロース系微細繊維は、セルロース微細繊維自体であっても、また、疎水化処理された疎水化セルロース微細繊維であっても、どちらでもよい。また、セルロース系微細繊維として、セルロース微細繊維自体と疎水化セルロース微細繊維とを併用してもよい。分散性の観点からは、セルロース系微細繊維は、疎水化セルロース微細繊維を含むことが好ましい。疎水化セルロース微細繊維としては、セルロースの水酸基の一部又は全部が疎水性基に置換されたセルロース微細繊維、及び表面処理剤によって疎水化表面処理されたセルロース微細繊維が挙げられる。 The cellulose-based fine fiber may be either the cellulose fine fiber itself or a hydrophobic cellulose fine fiber that has been subjected to a hydrophobic treatment. Moreover, you may use together cellulose fine fiber itself and hydrophobized cellulose fine fiber as a cellulosic fine fiber. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, the cellulosic fine fibers preferably include hydrophobized cellulose fine fibers. Examples of the hydrophobized cellulose fine fibers include cellulose fine fibers in which some or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups, and cellulose fine fibers that have been subjected to a hydrophobized surface treatment with a surface treatment agent.

 セルロースの水酸基の一部又は全部が疎水性基に置換されたセルロース微細繊維を得るための疎水化としては、例えば、エステル化(アシル化)(アルキルエステル化、複合エステル化、β-ケトエステル化など)、アルキル化、トシル化、エポキシ化、アリール化等が挙げられる。これらのうちエステル化が好ましい。具体的には、エステル化された疎水化セルロース微細繊維は、セルロースの水酸基の一部又は全部が、酢酸、無水酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸等のカルボン酸、若しくは、そのハロゲン化物(特に塩化物)によりアシル化されたセルロース微細繊維である。表面処理剤によって疎水化表面処理されたセルロース微細繊維を得るための表面処理剤としては、例えば、シランカップリング剤等が挙げられる。 Examples of hydrophobization for obtaining cellulose fine fibers in which part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups include esterification (acylation) (alkyl esterification, complex esterification, β-ketoesterification, etc.) ), Alkylation, tosylation, epoxidation, arylation and the like. Of these, esterification is preferred. Specifically, in the esterified hydrophobized cellulose fine fiber, part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, acetic anhydride, propionic acid, butyric acid, or halides thereof (particularly chlorides). It is the cellulose fine fiber acylated by. Examples of the surface treatment agent for obtaining cellulose fine fibers hydrophobized and surface-treated with the surface treatment agent include silane coupling agents.

 セルロース系微細繊維は、耐屈曲疲労性を高める観点から、繊維径の分布が広いことが好ましく、繊維径の分布範囲は50~500nmを含む。その繊維径の分布の下限は、その観点から、好ましくは20nm以下、より好ましくは10nm以下である。上限は、同じ観点から、好ましくは700nm以上、より好ましくは1μm以上である。セルロース系微細繊維の繊維径の分布範囲は、20nm~700mmを含むことが好ましく、10nm~1μmを含むことがより好ましい。 The cellulosic fine fibers preferably have a wide fiber diameter distribution from the viewpoint of enhancing bending fatigue resistance, and the fiber diameter distribution range includes 50 to 500 nm. From the viewpoint, the lower limit of the fiber diameter distribution is preferably 20 nm or less, more preferably 10 nm or less. From the same viewpoint, the upper limit is preferably 700 nm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more. The fiber diameter distribution range of the cellulosic fine fibers preferably includes 20 nm to 700 mm, and more preferably includes 10 nm to 1 μm.

 ゴム組成物に含有されるセルロース系微細繊維の平均繊維径は、好ましくは10nm以上、より好ましくは20nm以上であり、また、好ましくは700nm以下、より好ましくは100nm以下である。 The average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers contained in the rubber composition is preferably 10 nm or more, more preferably 20 nm or more, and preferably 700 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less.

 セルロース系微細繊維の繊維径の分布は、ゴム組成物の試料を凍結粉砕した後、その断面を透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)で観察すると共に、50本のセルロース系微細繊維を任意に選択して繊維径を測定し、その測定結果に基づいて求められる。また、セルロース系微細繊維の平均繊維径は、その任意に選択した50本のセルロース系微細繊維の繊維径の数平均として求められる。 The distribution of the fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers is obtained by freezing and crushing a sample of the rubber composition, then observing the cross section with a transmission electron microscope (TEM) and arbitrarily selecting 50 cellulosic fine fibers. The fiber diameter is measured and obtained based on the measurement result. The average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers is obtained as the number average of the fiber diameters of 50 arbitrarily selected cellulosic fine fibers.

 セルロース系微細繊維は、機械的解繊手段によって製造された高アスペクト比のものであっても、また、化学的解繊手段によって製造された針状結晶のものであっても、どちらでもよい。これらのうち、機械的解繊手段によって製造されたものが好ましい。また、セルロース系微細繊維として、機械的解繊手段によって製造されたものと化学的解繊手段によって製造されたものとを併用してもよい。機械的解繊手段に用いる解繊装置としては、例えば、二軸混練機などの混練機、高圧ホモジナイザー、グラインダー、ビーズミル等が挙げられる。化学的解繊手段に用いる処理としては、例えば、酸加水分解処理等が挙げられる。 The cellulosic fine fibers may be either high aspect ratio manufactured by mechanical defibrating means, or needle-shaped crystals manufactured by chemical defibrating means. Of these, those manufactured by mechanical defibrating means are preferred. Moreover, you may use together what was manufactured by the mechanical defibration means, and what was manufactured by the chemical defibration means as a cellulose fine fiber. Examples of the defibrating apparatus used for the mechanical defibrating means include a kneader such as a twin-screw kneader, a high-pressure homogenizer, a grinder, and a bead mill. Examples of the treatment used for the chemical defibrating means include acid hydrolysis treatment.

 ゴム組成物におけるセルロース系微細繊維の含有量は、耐屈曲疲労性を高める観点から、ゴム成分100質量部に対して、好ましくは1質量部以上、より好ましくは3質量部以上、更に好ましくは5質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは30質量部以下、より好ましくは20質量部以下、更に好ましくは10質量部以下である。 The content of the cellulosic fine fibers in the rubber composition is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 5 parts with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component from the viewpoint of enhancing the bending fatigue resistance. It is not less than 30 parts by mass, preferably not more than 30 parts by mass, more preferably not more than 20 parts by mass, and still more preferably not more than 10 parts by mass.

 ゴム配合剤としては、補強材、プロセスオイル、加工助剤、加硫促進助剤、架橋剤、加硫促進剤、老化防止剤等が挙げられる。 Examples of rubber compounding agents include reinforcing materials, process oils, processing aids, vulcanization acceleration aids, crosslinking agents, vulcanization accelerators, and anti-aging agents.

 補強材としては、カーボンブラックでは、例えば、チャネルブラック;SAF、ISAF、N-339、HAF、N-351、MAF、FEF、SRF、GPF、ECF、N-234などのファーネスブラック;FT、MTなどのサーマルブラック;アセチレンブラック等が挙げられる。補強材としてはシリカも挙げられる。補強材は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。補強材の含有量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して50~90質量部であることが好ましい。 As the reinforcing material, carbon black, for example, channel black; furnace black such as SAF, ISAF, N-339, HAF, N-351, MAF, FEF, SRF, GPF, ECF, N-234; FT, MT, etc. Thermal black; acetylene black and the like. Silica is also mentioned as the reinforcing material. It is preferable that a reinforcing material is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these. The content of the reinforcing material is preferably 50 to 90 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

 オイルとしては、例えば、石油系軟化剤、パラフィンワックスなどの鉱物油系オイル、ひまし油、綿実油、あまに油、なたね油、大豆油、パーム油、やし油、落下生油、木ろう、ロジン、パインオイルなどの植物油系オイル等が挙げられる。オイルは、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。オイルの含有量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば10~30質量部である。 Oils include, for example, petroleum-based softeners, mineral oils such as paraffin wax, castor oil, cottonseed oil, linseed oil, rapeseed oil, soybean oil, palm oil, palm oil, fall raw oil, wax, rosin, pine And vegetable oils such as oil. The oil is preferably one or more of these. The oil content is, for example, 10 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

 加工助剤としては、例えば、ステアリン酸、ポリエチレンワックス、脂肪酸の金属塩等が挙げられる。加工助剤は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。加工助剤の含有量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば0.5~2質量部である。 Examples of processing aids include stearic acid, polyethylene wax, and fatty acid metal salts. Among these, the processing aid is preferably one or more. The content of the processing aid is, for example, 0.5 to 2 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

 加硫促進助剤としては、例えば、酸化マグネシウムや酸化亜鉛(亜鉛華)などの金属酸化物、金属炭酸塩、脂肪酸及びその誘導体等が挙げられる。加硫促進助剤は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。加硫促進助剤の含有量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば3~7質量部である。 Examples of the vulcanization acceleration aid include metal oxides such as magnesium oxide and zinc oxide (zinc white), metal carbonates, fatty acids and derivatives thereof. Among these, the vulcanization acceleration aid is preferably one or more. The content of the vulcanization acceleration aid is, for example, 3 to 7 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

 老化防止剤としては、例えば、ベンズイミダゾール系老化防止剤、アミン-ケトン系老化防止剤、ジアミン系老化防止剤、フェノール系老化防止剤等が挙げられる。老化防止剤は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。老化防止剤の含有量は、ゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば0.1~5質量部である。 Examples of the anti-aging agent include benzimidazole anti-aging agents, amine-ketone anti-aging agents, diamine anti-aging agents, and phenol anti-aging agents. It is preferable that an anti-aging agent is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these. The content of the anti-aging agent is, for example, 0.1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 共架橋剤としては、例えば、マレイミド系、TAIC、1,2-ポリブタジエン、オキシム類、グアニジン、トリメチロールプロパントリメタクリレートのもの、及び液状ゴム等が挙げられる。共架橋剤は、これらのうちの1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。共架橋剤の含有量は、ゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば0.5~30質量部である。 Examples of the co-crosslinking agent include maleimide, TAIC, 1,2-polybutadiene, oximes, guanidine, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, and liquid rubber. The co-crosslinking agent is preferably one or more of these. The content of the co-crosslinking agent is, for example, 0.5 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 架橋剤としては、硫黄及び有機過酸化物が挙げられる。架橋剤として、硫黄が配合されていてもよく、また、有機過酸化物が配合されていてもよく、更には、それらの両方が併用されていてもよい。架橋剤の配合量は、硫黄の場合、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば1~5質量部であり、有機過酸化物の場合、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば1~5質量部である。 Examples of the crosslinking agent include sulfur and organic peroxides. As a crosslinking agent, sulfur may be blended, an organic peroxide may be blended, or both of them may be used in combination. The amount of the crosslinking agent is, for example, 1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition in the case of sulfur, and 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition with respect to the organic peroxide. For example, 1 to 5 parts by mass.

 加硫促進剤としては、例えば、チウラム系(例えばTETD、TT、TRAなど)、チアゾール系(例えばMBT、MBTSなど)、スルフェンアミド系(例えばCZなど)、ジチオカルバミン酸塩系(例えばBZ-Pなど)のもの等が挙げられる。加硫促進剤は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。加硫促進剤の含有量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば1~3質量部である。 Examples of the vulcanization accelerator include thiuram (eg, TETD, TT, TRA, etc.), thiazole (eg, MBT, MBTS, etc.), sulfenamide (eg, CZ), dithiocarbamate (eg, BZ-P). Etc.). It is preferable that a vulcanization accelerator is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these. The content of the vulcanization accelerator is, for example, 1 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

 圧縮ゴム層111、接着ゴム層112、及び背面ゴム層113を形成するゴム組成物には、繊維径が10μm以上の短繊維116が含有されていてもよい。特にプーリ接触部分を構成する圧縮ゴム層111を形成するゴム組成物には短繊維116が含有されていることが好ましい。その場合、短繊維116は、圧縮ゴム層111にベルト幅方向に配向するように含有されていることが好ましく、また、圧縮ゴム層111のVリブ115表面に露出する短繊維116は、一部が表面から突出していることが好ましい。なお、短繊維116がゴム組成物に配合された構成ではなく、圧縮ゴム層111のVリブ115表面に短繊維が植毛された構成であってもよい。 The rubber composition forming the compressed rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 may contain short fibers 116 having a fiber diameter of 10 μm or more. In particular, it is preferable that the short fiber 116 is contained in the rubber composition forming the compressed rubber layer 111 constituting the pulley contact portion. In that case, the short fibers 116 are preferably contained in the compressed rubber layer 111 so as to be oriented in the belt width direction, and a part of the short fibers 116 exposed on the surface of the V rib 115 of the compressed rubber layer 111 is a part. Preferably protrudes from the surface. In addition, the structure by which the short fiber 116 was not planted in the rubber composition, and the short fiber was planted on the V rib 115 surface of the compressed rubber layer 111 may be used.

 短繊維116としては、例えば、ナイロン短繊維、ビニロン短繊維、アラミド短繊維、ポリエステル短繊維、綿短繊維が挙げられる。短繊維116は、例えばRFL水溶液等に浸漬した後に加熱する接着処理が施された長繊維を所定長に切断して製造される。短繊維116の長さは例えば0.2~5.0mmであり、繊維径は例えば10~50μmである。 Examples of the short fibers 116 include nylon short fibers, vinylon short fibers, aramid short fibers, polyester short fibers, and cotton short fibers. The short fiber 116 is manufactured by, for example, cutting a long fiber that has been subjected to an adhesive treatment to be heated after being immersed in an RFL aqueous solution or the like into a predetermined length. The length of the short fiber 116 is, for example, 0.2 to 5.0 mm, and the fiber diameter is, for example, 10 to 50 μm.

 短繊維116の含有量は、ゴム成分100質量部に対して、好ましくは5質量部以上、より好ましくは10質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは30質量部以下、より好ましくは20質量部以下である。短繊維116の含有量は、セルロース系微細繊維の含有量よりも多いことが好ましい。短繊維116の含有量のセルロース系微細繊維の含有量に対する比(短繊維116の含有量のセルロース系微細繊維の含有量)は、好ましくは1以上、より好ましくは2以上であり、また、好ましくは15以下、より好ましくは5以下である。セルロース系微細繊維及び短繊維116の総含有量は、ゴム成分100質量部に対して、好ましくは1質量部以上、より好ましくは5質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは25質量部以下、より好ましくは15質量部以下である。 The content of the short fibers 116 is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. It is. The content of the short fibers 116 is preferably larger than the content of the cellulosic fine fibers. The ratio of the content of the short fibers 116 to the content of the cellulosic fine fibers (the content of the cellulosic fine fibers of the content of the short fibers 116) is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably Is 15 or less, more preferably 5 or less. The total content of cellulosic fine fibers and short fibers 116 is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, and preferably 25 parts by mass or less, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. Preferably it is 15 mass parts or less.

 心線114は、ポリアミド繊維、ポリエステル繊維、アラミド繊維、ポリアミド繊維等で形成された撚り糸で構成されている。心線114の直径は例えば0.5~2.5mmであり、断面における相互に隣接する心線114中心間の寸法は例えば0.05~0.20mmである。心線114には、Vリブドベルト本体110に対する接着性を付与するための接着処理が施されている。 The core wire 114 is composed of a twisted yarn formed of polyamide fiber, polyester fiber, aramid fiber, polyamide fiber or the like. The diameter of the core wire 114 is, for example, 0.5 to 2.5 mm, and the dimension between the centers of adjacent core wires 114 in the cross section is, for example, 0.05 to 0.20 mm. The core wire 114 is subjected to an adhesive treatment for imparting adhesiveness to the V-ribbed belt main body 110.

 図5は、実施形態2に係るVリブドベルトBを用いた自動車の補機駆動ベルト伝動装置190のプーリレイアウトを示す。この補機駆動ベルト伝動装置190は、VリブドベルトBが4つのリブプーリ及び2つの平プーリの6つのプーリに巻き掛けられて動力を伝達するサーペンタインドライブ方式のものである。 FIG. 5 shows a pulley layout of an auxiliary drive belt transmission device 190 for an automobile using the V-ribbed belt B according to the second embodiment. The accessory drive belt transmission device 190 is of a serpentine drive type in which a V-ribbed belt B is wound around six pulleys of four rib pulleys and two flat pulleys to transmit power.

 この補機駆動ベルト伝動装置190では、最上位置にリブプーリのパワーステアリングプーリ191が設けられ、そのパワーステアリングプーリ191の下方にリブプーリのACジェネレータプーリ192が設けられている。また、パワーステアリングプーリ191の左下方には平プーリのテンショナプーリ193が設けられており、そのテンショナプーリ193の下方には平プーリのウォーターポンププーリ194が設けられている。更に、テンショナプーリ193の左下方にはリブプーリのクランクシャフトプーリ195が設けられており、そのクランクシャフトプーリ195の右下方にリブプーリのエアコンプーリ196が設けられている。これらのプーリは、例えば、金属のプレス加工品や鋳物、或いは、ナイロン樹脂、フェノール樹脂等の樹脂成形品で構成されており、また、プーリ径がφ50~150mmである。 In this accessory drive belt transmission device 190, a power steering pulley 191 of a rib pulley is provided at the uppermost position, and an AC generator pulley 192 of a rib pulley is provided below the power steering pulley 191. A flat pulley tensioner pulley 193 is provided on the lower left side of the power steering pulley 191, and a flat pulley water pump pulley 194 is provided on the lower side of the tensioner pulley 193. Further, a rib pulley crankshaft pulley 195 is provided on the lower left side of the tensioner pulley 193, and a rib pulley air conditioner pulley 196 is provided on the lower right side of the crankshaft pulley 195. These pulleys are made of, for example, a metal stamped product, a casting, or a resin molded product such as nylon resin or phenol resin, and have a pulley diameter of φ50 to 150 mm.

 そして、この補機駆動ベルト伝動装置190では、VリブドベルトBは、Vリブ115側が接触するようにパワーステアリングプーリ191に巻き掛けられ、次いで、ベルト背面が接触するようにテンショナプーリ193に巻き掛けられた後、Vリブ115側が接触するようにクランクシャフトプーリ195及びエアコンプーリ196に順に巻き掛けられ、更に、ベルト背面が接触するようにウォーターポンププーリ194に巻き掛けられ、そして、Vリブ115側が接触するようにACジェネレータプーリ192に巻き掛けられ、最後にパワーステアリングプーリ191に戻るように設けられている。プーリ間で掛け渡されるVリブドベルトBの長さであるベルトスパン長は例えば50~300mmである。プーリ間で生じ得るミスアライメントは0~2°である。 In this accessory drive belt transmission device 190, the V-ribbed belt B is wound around the power steering pulley 191 so that the V-rib 115 side contacts, and then wound around the tensioner pulley 193 so that the back surface of the belt contacts. After that, it is wound around the crankshaft pulley 195 and the air conditioner pulley 196 in order so that the V-rib 115 side contacts, and further wound around the water pump pulley 194 so that the back surface of the belt contacts, and the V-rib 115 side contacts. Thus, it is wound around the AC generator pulley 192 and finally returned to the power steering pulley 191. The belt span length, which is the length of the V-ribbed belt B spanned between the pulleys, is, for example, 50 to 300 mm. Misalignment that can occur between pulleys is 0-2 °.

 (VリブドベルトBの製造方法)
 実施形態2に係るVリブドベルトBの製造方法について、図6、図7、図8及び図9に基づいて説明する。
(Manufacturing method of V-ribbed belt B)
A method for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt B according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 6, 7, 8, and 9.

 図6及び図7は、実施形態2に係るVリブドベルトBの製造に用いるベルト成形型130を示す。 6 and 7 show a belt mold 130 used for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt B according to the second embodiment.

 このベルト成形型130は、同心状に設けられた、各々、円筒状の内型131及び外型132を備えている。 The belt mold 130 includes a cylindrical inner mold 131 and an outer mold 132, which are provided concentrically.

 内型131はゴム等の可撓性材料で形成されている。外型132は金属等の剛性材料で形成されている。外型132の内周面は成型面に構成されており、その外型132の内周面には、Vリブ115の形状と同一のVリブ形成溝133が軸方向に一定ピッチで設けられている。外型132には、水蒸気等の熱媒体や水等の冷媒体を流通させて温調する温調機構が設けられている。また、内型131を内部から加圧膨張させるための加圧手段が設けられている。 The inner mold 131 is made of a flexible material such as rubber. The outer mold 132 is made of a rigid material such as metal. The inner peripheral surface of the outer mold 132 is formed as a molding surface, and V rib forming grooves 133 having the same shape as the V rib 115 are provided on the inner peripheral surface of the outer mold 132 at a constant pitch in the axial direction. Yes. The outer mold 132 is provided with a temperature control mechanism that controls the temperature by circulating a heat medium such as water vapor or a coolant such as water. Further, a pressurizing means for pressurizing and expanding the inner mold 131 from the inside is provided.

 実施形態2に係るVリブドベルトBの製造方法は、材料準備工程、成形工程、架橋工程、及び仕上げ工程を有する。 The manufacturing method of the V-ribbed belt B according to Embodiment 2 includes a material preparation process, a molding process, a crosslinking process, and a finishing process.

 <材料準備工程>
 -圧縮ゴム層用、接着ゴム層用、及び背面ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート111’,112’,113’-
 圧縮ゴム層用、接着ゴム層用、及び背面ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート111’,112’,113’のうち、セルロース系微細繊維を含有させるものの作製を以下のようにして行う。
<Material preparation process>
-Uncrosslinked rubber sheets 111 ', 112', 113 'for compressed rubber layer, adhesive rubber layer, and back rubber layer
Of the uncrosslinked rubber sheets 111 ′, 112 ′, and 113 ′ for the compressed rubber layer, the adhesive rubber layer, and the back rubber layer, those containing cellulosic fine fibers are produced as follows.

 まず、素練りしているゴム成分にセルロース系微細繊維を投入して混練することにより分散させる。 First, cellulosic fine fibers are put into a kneaded rubber component and dispersed by kneading.

 ここで、ゴム成分へのセルロース系微細繊維の分散方法としては、例えば、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)を、オープンロールで素練りしているゴム成分に投入し、それらを混練しながら水分を気化させる方法、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)とゴムラテックスとを混合して水分を気化させて得られたセルロース系微細繊維/ゴムのマスターバッチを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、セルロース系微細繊維を溶剤に分散させた分散体とゴム成分を溶剤に溶解させた溶液とを混合して溶剤を気化させて得られたセルロース系微細繊維/ゴムのマスターバッチを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)を凍結乾燥させて粉砕したものを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、疎水化したセルロース系微細繊維を素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法等が挙げられる。 Here, as a method for dispersing the cellulose-based fine fibers in the rubber component, for example, a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulose-based fine fibers are dispersed in water is added to the rubber component kneaded with an open roll, A method of vaporizing moisture while kneading them, a master of cellulose fine fibers / rubber obtained by mixing a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water and rubber latex to vaporize the moisture Obtained by mixing the batch into a rubber component that has been masticated, mixing a dispersion in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in a solvent and a solution in which the rubber component is dissolved in the solvent, and evaporating the solvent Cellulose fine fiber / rubber masterbatch is put into the kneaded rubber component, dispersion (gel) in which cellulose fine fiber is dispersed in water is freeze-dried and pulverized And what, how to put into a rubber component is masticated, methods and the like to introduce cellulosic microfibers made hydrophobic in rubber component is masticated.

 次いで、ゴム成分とセルロース系微細繊維とを混練しながら、各種のゴム配合剤を投入して混練を継続することにより未架橋ゴム組成物を作製する。 Next, while kneading the rubber component and the cellulosic fine fiber, various rubber compounding agents are added and kneading is continued to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition.

 そして、その未架橋ゴム組成物をカレンダー成形等によってシート状に成形する。 Then, the uncrosslinked rubber composition is molded into a sheet by calendar molding or the like.

 なお、セルロース系微細繊維を含有させないものの作製は、ゴム成分に各種のゴム配合剤を配合し、ニーダー、バンバリーミキサー等の混練機で混練し、得られた未架橋ゴム組成物をカレンダー成形等によってシート状に成形することにより行う。 In addition, the preparation of those not containing cellulosic fine fibers is carried out by blending various rubber compounding agents with the rubber component, kneading with a kneader such as a kneader or a Banbury mixer, and the resulting uncrosslinked rubber composition by calendar molding or the like. This is done by forming into a sheet.

 -心線114’-
 心線114’に対して接着処理を施す。具体的には、心線114’に、RFL水溶液に浸漬して加熱するRFL接着処理を施す。また、RFL接着処理前に下地接着処理液に浸漬して加熱する下地接着処理を施すことが好ましい。なお、RFL接着処理前にゴム糊に浸漬して乾燥させるゴム糊接着処理を施してもよい。
-Core 114'-
An adhesive treatment is applied to the core wire 114 '. Specifically, the core wire 114 'is subjected to an RFL adhesion treatment in which it is immersed in an RFL aqueous solution and heated. Moreover, it is preferable to perform the foundation | substrate adhesion | attachment process which immerses in a foundation | substrate adhesion | attachment processing liquid and heats before RFL adhesion | attachment processing. In addition, you may give the rubber paste adhesion | attachment process which is immersed in rubber glue and dried before RFL adhesion | attachment processing.

 <成形工程>
 図8に示すように、表面が平滑な円筒ドラム134上にゴムスリーブ135を被せ、その外周上に、背面ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート113’、及び接着ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート112’を順に巻き付けて積層し、その上から心線114’を円筒状の内型131に対して螺旋状に巻き付け、更にその上から接着ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート112’、及び圧縮ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート111’を順に巻き付ける。このとき、ゴムスリーブ135上には積層成形体B’が形成される。
<Molding process>
As shown in FIG. 8, a rubber sleeve 135 is placed on a cylindrical drum 134 having a smooth surface, and an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 113 ′ for the back rubber layer and an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 112 for the adhesive rubber layer are formed on the outer periphery thereof. 'Are wound in order and laminated, and the core wire 114' is wound spirally around the cylindrical inner mold 131 from above, and further, an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 112 'for the adhesive rubber layer and a compressed rubber layer are further formed thereon. The uncrosslinked rubber sheet 111 ′ is wound in order. At this time, a laminated molded body B ′ is formed on the rubber sleeve 135.

 <架橋工程>
 積層成形体B’を設けたゴムスリーブ135を円筒ドラム134から外し、図9に示すように、それを外型132の内周面側に内嵌め状態にセットした後、図10に示すように、内型131を外型132にセットされたゴムスリーブ135内に位置付けて密閉する。
<Crosslinking process>
The rubber sleeve 135 provided with the laminated molded body B ′ is removed from the cylindrical drum 134 and, as shown in FIG. 9, it is set in the inner peripheral surface side of the outer mold 132, and then as shown in FIG. 10. The inner mold 131 is positioned and sealed in the rubber sleeve 135 set on the outer mold 132.

 次いで、外型132を加熱すると共に、内型131の密封された内部に高圧空気等を注入して加圧する。このとき、内型131が膨張し、外型132の成型面に、積層成形体B’における未架橋ゴムシート111’,112’,113’が圧縮されて進入し、また、それらの架橋が進行し、且つ心線114’が複合一体化し、最終的に、図11に示すように、円筒状のベルトスラブSが成型される。なお、ベルトスラブSの成型温度は例えば100~180℃、成型圧力は例えば0.5~2.0MPa、及び成型時間は例えば10~60分である。 Next, the outer mold 132 is heated and pressurized by injecting high-pressure air or the like into the sealed interior of the inner mold 131. At this time, the inner mold 131 expands, and the uncrosslinked rubber sheets 111 ′, 112 ′, 113 ′ in the laminated molded body B ′ enter the molded surface of the outer mold 132 while being compressed, and the crosslinking proceeds. In addition, the core wire 114 ′ is combined and integrated, and finally, a cylindrical belt slab S is formed as shown in FIG. The molding temperature of the belt slab S is, for example, 100 to 180 ° C., the molding pressure is, for example, 0.5 to 2.0 MPa, and the molding time is, for example, 10 to 60 minutes.

 <仕上げ工程>
 内型131の内部を減圧して密閉を解き、内型131と外型132との間でゴムスリーブ135を介して成型されたベルトスラブSを取り出し、ベルトスラブSを所定幅に輪切りして表裏を裏返すことによりVリブドベルトBが製造される。
<Finishing process>
The inside of the inner mold 131 is decompressed to release the seal, the belt slab S molded between the inner mold 131 and the outer mold 132 is taken out via the rubber sleeve 135, and the belt slab S is cut into a predetermined width and turned upside down. V-ribbed belt B is manufactured by turning over.

 [Vリブドベルト]
 以下の実施例2-1~実施例2-9及び比較例2のVリブドベルトを作製した。それぞれの詳細については表2にも示す。
[V-ribbed belt]
V-ribbed belts of Examples 2-1 to 2-9 and Comparative Example 2 below were produced. Details of each are also shown in Table 2.

 <実施例2-1>
 トルエンに木材を原料とする粉末セルロース(日本製紙社製 商品名:KCフロック W-50GK)を分散させた分散体を調製し、高圧ホモジナイザーを用い、その分散体同士を衝突させて粉末セルロースをセルロース微細繊維に解繊して、トルエンにセルロース微細繊維が分散した分散体を得た。従って、セルロース微細繊維は、機械的解繊手段によって製造され、また、疎水化処理されていないものである。
<Example 2-1>
Prepare a dispersion in which powdered cellulose (trade name: KC Flock W-50GK, manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.) made of wood as a raw material in toluene is dispersed. The fine fibers were defibrated to obtain a dispersion in which cellulose fine fibers were dispersed in toluene. Accordingly, the cellulose fine fibers are produced by mechanical defibrating means and are not subjected to a hydrophobic treatment.

 次いで、そのトルエンにセルロース微細繊維が分散した分散体と、トルエンにエチレンプロピレンジエンモノマー(JSR社製 商品名:EP33、以下「EPDM」という。)を溶解させた溶液とを混合し、トルエンを気化させてセルロース微細繊維/EPDMのマスターバッチを作製した。 Next, the dispersion in which cellulose fine fibers are dispersed in toluene is mixed with a solution in which ethylene propylene diene monomer (trade name: EP33, manufactured by JSR Corporation, hereinafter referred to as “EPDM”) is dissolved in toluene, and the toluene is vaporized. Thus, a master batch of cellulose fine fiber / EPDM was prepared.

 続いて、EPDMを素練りすると共に、そこにマスターバッチを投入して混練した。マスターバッチの投入量は、トータルのEPDMを100質量部としたときのセルロース微細繊維の含有量が1質量部となる量とした。 Subsequently, EPDM was masticated, and a master batch was added thereto for kneading. The input amount of the master batch was such that the cellulose fine fiber content was 1 part by mass when the total EPDM was 100 parts by mass.

 そして、EPDMとセルロース微細繊維とを混練すると共に、そこに、EPDM100質量部に対し、HAFカーボンブラック(三菱化学社製 商品名:ダイヤブラックH)を60質量部、プロセスオイル(サン石油社製 商品名:サンパー2280)を15質量部、加工助剤としてのステアリン酸(新日本理化社製 商品名:ステアリン酸50S)を1質量部、加硫促進助剤としての酸化亜鉛(堺化学社製 商品名:酸化亜鉛3種)を5質量部、ベンズイミダゾール系老化防止剤(大内新興化学工業社製 商品名:ノクラックMB)を2.5質量部、架橋剤としての硫黄(細井化学社製 商品名:オイル硫黄)を2.3質量部、及びチウラム系加硫促進剤(大内新興化学工業社製 商品名:ノクセラーTET-G)を2質量部それぞれ投入して混練を継続することにより未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。 Then, EPDM and fine cellulose fibers are kneaded, and 60 mass parts of HAF carbon black (trade name: Dia Black H) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd. is added to 100 mass parts of EPDM. Name: 15 parts by weight of sampler 2280), 1 part by weight of stearic acid (manufactured by Shin Nippon Rika Co., Ltd., trade name: stearic acid 50S) as processing aid, zinc oxide (product of Sakai Chemical Co., Ltd.) as vulcanization accelerator Name: 5 parts by mass of zinc oxide (3 types), 2.5 parts by mass of benzimidazole anti-aging agent (trade name: NOCRACK MB), sulfur as a crosslinking agent (product by Hosoi Chemical Co., Ltd.) Name: oil sulfur) 2.3 parts by mass, and thiuram vulcanization accelerator (made by Ouchi Shinsei Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: Noxeller TET-G) To prepare uncrosslinked rubber composition by continuing kneading the.

 この未架橋ゴム組成物を用い、列理方向がベルト幅方向となるように圧縮ゴム層を形成した実施形態2と同様の構成の実施例2-1のVリブドベルトを作製した。 Using this uncrosslinked rubber composition, a V-ribbed belt of Example 2-1 having the same configuration as that of Embodiment 2 in which a compressed rubber layer was formed so that the cutting direction was the belt width direction was produced.

 実施例2-1のVリブドベルトは、ベルト長さが1400mm、ベルト幅が2.2mm、ベルト厚さが4.5mm、及びVリブ数が3個とした。なお、接着ゴム層及び背面ゴム層は、セルロース微細繊維及び短繊維を含有しないゴム組成物で形成し、心線は、接着処理を施したポリエステル繊維製の撚り糸で形成した。 The V-ribbed belt of Example 2-1 had a belt length of 1400 mm, a belt width of 2.2 mm, a belt thickness of 4.5 mm, and three V-ribs. The adhesive rubber layer and the back rubber layer were formed from a rubber composition not containing cellulose fine fibers and short fibers, and the core wire was formed from a polyester fiber twisted yarn that had been subjected to an adhesive treatment.

 <実施例2-2>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がゴム成分100質量部に対して3質量部となるようにしたことを除いて実施例2-1と同様にして実施例2-2のVリブドベルトを作製した。
<Example 2-2>
A V-ribbed belt of Example 2-2 was produced in the same manner as Example 2-1 except that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 3 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the rubber component.

 <実施例2-3>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がゴム成分100質量部に対して5質量部となるようにしたことを除いて実施例2-1と同様にして実施例2-3のVリブドベルトを作製した。
<Example 2-3>
A V-ribbed belt of Example 2-3 was produced in the same manner as Example 2-1 except that the content of the fine cellulose fiber was 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 <実施例2-4>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がゴム成分100質量部に対して10質量部となるようにしたことを除いて実施例2-1と同様にして実施例2-4のVリブドベルトを作製した。
<Example 2-4>
A V-ribbed belt of Example 2-4 was produced in the same manner as Example 2-1 except that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 <実施例2-5>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がゴム成分100質量部に対して15質量部となるようにしたことを除いて実施例2-1と同様にして実施例2-5のVリブドベルトを作製した。
<Example 2-5>
A V-ribbed belt of Example 2-5 was produced in the same manner as Example 2-1 except that the content of cellulose fine fiber was 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 <実施例2-6>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がゴム成分100質量部に対して25質量部となるようにしたことを除いて実施例2-1と同様にして実施例2-6のVリブドベルトを作製した。
<Example 2-6>
A V-ribbed belt of Example 2-6 was produced in the same manner as Example 2-1 except that the content of cellulose fine fiber was 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 <実施例2-7>
 圧縮ゴム層用の未架橋ゴム組成物に、ゴム成分100質量部に対してナイロン短繊維(帝人社製 商品名:CFN3000 繊維径:26μm 繊維長:3mm)14質量部を含有させたことを除いて実施例2-1と同様にして実施例2-7のVリブドベルトを作製した。短繊維の含有量のセルロース系微細繊維の含有量に対する比(表2の“B/A”)は14である。セルロース系微細繊維及び短繊維の総含有量(表2の“A+B”)は、ゴム成分100質量部に対して15質量部である。
<Example 2-7>
Except that the uncrosslinked rubber composition for the compression rubber layer contains 14 parts by mass of nylon short fibers (trade name: CFN3000, fiber diameter: 26 μm, fiber length: 3 mm, manufactured by Teijin Ltd.) with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. In the same manner as in Example 2-1, a V-ribbed belt of Example 2-7 was produced. The ratio of the short fiber content to the cellulosic fine fiber content (“B / A” in Table 2) is 14. The total content of cellulosic fine fibers and short fibers ("A + B" in Table 2) is 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 <実施例2-8>
 圧縮ゴム層用の未架橋ゴム組成物に、ゴム成分100質量部に対してナイロン短繊維12質量部を含有させたことを除いて実施例2-2と同様にして実施例2-8のVリブドベルトを作製した。短繊維の含有量のセルロース系微細繊維の含有量に対する比(B/A)は4である。セルロース系微細繊維及び短繊維の総含有量(A+B)は、ゴム成分100質量部に対して15質量部である。
<Example 2-8>
The V of Example 2-8 is the same as Example 2-2 except that the uncrosslinked rubber composition for the compressed rubber layer contains 12 parts by mass of nylon short fibers with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. A ribbed belt was produced. The ratio (B / A) of the short fiber content to the cellulosic fine fiber content is 4. The total content (A + B) of the cellulosic fine fibers and short fibers is 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 <実施例2-9>
 圧縮ゴム層用の未架橋ゴム組成物に、ゴム成分100質量部に対してナイロン短繊維10質量部を含有させたことを除いて実施例2-3と同様にして実施例2-9のVリブドベルトを作製した。短繊維の含有量のセルロース系微細繊維の含有量に対する比(短繊維の含有量のセルロース系微細繊維の含有量)は3である。セルロース系微細繊維及び短繊維の総含有量は、ゴム成分100質量部に対して15質量部である。
<Example 2-9>
The V of Example 2-9 is the same as Example 2-3 except that the uncrosslinked rubber composition for the compressed rubber layer contains 10 parts by mass of nylon short fibers per 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. A ribbed belt was produced. The ratio of the short fiber content to the cellulosic fine fiber content (the short fiber content to the cellulosic fine fiber content) is 3. The total content of cellulosic fine fibers and short fibers is 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 <比較例2>
 圧縮ゴム層用の未架橋ゴム組成物に、セルロース微細繊維を含有させず、且つゴム成分100質量部に対してナイロン短繊維15質量部を含有させたことを除いて実施例2-1と同様にして比較例2のVリブドベルトを作製した。
<Comparative example 2>
The same as Example 2-1 except that the uncrosslinked rubber composition for the compressed rubber layer does not contain fine cellulose fibers and 15 parts by mass of nylon short fibers per 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. Thus, a V-ribbed belt of Comparative Example 2 was produced.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002

 (試験評価方法)
 <平均繊維径・繊維径分布>
 実施例2-1~実施例2-9のそれぞれのVリブドベルトの圧縮ゴム層を形成するゴム組成物について採取した試料を凍結粉砕した後、その断面を走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)で観察すると共に、50本の繊維を任意に選択して繊維径を測定し、その数平均を求めて平均繊維径とした。また、50本のセルロース微細繊維のうち繊維径の最大値及び最小値を求めた。
(Test evaluation method)
<Average fiber diameter / fiber diameter distribution>
Samples collected for the rubber compositions forming the compressed rubber layers of the V-ribbed belts of Examples 2-1 to 2-9 were freeze-ground and the cross sections thereof were observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM). , 50 fibers were arbitrarily selected, the fiber diameter was measured, and the number average was obtained to obtain the average fiber diameter. Moreover, the maximum value and minimum value of the fiber diameter were calculated | required among 50 cellulose fine fibers.

 <摩擦係数測定試験>
 図16は摩擦係数測定装置140を示す。
<Friction coefficient measurement test>
FIG. 16 shows a friction coefficient measuring device 140.

 この摩擦係数測定装置140は、プーリ径75mmのリブプーリからなる試験プーリ141とその側方に設けられたロードセル142とからなる。試験プーリ141は、鉄系の材料S45Cで構成されている。Vリブドベルトの試験片143は、ロードセル142から水平に延びた後に試験プーリ141に巻き掛けられる、つまり、試験プーリ141への巻き付け角度が90°となるように設けられる。 The friction coefficient measuring device 140 includes a test pulley 141 made of a rib pulley having a pulley diameter of 75 mm and a load cell 142 provided on the side thereof. The test pulley 141 is made of an iron-based material S45C. The test piece 143 of the V-ribbed belt extends horizontally from the load cell 142 and is then wound around the test pulley 141. That is, the V-ribbed belt test piece 143 is provided such that the winding angle around the test pulley 141 is 90 °.

 実施例2-1~実施例2-9及び比較例2のそれぞれのVリブドベルトについて、切断して帯状の試験片143を作製し、その一端をロードセル142に固定して試験プーリ141に巻き掛け、他端に分銅144を取り付けて吊した。それに続いて、雰囲気温度25℃において、分銅144を引き下げようとする方向に試験プーリ141を43rpmの回転数で回転させ、回転開始後60秒の時点で、ロードセル142で試験片143における試験プーリ141とロードセル142との間の水平部分に負荷される張力Ttを計測した。なお、試験片143の試験プーリ141と分銅144との垂直部分に負荷される張力Tsは、分銅144の重さ分の17.15Nであった。そして、Eulerの式に基づいて下記式(1)により圧縮ゴム層の表面の乾燥時の摩擦係数μを求めた。なお、θ=π/2である。 About each V-ribbed belt of Example 2-1 to Example 2-9 and Comparative Example 2, a belt-shaped test piece 143 is cut and fixed at one end to the load cell 142 and wound around the test pulley 141. A weight 144 was attached to the other end and hung. Subsequently, at an ambient temperature of 25 ° C., the test pulley 141 is rotated at a rotation speed of 43 rpm in a direction to lower the weight 144, and at 60 seconds after the rotation starts, the test pulley 141 in the test piece 143 is loaded by the load cell 142. The tension Tt applied to the horizontal portion between the load cell 142 and the load cell 142 was measured. The tension Ts applied to the vertical part of the test pulley 141 and the weight 144 of the test piece 143 was 17.15 N corresponding to the weight of the weight 144. Then, the friction coefficient μ at the time of drying the surface of the compressed rubber layer was obtained by the following formula (1) based on the Euler formula. Note that θ = π / 2.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001

 また、試験プーリ141上に水を介在させ、その乾き際に同様の試験を実施し、そして、乾き際における摩擦係数から乾燥時における摩擦係数を引いた差を求めた。 Also, water was interposed on the test pulley 141, the same test was carried out when it was dried, and the difference obtained by subtracting the friction coefficient at the time of drying from the friction coefficient at the time of drying was obtained.

 <耐摩耗性評価ベルト走行試験>
 図17は、耐摩耗性評価用ベルト走行試験機150のプーリレイアウトを示す。
<Abrasion resistance evaluation belt running test>
FIG. 17 shows a pulley layout of the belt running test machine 150 for evaluating wear resistance.

 耐摩耗性評価用ベルト走行試験機150は、プーリ径φ60mmの駆動リブプーリ151とその右側方に設けられたプーリ径60mmの従動リブプーリ152とを備えている。従動リブプーリ152は、軸荷重(デッドウェイトDW)を負荷してVリブドベルトBに張力を付与できるように左右に可動に設けられている。 The belt running test machine 150 for wear resistance evaluation includes a driving rib pulley 151 having a pulley diameter of φ60 mm and a driven rib pulley 152 having a pulley diameter of 60 mm provided on the right side thereof. The driven rib pulley 152 is movably provided to the left and right so that an axial load (dead weight DW) can be applied and tension can be applied to the V-ribbed belt B.

 実施例2-1~実施例2-9及び比較例2のそれぞれのVリブドベルトについて、ベルト質量を測定した後、耐摩耗性評価用ベルト走行試験機150の駆動リブプーリ151及び従動リブプーリ152間に巻き掛け、従動リブプーリ152に対して右側方に490Nの軸荷重を負荷してVリブドベルトBに張力を与えると共に、5.9kW(8PS)の回転負荷をかけ、常温雰囲気下において駆動リブプーリ151を3500rpmの回転数で回転させてベルト走行させた。そして、走行開始から24時間後にベルト走行を停止し、Vリブドベルトのベルト質量を測定すると共に、質量減量を百分率で求めた。 For each of the V-ribbed belts of Examples 2-1 to 2-9 and Comparative Example 2, the belt mass was measured, and then wound between the drive rib pulley 151 and the driven rib pulley 152 of the belt running test machine 150 for wear resistance evaluation. Hang and apply a shaft load of 490 N to the right side of the driven rib pulley 152 to apply tension to the V-ribbed belt B, and apply a rotational load of 5.9 kW (8 PS) to drive the driving rib pulley 151 at 3500 rpm in a normal temperature atmosphere. The belt was run at a rotational speed. Then, the belt running was stopped 24 hours after the start of running, the belt mass of the V-ribbed belt was measured, and the weight loss was obtained as a percentage.

 <耐屈曲疲労性評価ベルト走行試験>
 図18は、耐屈曲疲労性評価用ベルト走行試験機160のプーリレイアウトを示す。
<Bend fatigue test belt running test>
FIG. 18 shows a pulley layout of a belt running test machine 160 for evaluating bending fatigue resistance.

 耐屈曲疲労性評価用ベルト走行試験機160は、プーリ径がφ60mmの駆動リブプーリ161と、その上方に設けられたプーリ径がφ60mmの第1従動リブプーリ162aと、駆動リブプーリ161及び第1従動リブプーリ162aの中間部の右方に設けられたプーリ径がφ60mmの第2従動リブプーリ162bと、駆動リブプーリ161及び第1従動リブプーリ162aの中間部の右側に上下に間隔をおいて設けられた、各々、プーリ径がφ50mmの一対のアイドラプーリ163とを備えている。第1従動リブプーリ162aは、軸荷重(デッドウェイトDW)を負荷してVリブドベルトBに張力を付与できるように上下に可動に設けられている。なお、この耐屈曲疲労性評価用ベルト走行試験機160では、VリブドベルトBを背面側に曲げることにより、Vリブ先端に発生する歪みを大きくして屈曲疲労を加速させる。 The belt running test machine 160 for evaluating bending fatigue resistance includes a driving rib pulley 161 having a pulley diameter of φ60 mm, a first driven rib pulley 162a having a pulley diameter of φ60 mm provided above, a driving rib pulley 161 and a first driven rib pulley 162a. Pulleys provided on the right side of the intermediate portion of the second driven rib pulley 162b having a pulley diameter of φ60 mm and on the right side of the intermediate portions of the drive rib pulley 161 and the first driven rib pulley 162a, respectively, And a pair of idler pulleys 163 having a diameter of 50 mm. The first driven rib pulley 162a is provided movably up and down so as to apply a shaft load (dead weight DW) and apply tension to the V-ribbed belt B. In this belt running test machine 160 for evaluating bending fatigue resistance, bending fatigue is accelerated by bending the V-ribbed belt B to the back side to increase the strain generated at the tip of the V-rib.

 実施例2-1~実施例2-9及び比較例2のそれぞれのVリブドベルトについて、耐屈曲疲労性評価用ベルト走行試験機160に、圧縮ゴム層が駆動リブプーリ161並びに第1及び第2従動リブプーリ162a,162bに、また、背面ゴム層がアイドラプーリ163に、それぞれ接触するように巻き掛け、また、第1従動リブプーリ162aに対して上方に588Nの軸荷重を負荷してVリブドベルトBに張力を与え、70℃の雰囲気温度下において、駆動リブプーリ161を5100rpmの回転数で回転させてベルト走行させた。そして、定期的にベルト走行を停止すると共に、圧縮ゴム層にクラックが発生しているか否かを目視確認し、クラックの発生が確認されるまでのベルト走行時間をクラック発生寿命とした。 For each of the V-ribbed belts of Examples 2-1 to 2-9 and Comparative Example 2, the belt running test machine 160 for evaluating bending fatigue resistance has a compressed rubber layer as a driving rib pulley 161 and first and second driven rib pulleys. 162a and 162b, and the back rubber layer is wound around the idler pulley 163 so as to be in contact with each other, and an axial load of 588 N is applied to the first driven rib pulley 162a to apply tension to the V-ribbed belt B. The driving rib pulley 161 was rotated at a rotational speed of 5100 rpm under the atmospheric temperature of 70 ° C. to run the belt. The belt travel was periodically stopped and whether or not a crack was generated in the compressed rubber layer was visually confirmed, and the belt travel time until the occurrence of the crack was confirmed was defined as the crack generation life.

 (試験評価結果)
 試験結果を表2に示す。なお、以下、セルロース微細繊維の含有量は、特に記載しなくても、ゴム成分100質量部に対する質量部を意味する。
(Test evaluation results)
The test results are shown in Table 2. Hereinafter, the content of the cellulose fine fiber means a part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component even if not particularly described.

 <平均繊維径・繊維径分布>
 実施例2-1~実施例2-9のそれぞれのVリブドベルトの圧縮ゴム層を形成するゴム組成物に含有されたセルロース微細繊維は、いずれも繊維径の分布が広いことが分かる。
<Average fiber diameter / fiber diameter distribution>
It can be seen that the cellulose fine fibers contained in the rubber composition forming the compressed rubber layer of each V-ribbed belt of Example 2-1 to Example 2-9 all have a wide fiber diameter distribution.

 <摩擦係数>
 比較例2の摩擦係数が0.6であったのに対し、実施例2-1~実施例2-9の摩擦係数は0.6~1.1の範囲であり、比較例2と同等又は比較例2よりも幾分大きいことが分かる。しかしながら、全ての実施例2-1~実施例2-9について、乾燥時の摩擦係数と乾き際の摩擦係数との変化量(増加量)は、比較例2の場合の0.9よりも小さいことが分かる。特に、セルロース微細繊維の含有量が5質量部以上である実施例2-3~実施例2-6、及びセルロース微細繊維とナイロン短繊維との両方を含む実施例2-7~実施例2-9では、増加量が-0.05~0.05と0に近く、従って、被水後の乾き際の摩擦係数の増加が抑制されていることが分かる。セルロース微細繊維の含有量が最も少ない(1質量部)実施例2-1の場合でも、摩擦係数の変化は0.5であり、比較例2に比べれば半分近い値であることが分かる。
<Friction coefficient>
While the friction coefficient of Comparative Example 2 was 0.6, the friction coefficients of Examples 2-1 to 2-9 were in the range of 0.6 to 1.1, which was equivalent to Comparative Example 2 or It can be seen that it is somewhat larger than Comparative Example 2. However, for all of Examples 2-1 to 2-9, the amount of change (increase) between the friction coefficient at the time of drying and the friction coefficient at the time of drying is smaller than 0.9 in the case of Comparative Example 2. I understand that. In particular, Example 2-3 to Example 2-6 in which the content of cellulose fine fibers is 5 parts by mass or more, and Examples 2-7 to Example 2 including both cellulose fine fibers and nylon short fibers 9 shows that the increase amount is -0.05 to 0.05, which is close to 0, and therefore, the increase in the coefficient of friction during drying after being flooded is suppressed. Even in the case of Example 2-1 having the smallest content of cellulose fine fibers (1 part by mass), the change in the friction coefficient is 0.5, which is close to half that of Comparative Example 2.

 以上より、圧縮ゴム層を形成するゴム組成物にセルロース微細繊維を含有させることにより、被水後の摩擦係数の変化を抑制することができることが分かる。この効果は、ナイロン短繊維を含有させず、且つセルロース微細繊維のみを含有させた場合でも、また、ナイロン短繊維及びセルロース系微細繊維の両方を含有させた場合でも、どちらでも発揮されるものである。 From the above, it can be seen that the change in the coefficient of friction after water exposure can be suppressed by incorporating fine cellulose fibers into the rubber composition forming the compressed rubber layer. This effect is exhibited both in the case of not containing nylon short fibers and containing only cellulose fine fibers, or in the case of containing both nylon short fibers and cellulosic fine fibers. is there.

 <耐摩耗性>
 比較例2の質量減量が摩耗率3.2%に対し、セルロース微細繊維の含有量が1質量部である実施例2-1でも2.8%と改善しており、セルロース微細繊維の含有量が増加するほど耐摩耗性が向上することが分かる(実施例2-2~実施例2-6において、順に2.7、2.1、1.9、1.8、及び1.7)。但し、セルロース微細繊維の含有量が10質量部を越えると、それ以上に含有量を増やしても改善は小さいことが分かる(実施例2-4~実施例2-6)。
<Abrasion resistance>
The weight loss of Comparative Example 2 was improved to 2.8% even in Example 2-1 in which the content of cellulose fine fibers was 1 part by mass with respect to the wear rate of 3.2%, and the content of cellulose fine fibers was It can be seen that the wear resistance is improved as the value increases (in Examples 2-2 to 2-6, 2.7, 2.1, 1.9, 1.8, and 1.7 in order). However, it can be seen that when the content of the fine cellulose fiber exceeds 10 parts by mass, the improvement is small even if the content is further increased (Example 2-4 to Example 2-6).

 また、ナイロン短繊維が15質量部含有された比較例2の質量減量は3.2%であり、また、セルロース微細繊維の含有量が1質量部である実施例2-1では2.8%であるのに比べ、ナイロン短繊維の含有量が14質量部及びセルロース微細繊維の含有量が1質量部である実施例2-7では2.3%である。つまり、ナイロン短繊維及びセルロース微細繊維の両方を含有させることにより、耐摩耗性はより一層向上することが分かる。実施例2-7~実施例2-9では、セルロース微細繊維及びナイロン短繊維の含有量の合計は同じであるが、セルロース微細繊維の含有量の割合が増えるほど耐摩耗性が向上することが分かる。 Moreover, the mass loss of the comparative example 2 in which 15 mass parts of nylon short fibers were contained was 3.2%, and in Example 2-1 in which the content of the cellulose fine fibers was 1 mass part, it was 2.8%. In Example 2-7 in which the content of short nylon fibers is 14 parts by mass and the content of fine cellulose fibers is 1 part by mass, the content is 2.3%. That is, it can be seen that the wear resistance is further improved by including both nylon short fibers and cellulose fine fibers. In Examples 2-7 to 2-9, the total content of cellulose fine fibers and short nylon fibers is the same, but the wear resistance improves as the proportion of the content of cellulose fine fibers increases. I understand.

 <耐屈曲疲労性>
 ナイロン短繊維の含有量が15質量部である比較例2では、クラック発生寿命が520時間であったのに対し、セルロース微細繊維の含有量が1質量部である実施例2-1では、クラック発生寿命が1205時間であり、2倍以上に改善されているのが分かる。セルロース微細繊維の含有量を3質量部に増やすことで更にクラック発生寿命は改善されるが(実施例2-2)、それ以上増やすとむしろクラック発生寿命は短くなることが分かる(実施例2-3~実施例2-6)。但し、セルロース微細繊維の含有量が25質量部である実施例2-6でもクラック発生寿命は900時間であり、比較例2に比べれば大幅に改善している。
<Bending fatigue resistance>
In Comparative Example 2 in which the content of short nylon fibers was 15 parts by mass, the crack generation life was 520 hours, whereas in Example 2-1 in which the content of cellulose fine fibers was 1 part by mass, cracks were observed. It can be seen that the generation life is 1205 hours, which is improved more than twice. It can be seen that the crack generation life is further improved by increasing the content of the cellulose fine fiber to 3 parts by mass (Example 2-2), but if it is further increased, the crack generation life is rather shortened (Example 2- 3 to Example 2-6). However, even in Example 2-6 in which the content of fine cellulose fibers is 25 parts by mass, the crack generation life is 900 hours, which is significantly improved as compared with Comparative Example 2.

 セルロース微細繊維及びナイロン短繊維を併用する場合でも、比較例2よりも耐屈曲疲労性は向上することが分かる。また、セルロース微細繊維の含有量の割合が増える程耐屈曲疲労性が向上することが分かる(実施例2-7~実施例2-9)。 It can be seen that even when the cellulose fine fiber and the short nylon fiber are used in combination, the bending fatigue resistance is improved as compared with Comparative Example 2. It can also be seen that the bending fatigue resistance improves as the proportion of the content of cellulose fine fibers increases (Examples 2-7 to 2-9).

 以上のように、圧縮ゴム層を形成するゴム組成物にセルロース微細繊維を含有させることにより、摩擦係数の安定性(被水による変化の抑制)、耐摩耗性、耐屈曲疲労性等が改善したVリブドベルトを作製することができる。 As described above, by incorporating cellulose fine fibers into the rubber composition forming the compressed rubber layer, the friction coefficient stability (suppression of changes due to moisture), wear resistance, flex fatigue resistance, etc. have been improved. A V-ribbed belt can be produced.

 [実施形態3]
 (平ベルトC)
 図12は、実施形態3の平ベルトCを模式的に示す。実施形態3に係る平ベルトCは、例えば、送風機やコンプレッサーや発電機などの駆動伝達用途、自動車の補機駆動用途等の比較的高負荷条件下での使用において長寿命が要求される用途で用いられる動力伝達部材である。平ベルトCは、例えば、ベルト長さが600~3000mm、ベルト幅が10~20mm、及びベルト厚さが2~3.5mmである。
[Embodiment 3]
(Flat Belt C)
FIG. 12 schematically shows the flat belt C of the third embodiment. The flat belt C according to the third embodiment is used in applications that require a long life in use under relatively high load conditions such as a drive transmission application such as a blower, a compressor, and a generator, and an auxiliary machine drive application of an automobile. It is the power transmission member used. The flat belt C has, for example, a belt length of 600 to 3000 mm, a belt width of 10 to 20 mm, and a belt thickness of 2 to 3.5 mm.

 実施形態3に係る平ベルトCは、ベルト内周側の内側ゴム層121とそのベルト外周側の接着ゴム層122と更にそのベルト外周側の外側ゴム層123とが積層されるように設けられて一体化した平ベルト本体120を備えている。接着ゴム層122には、そのベルト厚さ方向の中間部に、ベルト幅方向にピッチを有する螺旋を形成するように心線124が埋設されている。 The flat belt C according to the third embodiment is provided such that an inner rubber layer 121 on the inner peripheral side of the belt, an adhesive rubber layer 122 on the outer peripheral side of the belt, and an outer rubber layer 123 on the outer peripheral side of the belt are laminated. An integrated flat belt body 120 is provided. A core wire 124 is embedded in the adhesive rubber layer 122 so as to form a spiral having a pitch in the belt width direction at an intermediate portion in the belt thickness direction.

 内側ゴム層121、接着ゴム層122、及び外側ゴム層123は、それぞれ断面横長矩形の帯状に形成されており、ゴム成分に種々の配合剤が配合されて混練された未架橋ゴム組成物が加熱及び加圧されることにより架橋剤により架橋されたゴム組成物で形成されている。内側ゴム層121の厚さは、好ましくは0.3mm以上、より好ましくは0.5mm以上であり、また、好ましくは3.0mm以下、より好ましくは2.5mm以下である。接着ゴム層122の厚さは例えば0.6~1.5mmである。外側ゴム層123の厚さは例えば0.6~1.5mmである。 The inner rubber layer 121, the adhesive rubber layer 122, and the outer rubber layer 123 are each formed in a band shape having a horizontally long cross section, and an uncrosslinked rubber composition in which various compounding agents are blended and kneaded with a rubber component is heated. And it is formed with the rubber composition bridge | crosslinked by the crosslinking agent by being pressurized. The thickness of the inner rubber layer 121 is preferably 0.3 mm or more, more preferably 0.5 mm or more, and preferably 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 2.5 mm or less. The thickness of the adhesive rubber layer 122 is, for example, 0.6 to 1.5 mm. The thickness of the outer rubber layer 123 is, for example, 0.6 to 1.5 mm.

 内側ゴム層121、接着ゴム層122、及び外側ゴム層123を形成するゴム組成物のうち少なくとも1つは、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有する。内側ゴム層121、接着ゴム層122、及び外側ゴム層123を形成する全てのゴム組成物がかかるセルロース系微細繊維を含有することが好ましいが、少なくとも内側ゴム層121を形成するゴム組成物がかかるセルロース系微細繊維を含有することがより好ましい。 At least one of the rubber compositions forming the inner rubber layer 121, the adhesive rubber layer 122, and the outer rubber layer 123 contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm. It is preferable that all the rubber compositions forming the inner rubber layer 121, the adhesive rubber layer 122, and the outer rubber layer 123 contain such cellulosic fine fibers, but at least the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer 121 is applied. It is more preferable to contain a cellulosic fine fiber.

 内側ゴム層121、接着ゴム層122、及び外側ゴム層123を形成するゴム組成物は、実施形態2の圧縮ゴム層111、接着ゴム層112、及び背面ゴム層113を形成するゴム組成物と同一の構成を有する。セルロース系微細繊維も実施形態2のものと同一の構成を有する。 The rubber composition that forms the inner rubber layer 121, the adhesive rubber layer 122, and the outer rubber layer 123 is the same as the rubber composition that forms the compression rubber layer 111, the adhesive rubber layer 112, and the back rubber layer 113 of the second embodiment. It has the composition of. Cellulose fine fibers also have the same configuration as that of the second embodiment.

 内側ゴム層121、接着ゴム層122、及び外側ゴム層123を形成するゴム組成物には、短繊維126が含有されていてもよい。特に内側ゴム層121を形成するゴム組成物には短繊維126が含有されていることが好ましい。その場合、短繊維126は、内側ゴム層121にベルト幅方向に配向するように含有されていることが好ましい。短繊維126は、実施形態2のものと同一の構成を有する。 The rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer 121, the adhesive rubber layer 122, and the outer rubber layer 123 may contain short fibers 126. In particular, the short rubber 126 is preferably contained in the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer 121. In that case, the short fibers 126 are preferably contained in the inner rubber layer 121 so as to be oriented in the belt width direction. The short fiber 126 has the same configuration as that of the second embodiment.

 また、心線124は、実施形態2のものと同一の構成を有する。 Further, the core wire 124 has the same configuration as that of the second embodiment.

 実施形態3に係る平ベルトCによれば、このように平ベルト本体120を構成する内側ゴム層121、接着ゴム層122、及び外側ゴム層123を形成するゴム組成物のうち少なくとも1つが、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有することにより、優れた耐屈曲疲労性を得ることができる。また、特に接触部分を構成する内側ゴム層121を形成するゴム組成物がかかるセルロース系微細繊維を含有する場合には、高い耐摩耗性と共に、安定な摩擦係数を得ることができる。 According to the flat belt C according to the third embodiment, at least one of the rubber compositions forming the inner rubber layer 121, the adhesive rubber layer 122, and the outer rubber layer 123 that constitutes the flat belt main body 120 in this way is a fiber. By containing a cellulosic fine fiber having a diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm, excellent bending fatigue resistance can be obtained. In particular, when the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer 121 constituting the contact portion contains such cellulosic fine fibers, a high friction resistance and a stable friction coefficient can be obtained.

 (平ベルトCの製造方法)
 実施形態3に係る平ベルトCの製造方法について、図13、図14及び図15に基づいて説明する。
(Manufacturing method of flat belt C)
A method for manufacturing the flat belt C according to the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 13, 14, and 15.

 実施形態3に係る平ベルトCの製造方法は、材料準備工程、成形工程、架橋工程、及び仕上げ工程を有する。 The manufacturing method of the flat belt C according to Embodiment 3 includes a material preparation process, a molding process, a crosslinking process, and a finishing process.

 <材料準備工程>
 内側ゴム層用、接着ゴム層用、及び外側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート121’,122’,123’のうち、セルロース系微細繊維を含有させるものを、実施形態2と同様にして作製する。なお、セルロース系微細繊維を含有させないものの作製は、ゴム成分に各種のゴム配合剤を配合し、ニーダー、バンバリーミキサー等の混練機で混練し、得られた未架橋ゴム組成物をカレンダー成形等によってシート状に成形することにより行う。
<Material preparation process>
Among the uncrosslinked rubber sheets 121 ′, 122 ′, and 123 ′ for the inner rubber layer, the adhesive rubber layer, and the outer rubber layer, those containing cellulosic fine fibers are produced in the same manner as in the second embodiment. . In addition, the preparation of those not containing cellulosic fine fibers is carried out by blending various rubber compounding agents with the rubber component, kneading with a kneader such as a kneader or a Banbury mixer, and the resulting uncrosslinked rubber composition by calendar molding or the like. This is done by forming into a sheet.

 また、心線124’に対して実施形態2と同様にして接着処理を施す。 Further, the bonding process is performed on the core wire 124 ′ in the same manner as in the second embodiment.

 <成形工程>
 図13(a)に示すように、円筒金型145の外周に内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート121’を巻き付けた後、その上に接着ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート122’を巻き付ける。
<Molding process>
As shown in FIG. 13A, after the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 121 ′ for the inner rubber layer is wound around the outer periphery of the cylindrical mold 145, the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 122 ′ for the adhesive rubber layer is wound thereon.

 次いで、図13(b)に示すように、接着ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート122’の上に心線124’を螺旋状に巻きつけた後、その上に再び接着ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート122’を巻き付ける。 Next, as shown in FIG. 13 (b), a core wire 124 'is spirally wound on the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 122' for the adhesive rubber layer, and then again uncrosslinked for the adhesive rubber layer. A rubber sheet 122 'is wound.

 次いで、図13(c)に示すように、接着ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート122’の上に外側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート123’を巻き付ける。これにより円筒金型145上に積層成形体C’が形成される。 Next, as shown in FIG. 13C, the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 123 'for the outer rubber layer is wound around the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 122' for the adhesive rubber layer. As a result, a laminated molded body C ′ is formed on the cylindrical mold 145.

 <架橋工程>
 続いて、図14に示すように、円筒金型145上の積層成形体C’にゴムスリーブ146を被せた後、それを加硫缶にセットして密閉し、高熱の水蒸気などにより円筒金型145を加熱すると共に、高圧をかけてゴムスリーブ146を円筒金型145側の半径方向に押圧する。このとき、積層成形体C’の未架橋ゴム組成物が流動すると共にゴム成分の架橋反応が進行し、加えて、心線124’の接着反応も進行し、これにより図15に示すように円筒金型145上に筒状のベルトスラブSが形成される。
<Crosslinking process>
Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 14, after the laminated molded body C ′ on the cylindrical mold 145 is covered with a rubber sleeve 146, it is set in a vulcanizing can and hermetically sealed, and the cylindrical mold is heated with high-temperature steam or the like. While heating 145, high pressure is applied and the rubber sleeve 146 is pressed in the radial direction on the cylindrical mold 145 side. At this time, the uncrosslinked rubber composition of the laminated molded body C ′ flows, and the crosslinking reaction of the rubber component proceeds. In addition, the adhesion reaction of the core wire 124 ′ also proceeds, and as shown in FIG. A cylindrical belt slab S is formed on the mold 145.

 <研磨・仕上げ工程>
 研磨・仕上げ工程では、加硫缶から円筒金型145を取り出し、円筒金型145上に形成された円筒状のベルトスラブSを脱型した後、その外周面及び/又は内周面を研磨して厚さを均一化させる。
<Polishing and finishing process>
In the polishing and finishing process, the cylindrical mold 145 is taken out from the vulcanizing can, the cylindrical belt slab S formed on the cylindrical mold 145 is removed, and then the outer peripheral surface and / or the inner peripheral surface is polished. To make the thickness uniform.

 最後に、ベルトスラブSを所定幅に幅切りすることにより平ベルトCが作製される。 Finally, a flat belt C is produced by cutting the belt slab S into a predetermined width.

 [その他の実施形態]
 実施形態2ではVリブドベルトB及び実施形態3では平ベルトCをそれぞれ示したが、特にこれらに限定されるものではなく、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有するゴム組成物でベルト本体の少なくとも一部が形成されていれば、ローエッジVベルトやラップドVベルト等の他の摩擦伝動ベルト、或いは、噛み合い伝動ベルトの歯付ベルトであってもよい。
[Other Embodiments]
In the second embodiment, the V-ribbed belt B and the flat belt C are shown in the third embodiment. However, the present invention is not particularly limited thereto, and the rubber containing cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm. As long as at least a part of the belt body is formed of the composition, it may be another friction transmission belt such as a low edge V belt or a wrapped V belt, or a toothed belt of a meshing transmission belt.

 [平ベルト]
 以下の実施例3-1~実施例3-6及び比較例3-1~比較例3-2の平ベルトを作製した。それぞれの詳細については表3にも示す。
[Flat belt]
The flat belts of Examples 3-1 to 3-6 and Comparative Examples 3-1 to 3-2 below were produced. Details of each are also shown in Table 3.

 <実施例3-1>
 実施例2-1と同様にしてセルロース微細繊維/EPDMのマスターバッチを作製した。
<Example 3-1>
A master batch of fine cellulose fibers / EPDM was produced in the same manner as in Example 2-1.

 続いて、EPDMを素練りすると共に、そこにマスターバッチを投入して混練した。マスターバッチの投入量は、トータルのEPDMを100質量部としたときのセルロース微細繊維の含有量が1質量部となる量とした。 Subsequently, EPDM was masticated, and a master batch was added thereto for kneading. The input amount of the master batch was such that the cellulose fine fiber content was 1 part by mass when the total EPDM was 100 parts by mass.

 そして、EPDMとセルロース微細繊維とを混練すると共に、そこに、EPDM100質量部に対し、HAFカーボンブラック(三菱化学社製 商品名:ダイヤブラックH)を40質量部、プロセスオイル(サン石油社製 商品名:サンパー2280)を5質量部、加工助剤としてのステアリン酸(新日本理化社製 商品名:ステアリン酸50S)を0.5質量部、加硫促進助剤としての酸化亜鉛(堺化学社製 商品名:酸化亜鉛3種)を5質量部、ベンズイミダゾール系老化防止剤(大内新興化学工業社製 商品名:ノクラックMB)を2質量部、及び架橋剤としての有機過酸化物(日油社製 商品名:ペロキシモンF-40 純度40質量%)を6質量部それぞれ投入して混練を継続することにより未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。 And while kneading EPDM and cellulose fine fiber, with respect to 100 parts by mass of EPDM, 40 parts by mass of HAF carbon black (trade name: Diamond Black H) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd., process oil (product manufactured by Sun Oil Co., Ltd.) Name: Thumper 2280) 5 parts by mass, stearic acid as a processing aid (manufactured by Shin Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: stearic acid 50S) 0.5 parts by mass, zinc oxide as a vulcanization accelerator (Sakai Chemical Co., Ltd.) Product name: Zinc oxide (3 types) 5 parts by mass, benzimidazole anti-aging agent (Ouchi Shinsei Chemical Co., Ltd., product name: NOCRACK MB) 2 parts by mass, and organic peroxide (JP An uncrosslinked rubber composition was prepared by adding 6 parts by mass of each product (trade name: Peroximon F-40, purity 40% by mass) manufactured by Oil Co. and continuing kneading.

 この未架橋ゴム組成物を用い、列理方向がベルト幅方向となるように内側ゴム層を形成した実施形態3と同様の構成の実施例3-1の平ベルトを作製した。 Using this uncrosslinked rubber composition, a flat belt of Example 3-1 having the same configuration as that of Embodiment 3 in which the inner rubber layer was formed so that the line direction was the belt width direction was produced.

 実施例3-1のVリブドベルトは、ベルト長さが1118mm、ベルト幅が10mm、及びベルト厚さが2.8mmとした。なお、接着ゴム層及び外側ゴム層は、セルロース微細繊維及び短繊維を含有しないゴム組成物で形成し、心線は、接着処理を施したポリエステル繊維製の撚り糸で形成した。 The V-ribbed belt of Example 3-1 had a belt length of 1118 mm, a belt width of 10 mm, and a belt thickness of 2.8 mm. The adhesive rubber layer and the outer rubber layer were formed of a rubber composition not containing fine cellulose fibers and short fibers, and the core wire was formed of a twisted yarn made of polyester fiber subjected to an adhesion treatment.

 <実施例3-2>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がゴム成分100質量部に対して3質量部となるようにしたことを除いて実施例3-1と同様にして実施例3-2の平ベルトを作製した。
<Example 3-2>
A flat belt of Example 3-2 was produced in the same manner as Example 3-1, except that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 <実施例3-3>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がゴム成分100質量部に対して5質量部となるようにしたことを除いて実施例3-1と同様にして実施例3-3の平ベルトを作製した。
<Example 3-3>
A flat belt of Example 3-3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 3-1, except that the content of cellulose fine fiber was 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 <実施例3-4>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がゴム成分100質量部に対して10質量部となるようにしたことを除いて実施例3-1と同様にして実施例3-4の平ベルトを作製した。
<Example 3-4>
A flat belt of Example 3-4 was produced in the same manner as in Example 3-1, except that the content of the fine cellulose fiber was 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 <実施例3-5>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がゴム成分100質量部に対して15質量部となるようにしたことを除いて実施例3-1と同様にして実施例3-5の平ベルトを作製した。
<Example 3-5>
A flat belt of Example 3-5 was produced in the same manner as in Example 3-1, except that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 <実施例3-6>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がゴム成分100質量部に対して25質量部となるようにしたことを除いて実施例3-1と同様にして実施例3-6の平ベルトを作製した。
<Example 3-6>
A flat belt of Example 3-6 was produced in the same manner as in Example 3-1, except that the content of the fine cellulose fiber was 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 <比較例3-1>
 内側ゴム層を形成するゴム組成物にセルロース微細繊維を含有させていないことを除いて実施例3-1と同様にして比較例2-1の平ベルトを作製した。
<Comparative Example 3-1>
A flat belt of Comparative Example 2-1 was produced in the same manner as in Example 3-1, except that cellulose fine fibers were not contained in the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer.

 <比較例3-2>
 内側ゴム層を形成するゴム組成物にセルロース微細繊維を含有させず、且つナイロン短繊維をゴム成分100質量部に対して5質量部含有させたことを除いて実施例3-1と同様にして比較例2-2の平ベルトを作製した。
<Comparative Example 3-2>
Except that the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer does not contain fine cellulose fibers and 5 parts by mass of nylon short fibers with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, the same as in Example 3-1. A flat belt of Comparative Example 2-2 was produced.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003

 (試験評価方法)
 <平均繊維径・繊維径分布>
 実施例3-1~実施例3-6のそれぞれの平ベルトの内側ゴム層を形成するゴム組成物について試料を採取し、実施例2と同様の方法により、セルロース微細繊維の平均繊維径、並びに繊維径の最大値及び最小値を求めた。
(Test evaluation method)
<Average fiber diameter / fiber diameter distribution>
Samples were collected from the rubber compositions forming the inner rubber layers of the flat belts of Examples 3-1 to 3-6, and the average fiber diameter of the cellulose fine fibers was measured in the same manner as in Example 2. The maximum value and the minimum value of the fiber diameter were determined.

 <摩擦・摩耗特性評価ベルト走行試験>
 図19は、摩擦・摩耗特性評価用ベルト走行試験機170のプーリレイアウトを示す。
<Friction and wear characteristics evaluation belt running test>
FIG. 19 shows a pulley layout of a belt running test machine 170 for evaluating friction / wear characteristics.

 摩擦・摩耗特性評価用ベルト走行試験機170は、プーリ径φ120mmの駆動平プーリ171と、その上方に設けられたプーリ径120mmの第1従動平プーリ172と、それらの上下方向の中間位置における右方に設けられたプーリ径φ50mmの第2従動平プーリ173とを備えている。第2従動平プーリ173は、軸荷重(デッドウェイトDW)を負荷して平ベルトCに張力を付与できるように左右に可動に設けられている。 The belt running test machine 170 for evaluating friction / wear characteristics includes a driving flat pulley 171 having a pulley diameter of 120 mm, a first driven flat pulley 172 having a pulley diameter of 120 mm provided above the right driving pulley 171 and a right at an intermediate position between them. And a second driven flat pulley 173 having a pulley diameter of φ50 mm provided on the side. The second driven flat pulley 173 is movably provided to the left and right so as to apply an axial load (dead weight DW) and apply tension to the flat belt C.

 実施例3-1~実施例3-6及び比較例3-1~比較例3-2のそれぞれの平ベルトCについて、摩擦・摩耗特性評価用ベルト走行試験機170の駆動平プーリ171、第1及び第2従動平プーリ72,73間に巻き掛け、第2従動平プーリ173に対して右側方に98Nの軸荷重を負荷して平ベルトCに張力を与えると共に、第1従動平プーリ172に8.8kWの回転負荷をかけ、120℃の雰囲気温度下において駆動平プーリ171を4800rpmの回転数で回転させてベルト走行させた。そして、走行開始から24時間後にベルト走行を停止し、ベルト走行後の内側ゴム層の表面の摩擦係数を、図16に示す摩擦係数測定装置140を用いて実施例2と同様の方法で求めた。なお、試験プーリ141として、プーリ径φ65mmの平プーリを用いた。 For each flat belt C of Example 3-1 to Example 3-6 and Comparative Example 3-1 to Comparative Example 3-2, the driving flat pulley 171 of the belt running test machine 170 for evaluating friction and wear characteristics, the first The second driven flat pulleys 72 and 73 are wound around, and a 98 N axial load is applied to the right side of the second driven flat pulley 173 to apply tension to the flat belt C. The belt was run by applying a rotational load of 8.8 kW and rotating the drive pulley 171 at a rotational speed of 4800 rpm under an ambient temperature of 120 ° C. Then, the belt running was stopped 24 hours after the running started, and the friction coefficient of the surface of the inner rubber layer after the belt running was obtained by the same method as in Example 2 using the friction coefficient measuring device 140 shown in FIG. . As the test pulley 141, a flat pulley having a pulley diameter of φ65 mm was used.

 また、ベルト走行時間を500時間として同様の試験を実施すると共に、ベルト走行時間を24時間とした場合との摩擦係数の変化量を算出した。 In addition, the same test was performed with the belt running time set to 500 hours, and the amount of change in the friction coefficient was calculated when the belt running time was set to 24 hours.

 更に、24時間のベルト走行後における駆動平プーリ171、第1及び第2従動平プーリ72,73の走行面を目視観察して表面状態を官能評価し、ゴムの付着量及び質感から程度の状態の粘着摩耗発生指数を以下のように数値判定した。 Further, the running surface of the driving flat pulley 171 and the first and second driven flat pulleys 72 and 73 after the belt running for 24 hours is visually observed to perform a sensory evaluation of the surface state, and the state from the amount of rubber adhesion and texture The sticking wear occurrence index was numerically determined as follows.

 粘着質の消しゴムのカス状のものが付着している場合:100
 粉状の付着物がある場合:50、
 付着物が無い場合:0
 ここで、まとまり難いゴムは粉状になり、ベルト表面から脱落する傾向にある。耐摩耗性が良好であっても、摩耗粉の状態が悪いと摩耗粉が異物となり、製品価値は低く評価される。
When sticky eraser residue is attached: 100
When there is a powdery deposit: 50,
When there is no deposit: 0
Here, the rubber that is difficult to collect becomes powdery and tends to fall off the belt surface. Even if the wear resistance is good, if the state of the wear powder is poor, the wear powder becomes a foreign substance, and the product value is evaluated low.

 <耐摩耗性評価ベルト走行試験>
 図20は、耐摩耗性評価用ベルト走行試験機180のプーリレイアウトを示す。
<Abrasion resistance evaluation belt running test>
FIG. 20 shows a pulley layout of the belt running test machine 180 for evaluating wear resistance.

 耐摩耗性評価用ベルト走行試験機180は、プーリ径φ100mmの駆動平プーリ181とその左側方に設けられたプーリ径100mmの従動平プーリ182とを備えている。駆動平プーリ181は、軸荷重(デッドウェイトDW)を負荷して平ベルトCに張力を付与できるように左右に可動に設けられている。 The belt running test machine 180 for wear resistance evaluation includes a driving flat pulley 181 having a pulley diameter of φ100 mm and a driven flat pulley 182 having a pulley diameter of 100 mm provided on the left side thereof. The driving flat pulley 181 is provided so as to be movable left and right so as to apply an axial load (dead weight DW) and apply tension to the flat belt C.

 実施例3-1~実施例3-6及び比較例3-1~比較例3-2のそれぞれの平ベルトCについて、ベルト質量を測定した後、耐摩耗性評価用ベルト走行試験機180の駆動平プーリ181及び従動平プーリ182間に巻き掛け、駆動平プーリ181に対して右側方に300Nの軸荷重を負荷して平ベルトCに張力を与えると共に、従動平プーリ182に12N・mの回転トルクを負荷し、100℃の雰囲気温度下において駆動平プーリ181を2000rpmの回転数で回転させてベルト走行させた。そして、走行開始から24時間後にベルト走行を停止し、平ベルトCのベルト質量を測定すると共に、質量減量を求め、比較例3-1の質量減量を100として相対値を算出した。 For each flat belt C of Example 3-1 to Example 3-6 and Comparative Example 3-1 to Comparative Example 3-2, the belt mass was measured, and then the belt running tester 180 for wear resistance evaluation was driven. Wrapped between the flat pulley 181 and the driven flat pulley 182 to apply a shaft load of 300 N to the right side of the driving flat pulley 181 to apply tension to the flat belt C, and rotate the driven flat pulley 182 by 12 N · m. Torque was applied, and the drive flat pulley 181 was rotated at a rotational speed of 2000 rpm under the atmospheric temperature of 100 ° C. to run the belt. Then, the belt running was stopped 24 hours after the start of running, the belt mass of the flat belt C was measured, the weight loss was determined, and the relative value was calculated with the weight loss of Comparative Example 3-1 being 100.

 (試験評価結果)
 試験結果を表3に示す。なお、以下、セルロース微細繊維の含有量は、特に記載しなくても、ゴム成分100質量部に対する質量部を意味する。
(Test evaluation results)
The test results are shown in Table 3. Hereinafter, the content of the cellulose fine fiber means a part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component even if not particularly described.

 <平均繊維径・繊維径分布>
 実施例3-1~実施例3-6のそれぞれの平ベルトの内側ゴム層を形成するゴム組成物に含有されたセルロース微細繊維は、いずれも繊維径の分布が広いことが分かる。
<Average fiber diameter / fiber diameter distribution>
It can be seen that the cellulose fine fibers contained in the rubber composition forming the inner rubber layer of each flat belt in Examples 3-1 to 3-6 have a wide fiber diameter distribution.

 <摩擦・摩耗特性>
 ―摩擦係数―
 比較例3-1の24時間ベルト走行後の摩擦係数は0.85であったのに対し、実施例3-1及び実施例3-2でも同じ0.85であり、ゴム成分100質量部に対するセルロース微細繊維の含有量が1乃至3質量部程度では、摩擦係数に変化が認められない。セルロース微細繊維の含有量を更に増やす(実施例3-3~実施例3-6)と幾分低下し、25質量部(実施例3-6)では0.6となっているのが分かる。
<Friction and wear characteristics>
-Coefficient of friction-
The friction coefficient after running the belt for 24 hours in Comparative Example 3-1 was 0.85, but also in Example 3-1 and Example 3-2, it was the same 0.85, relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. When the cellulose fine fiber content is about 1 to 3 parts by mass, no change is observed in the friction coefficient. It can be seen that when the content of the cellulose fine fiber is further increased (Examples 3-3 to 3-6), the content decreases somewhat, and at 25 parts by mass (Examples 3-6), it is 0.6.

 尚、ナイロン短繊維を5質量部配合している比較例3-2の場合、摩擦係数が0.75となっており、セルロース微細繊維の含有量が10質量部である実施例3-4の場合と同じである。 In the case of Comparative Example 3-2 in which 5 parts by mass of nylon short fibers are blended, the coefficient of friction is 0.75, and the content of cellulose fine fibers is 10 parts by mass. Same as the case.

 500時間ベルト走行後の摩擦係数は、24時間ベルト走行後の摩擦係数と比較すると、比較例3-1及び比較例3-2において順に0.35及び0.25と低下しているのに対し、実施例3-1~実施例3-6では最大でも0.15の低下(実施例3-1及び2-2)である。セルロース微細繊維の含有量が多くなると低下は更に小さくなり、10質量部以上含有されていると(実施例3-4~実施例3-6)、24時間ベルト走行後及び500時間ベルト走行後の摩擦係数は同じ値になっているのが分かる。 The friction coefficient after running the belt for 500 hours, compared with the friction coefficient after running the belt for 24 hours, decreases to 0.35 and 0.25 in order in Comparative Example 3-1 and Comparative Example 3-2. In Examples 3-1 to 3-6, the decrease is 0.15 at the maximum (Examples 3-1 and 2-2). When the content of the cellulose fine fiber is increased, the decrease is further reduced. When the content is 10 parts by mass or more (Examples 3-4 to 3-6), after running the belt for 24 hours and after running the belt for 500 hours. It can be seen that the coefficient of friction is the same value.

 以上のことから、セルロース微細繊維を含有するゴム組成物により内側ゴム層を形成することにより、摩擦係数の経時変化が小さい平ベルトを得ることができることが分かる。 From the above, it can be seen that a flat belt having a small change in friction coefficient with time can be obtained by forming the inner rubber layer from a rubber composition containing fine cellulose fibers.

 ―粘着摩耗発生指数―
 比較例3-1及び比較例3-2の粘着摩耗発生指数は100及び90という評価であるのに対し、セルロース微細繊維を含有するゴム組成物を用いた場合、その含有量が最も少ない(1質量部)実施例3-1でも粘着摩耗発生指数が45であり、顕著に改善していることが分かる。含有量を増やすことで更に粘着摩耗発生指数は改善し、セルロース微細繊維を25質量部含有した実施例3-6では、評価は10(ベルト表面の付着物は少なく、且つ、粘着性の低い粉体状のものが多い)となっているのが分かる。
-Adhesive wear index-
The adhesive wear occurrence index of Comparative Example 3-1 and Comparative Example 3-2 was evaluated as 100 and 90, whereas when the rubber composition containing cellulose fine fibers was used, the content was the smallest (1 (Mass part) In Example 3-1, the adhesive wear occurrence index is 45, which shows a marked improvement. By increasing the content, the adhesive wear occurrence index was further improved. In Example 3-6 containing 25 parts by mass of cellulose fine fibers, the evaluation was 10 (powder with less adhesion on the belt surface and low adhesive powder) It can be seen that there are many body-shaped ones).

 ナイロン短繊維を含有する比較例3-2の場合、比較例3-1に比べれば改善が見られるが、顕著なものではない。 In the case of Comparative Example 3-2 containing nylon short fibers, an improvement is seen as compared with Comparative Example 3-1, but this is not remarkable.

 以上のことから、セルロース微細繊維を含有するゴム組成物により内側ゴム層を形成することにより、平ベルトの粘着摩耗発生指数が改善されることが分かる。 From the above, it can be seen that the adhesive wear occurrence index of the flat belt is improved by forming the inner rubber layer with the rubber composition containing cellulose fine fibers.

 <耐摩耗性>
 比較例3-1及び比較例3-2の耐摩耗性の評価は100であるのに対し、セルロース微細繊維の含有量が1質量部である実施例3-1でも65と改善しており、含有量を更に増やすことで評価は更に改善していることが分かる。但し、セルロース微細繊維の含有量が3~25質量部の範囲(実施例3-2~実施例3-6)において評価は50又は45であり、セルロース微細繊維の含有量を増加させても耐摩耗性の改善は飽和する傾向が見られる。
<Abrasion resistance>
The evaluation of abrasion resistance of Comparative Example 3-1 and Comparative Example 3-2 is 100, whereas Example 3-1 in which the content of cellulose fine fibers is 1 part by mass is improved to 65, It can be seen that the evaluation is further improved by further increasing the content. However, the evaluation is 50 or 45 when the content of cellulose fine fibers is in the range of 3 to 25 parts by mass (Example 3-2 to Example 3-6), and even if the content of cellulose fine fibers is increased, The improvement in wear tends to saturate.

 [実施形態4]
 [VリブドベルトB]
 図21及び図22は、実施形態4に係るVリブドベルトB(伝動ベルト)を示す。実施形態4に係るVリブドベルトBは、例えば、自動車のエンジンルーム内に設けられる補機駆動ベルト伝動装置等に用いられるエンドレスの動力伝達部材である。実施形態4に係るVリブドベルトBは、例えば、ベルト長さが700~3000mm、ベルト幅が10~36mm、及びベルト厚さが4.0~5.0mmである。
[Embodiment 4]
[V-ribbed belt B]
21 and 22 show a V-ribbed belt B (power transmission belt) according to the fourth embodiment. The V-ribbed belt B according to the fourth embodiment is an endless power transmission member used in, for example, an accessory drive belt transmission device provided in an engine room of an automobile. The V-ribbed belt B according to Embodiment 4 has, for example, a belt length of 700 to 3000 mm, a belt width of 10 to 36 mm, and a belt thickness of 4.0 to 5.0 mm.

 実施形態4に係るVリブドベルトBは、ベルト内周側の圧縮ゴム層211と中間の接着ゴム層212とベルト外周側の背面ゴム層213との三層構造に構成されたゴム製のVリブドベルト本体210を備えている。Vリブドベルト本体210における接着ゴム層212の厚さ方向の中間部には、ベルト幅方向にピッチを有する螺旋を形成するように心線214が埋設されている。なお、背面ゴム層213の代わりに背面補強布が設けられ、Vリブドベルト本体210が圧縮ゴム層211及び接着ゴム層212の二重層に構成されていてもよい。 The V-ribbed belt B according to the fourth embodiment is a rubber V-ribbed belt main body configured in a three-layer structure including a compression rubber layer 211 on the belt inner circumferential side, an intermediate adhesive rubber layer 212, and a back rubber layer 213 on the belt outer circumferential side. 210 is provided. A core wire 214 is embedded in an intermediate portion in the thickness direction of the adhesive rubber layer 212 in the V-ribbed belt main body 210 so as to form a spiral having a pitch in the belt width direction. Note that a back reinforcing cloth may be provided instead of the back rubber layer 213, and the V-ribbed belt main body 210 may be configured as a double layer of the compression rubber layer 211 and the adhesive rubber layer 212.

 圧縮ゴム層211は、複数のVリブ215がベルト内周側に垂下するように設けられている。複数のVリブ215は、各々がベルト長さ方向に延びる断面略逆三角形の突条に形成されていると共に、ベルト幅方向に並列するように設けられている。各Vリブ215は、例えば、リブ高さが2.0~3.0mm、基端間の幅が1.0~3.6mmである。Vリブ215の数は例えば3~6個である(図21では6個)。 The compression rubber layer 211 is provided such that a plurality of V ribs 215 hang down to the inner peripheral side of the belt. The plurality of V ribs 215 are each formed in a ridge having a substantially inverted triangular cross section extending in the belt length direction, and provided in parallel in the belt width direction. For example, each V rib 215 has a rib height of 2.0 to 3.0 mm and a width between base ends of 1.0 to 3.6 mm. The number of V ribs 215 is, for example, 3 to 6 (6 in FIG. 21).

 圧縮ゴム層211は、プーリ接触表面全体に沿うように層状に設けられたプーリ接触部分を構成する表面ゴム層211aと、その表面ゴム層211aよりもベルト内部側に設けられた内部ゴム層211bとを有する。表面ゴム層211aの厚さは例えば50~500μmである。 The compression rubber layer 211 includes a surface rubber layer 211a constituting a pulley contact portion provided in a layer shape along the entire pulley contact surface, and an internal rubber layer 211b provided on the inner side of the belt with respect to the surface rubber layer 211a. Have The thickness of the surface rubber layer 211a is, for example, 50 to 500 μm.

 表面ゴム層211aは、ゴム成分に発泡剤及びセルロース系微細繊維に加えて各種のゴム配合剤が配合されて混練された未架橋ゴム組成物が加熱及び加圧されて架橋剤により架橋したゴム組成物で形成されている。また、表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物は、発泡剤の発泡により内部に多数の中空部216aが形成されていると共に、表面に露出した多数の凹孔217aが形成された多孔のゴム組成物である。ここで、本願における「微細繊維」とは、繊維径が1.0μm以下の繊維を意味する。 The surface rubber layer 211a is a rubber composition in which an uncrosslinked rubber composition obtained by mixing and kneading various rubber compounding agents in addition to a foaming agent and cellulose fine fibers in a rubber component is heated and pressurized to be crosslinked by a crosslinking agent. It is formed of things. The rubber composition for forming the surface rubber layer 211a is a porous rubber composition in which a large number of hollow portions 216a are formed inside by foaming of a foaming agent, and a large number of recessed holes 217a exposed on the surface are formed. It is a thing. Here, “fine fiber” in the present application means a fiber having a fiber diameter of 1.0 μm or less.

 表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物のゴム成分としては、例えば、エチレン・プロピレンコポリマー(EPR)、エチレン・プロピレン・ジエンターポリマー(EPDM)、エチレン・オクテンコポリマー、エチレン・ブテンコポリマーなどのエチレン-α-オレフィンエラストマー;クロロプレンゴム(CR);クロロスルホン化ポリエチレンゴム(CSM);水素添加アクリロニトリルゴム(H-NBR)、天然ゴム(NR)、スチレンブタジエンゴム(SBR)、ブタジエンゴム(BR)、ニトリルゴム(NBR)、シリコーンゴム(Q)、フッ素ゴム(FKM)等が挙げられる。表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物のゴム成分は、これらのうちの1種又は2種以上のブレンドゴムであることが好ましい。 Examples of the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a include ethylene-propylene copolymer (EPR), ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer (EPDM), ethylene-octene copolymer, ethylene-butene copolymer, and other ethylene- α-olefin elastomer; chloroprene rubber (CR); chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber (CSM); hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber (H-NBR), natural rubber (NR), styrene butadiene rubber (SBR), butadiene rubber (BR), nitrile Examples thereof include rubber (NBR), silicone rubber (Q), and fluoro rubber (FKM). The rubber component of the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a is preferably one or more of these blend rubbers.

 発泡剤としては、例えば、アゾジカルボンアミドを主成分とするADCA系発泡剤、ジニトロソペンタメチレンテトラミンを主成分とするDPT系発泡剤、p,p’-オキシビスベンゼンスルホニルヒドラジドを主成分とするOBSH系発泡剤、ヒドラゾジカルボンアミドを主成分とするHDCA系発泡剤などの有機系発泡剤等の熱分解型のものが挙げられる。発泡剤は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。なお、市販の熱分解型の発泡剤としては、例えば、三協化成社製の商品名:セルマイクシリーズ等が挙げられる。 As the foaming agent, for example, an ADCA foaming agent containing azodicarbonamide as a main component, a DPT foaming agent containing dinitrosopentamethylenetetramine as a main component, and p, p′-oxybisbenzenesulfonylhydrazide as a main component. Examples of the thermal decomposition type include organic foaming agents such as OBSH foaming agents and HDCA foaming agents mainly composed of hydrazodicarbonamide. It is preferable that a foaming agent is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these. In addition, as a commercially available thermal decomposition type foaming agent, the Sanyo Kasei Co., Ltd. brand name: Cell microphone series etc. are mentioned, for example.

 発泡剤の分解温度は、好ましくは100℃以上、より好ましくは140℃以上であり、また、好ましくは230℃以下、より好ましくは210℃以下である。発泡剤の配合量は、ゴム成分100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.5質量部以上、より好ましくは4質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは10質量部以下、より好ましくは7質量部以下である。 The decomposition temperature of the foaming agent is preferably 100 ° C or higher, more preferably 140 ° C or higher, and preferably 230 ° C or lower, more preferably 210 ° C or lower. The blending amount of the foaming agent is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 4 parts by mass or more, and preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 7 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. It is as follows.

 表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物には、発泡剤が分解して発泡した後の分解残渣が含まれる。具体的には、例えば、ADCA系発泡剤の場合には、表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物に分解残渣としてビウレアシアヌール酸ウラゾールが含まれることとなる。DPT系発泡剤の場合には、ヘキサメチレンテトラミンが含まれることとなる。OBSH系発泡剤の場合には、ポリジチオフェニルエーテル及びポリチオフェニルベンゼンスルホニルエーテルが含まれることとなる。HDCA系発泡剤の場合には、ウラゾールが含まれることとなる。 The rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a contains a decomposition residue after the foaming agent decomposes and foams. Specifically, for example, in the case of an ADCA foaming agent, urazole biurea cyanurate is included as a decomposition residue in the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a. In the case of a DPT foaming agent, hexamethylenetetramine is included. In the case of the OBSH-based blowing agent, polydithiophenyl ether and polythiophenylbenzenesulfonyl ether are included. In the case of an HDCA-based blowing agent, urazole will be included.

 セルロース系微細繊維は、植物繊維を細かくほぐすことで得られる植物細胞壁の骨格成分で構成されたセルロース微細繊維を由来とする繊維材料である。セルロース系微細繊維の原料植物としては、例えば、木、竹、稲(稲わら)、じゃがいも、サトウキビ(バガス)、水草、海藻等が挙げられる。これらのうち木が好ましい。表面ゴム層211aを形成する多孔のゴム組成物がこのようなセルロース系微細繊維を含むことにより、その高い補強効果が発現する。 Cellulosic fine fiber is a fiber material derived from cellulose fine fiber composed of a skeletal component of a plant cell wall obtained by finely loosening plant fiber. Examples of the cellulosic fine fiber plant include wood, bamboo, rice (rice straw), potato, sugar cane (bagasse), aquatic plants, seaweed and the like. Of these, wood is preferred. When the porous rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a contains such cellulosic fine fibers, a high reinforcing effect is exhibited.

 セルロース系微細繊維は、セルロース微細繊維自体であっても、また、疎水化処理された疎水化セルロース微細繊維であっても、どちらでもよい。また、セルロース系微細繊維として、セルロース微細繊維自体と疎水化セルロース微細繊維とを併用してもよい。分散性の観点からは、セルロース系微細繊維は、疎水化セルロース微細繊維を含むことが好ましい。疎水化セルロース微細繊維としては、セルロースの水酸基の一部又は全部が疎水性基に置換されたセルロース微細繊維、及び表面処理剤によって疎水化表面処理されたセルロース微細繊維が挙げられる。 The cellulose-based fine fiber may be either the cellulose fine fiber itself or a hydrophobic cellulose fine fiber that has been subjected to a hydrophobic treatment. Moreover, you may use together cellulose fine fiber itself and hydrophobized cellulose fine fiber as a cellulosic fine fiber. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, the cellulosic fine fibers preferably include hydrophobized cellulose fine fibers. Examples of the hydrophobized cellulose fine fibers include cellulose fine fibers in which some or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups, and cellulose fine fibers that have been subjected to a hydrophobized surface treatment with a surface treatment agent.

 セルロースの水酸基の一部又は全部が疎水性基に置換されたセルロース微細繊維を得るための疎水化としては、例えば、エステル化(アシル化)(アルキルエステル化、複合エステル化、β-ケトエステル化など)、アルキル化、トシル化、エポキシ化、アリール化等が挙げられる。これらのうちエステル化が好ましい。具体的には、エステル化された疎水化セルロース微細繊維は、セルロースの水酸基の一部又は全部が、酢酸、無水酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸等のカルボン酸、若しくは、そのハロゲン化物(特に塩化物)によりアシル化されたセルロース微細繊維である。表面処理剤によって疎水化表面処理されたセルロース微細繊維を得るための表面処理剤としては、例えば、シランカップリング剤等が挙げられる。 Examples of hydrophobization for obtaining cellulose fine fibers in which part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups include esterification (acylation) (alkyl esterification, complex esterification, β-ketoesterification, etc.) ), Alkylation, tosylation, epoxidation, arylation and the like. Of these, esterification is preferred. Specifically, in the esterified hydrophobized cellulose fine fiber, part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, acetic anhydride, propionic acid, butyric acid, or halides thereof (particularly chlorides). It is the cellulose fine fiber acylated by. Examples of the surface treatment agent for obtaining cellulose fine fibers hydrophobized and surface-treated with the surface treatment agent include silane coupling agents.

 セルロース系微細繊維は、表面ゴム層211aの補強効果を高める観点から、その繊維径の分布の下限は、好ましくは10nm以上、より好ましくは20nm以上である。上限は、好ましくは1μm以下、より好ましくは700nm以下、更に好ましくは500nm以下である。セルロース系微細繊維の繊維径の分布範囲は、表面ゴム層211aの補強効果を高める観点から、20nm~1μmを含むことが好ましく、20~700mmを含むことがより好ましく、20~500nmを含むことが更に好ましい。 From the viewpoint of enhancing the reinforcing effect of the surface rubber layer 211a, the lower limit of the fiber diameter distribution of the cellulosic fine fibers is preferably 10 nm or more, more preferably 20 nm or more. An upper limit becomes like this. Preferably it is 1 micrometer or less, More preferably, it is 700 nm or less, More preferably, it is 500 nm or less. From the viewpoint of enhancing the reinforcing effect of the surface rubber layer 211a, the fiber diameter distribution range of the cellulosic fine fibers preferably includes 20 nm to 1 μm, more preferably includes 20 to 700 mm, and includes 20 to 500 nm. Further preferred.

 表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物に含まれたセルロース系微細繊維の平均繊維径は、表面ゴム層211aの補強効果を高める観点から、好ましくは200nm以下、より好ましくは100nm以下である。表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物に含まれたセルロース系微細繊維の平均繊維径は、好ましくは3nm以上である。 The average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers contained in the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a is preferably 200 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less, from the viewpoint of enhancing the reinforcing effect of the surface rubber layer 211a. The average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers contained in the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a is preferably 3 nm or more.

 セルロース系微細繊維の繊維径の分布は、表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物の試料を凍結粉砕した後、その断面を透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)で観察すると共に、50本のセルロース系微細繊維を任意に選択して繊維径を測定し、その測定結果に基づいて求められる。また、セルロース系微細繊維の平均繊維径は、その任意に選択した50本のセルロース系微細繊維の繊維径の数平均として求められる。 The distribution of the fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers was determined by freeze-grinding a sample of the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a and then observing the cross section with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), and 50 cellulosic fine fibers. The fiber diameter is measured by arbitrarily selecting the fiber, and it is obtained based on the measurement result. The average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers is obtained as the number average of the fiber diameters of 50 arbitrarily selected cellulosic fine fibers.

 セルロース系微細繊維は、機械的解繊手段によって製造された高アスペクト比のものであっても、また、化学的解繊手段によって製造されたものであっても、どちらでもよい。これらのうち化学的解繊手段によって製造されたものが好ましい。また、セルロース系微細繊維として、機械的解繊手段によって製造されたものと化学的解繊手段によって製造されたものとを併用してもよい。機械的解繊手段に用いる解繊装置としては、例えば、二軸混練機などの混練機、高圧ホモジナイザー、グラインダー、ビーズミル等が挙げられる。化学的解繊手段に用いる処理としては、例えば、酸加水分解処理等が挙げられる。 The cellulosic fine fibers may be either high aspect ratio manufactured by mechanical defibrating means, or manufactured by chemical defibrating means. Of these, those produced by chemical defibrating means are preferred. Moreover, you may use together what was manufactured by the mechanical defibration means, and what was manufactured by the chemical defibration means as a cellulose fine fiber. Examples of the defibrating apparatus used for the mechanical defibrating means include a kneader such as a twin-screw kneader, a high-pressure homogenizer, a grinder, and a bead mill. Examples of the treatment used for the chemical defibrating means include acid hydrolysis treatment.

 表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物におけるセルロース系微細繊維の含有量は、表面ゴム層211aの補強効果を高める観点から、ゴム成分100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.5質量部以上、より好ましくは1質量部以上、更に好ましくは5質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは30質量部以下、より好ましくは20質量部以下、更に好ましくは10質量部以下である。 The content of the cellulosic fine fibers in the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component from the viewpoint of enhancing the reinforcing effect of the surface rubber layer 211a. More preferably, it is 1 mass part or more, More preferably, it is 5 mass parts or more, Preferably it is 30 mass parts or less, More preferably, it is 20 mass parts or less, More preferably, it is 10 mass parts or less.

 表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物におけるゴム成分100質量部に対するセルロース系微細繊維の含有量は、発泡剤の配合量よりも少なくても、また、多くても、更には、発泡剤のゴム成分100質量部に対する含有量と同一であっても、どちらでもよい。また、発泡剤及びセルロース系微細繊維のゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は、好ましくは5質量部以上、より好ましくは10質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは30質量部以下、より好ましくは20質量部以下である。 The content of the cellulosic fine fibers with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component in the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a may be less or more than the blending amount of the foaming agent. It may be the same as the content with respect to 100 parts by mass of the component or either. The total content of the foaming agent and the cellulose-based fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably. Is 20 parts by mass or less.

 ゴム配合剤としては、補強材、オイル、加工助剤、加硫促進助剤、架橋剤、共架橋剤、加硫促進剤等が挙げられる。 Examples of rubber compounding agents include reinforcing materials, oils, processing aids, vulcanization acceleration aids, crosslinking agents, co-crosslinking agents, and vulcanization accelerators.

 補強材としては、カーボンブラックでは、例えば、チャネルブラック;SAF、ISAF、N-339、HAF、N-351、MAF、FEF、SRF、GPF、ECF、N-234などのファーネスブラック;FT、MTなどのサーマルブラック;アセチレンブラック等が挙げられる。補強材としてはシリカも挙げられる。補強材は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。補強材の含有量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して、好ましくは5質量部以上、より好ましくは10質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは50質量部以下、より好ましくは40質量部以下である。補強材がカーボンブラックの場合、そのゴム成分100質量部に対する含有量は、セルロース系微細繊維の含有量よりも少なくても、また、多くても、更には、セルロース系微細繊維のゴム成分100質量部に対する含有量と同一であっても、どちらでもよい。また、セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は、好ましくは20質量部以上、より好ましくは25質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは45質量部以下、より好ましくは40質量部以下である。 As the reinforcing material, carbon black, for example, channel black; furnace black such as SAF, ISAF, N-339, HAF, N-351, MAF, FEF, SRF, GPF, ECF, N-234; FT, MT, etc. Thermal black; acetylene black and the like. Silica is also mentioned as the reinforcing material. It is preferable that a reinforcing material is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these. The content of the reinforcing material is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and preferably 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition. It is below mass parts. When the reinforcing material is carbon black, the content with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component may be less than or more than the content of the cellulosic fine fibers, or even 100 masses of the rubber component of the cellulosic fine fibers. Even if it is the same as content with respect to a part, either may be sufficient. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 25 parts by mass or more, and preferably 45 parts by mass or less, more preferably. Is 40 parts by mass or less.

 オイルとしては、例えば、石油系軟化剤、パラフィンワックスなどの鉱物油系オイル、ひまし油、綿実油、あまに油、なたね油、大豆油、パーム油、やし油、落下生油、木ろう、ロジン、パインオイルなどの植物油系オイル等が挙げられる。オイルは、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。オイルの含有量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば5~15質量部である。 Oils include, for example, petroleum-based softeners, mineral oils such as paraffin wax, castor oil, cottonseed oil, linseed oil, rapeseed oil, soybean oil, palm oil, palm oil, fall raw oil, wax, rosin, pine And vegetable oils such as oil. The oil is preferably one or more of these. The oil content is, for example, 5 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

 加硫促進助剤としては、例えば、酸化亜鉛(亜鉛華)や酸化マグネシウムなどの金属酸化物、金属炭酸塩、脂肪酸及びその誘導体等が挙げられる。加硫促進助剤は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。加硫促進助剤の含有量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば5~15質量部である。 Examples of the vulcanization acceleration aid include metal oxides such as zinc oxide (zinc white) and magnesium oxide, metal carbonates, fatty acids and derivatives thereof. Among these, the vulcanization acceleration aid is preferably one or more. The content of the vulcanization acceleration aid is, for example, 5 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

 架橋剤としては、有機過酸化物及び硫黄が挙げられる。架橋剤として、有機過酸化物が配合されていてもよく、また、硫黄が配合されていてもよく、更には、それらの両方が併用されていてもよい。架橋剤の配合量は、有機過酸化物の場合、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば1~5質量部であり、硫黄の場合、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば1~5質量部である。 Examples of the crosslinking agent include organic peroxides and sulfur. As a crosslinking agent, an organic peroxide may be blended, sulfur may be blended, or both of them may be used in combination. In the case of an organic peroxide, the amount of the crosslinking agent is, for example, 1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition. In the case of sulfur, the compounding amount is 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition. For example, 1 to 5 parts by mass.

 共架橋剤としては、例えば、マレイミド系、TAIC、1,2-ポリブタジエン、オキシム類、グアニジン、及びトリメチロールプロパントリメタクリレートのもの等が挙げられる。共架橋剤は、これらのうちの1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。共架橋剤の含有量は、ゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば0.5~15質量部である。 Examples of the co-crosslinking agent include maleimide, TAIC, 1,2-polybutadiene, oximes, guanidine, and trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate. The co-crosslinking agent is preferably one or more of these. The content of the co-crosslinking agent is, for example, 0.5 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 加硫促進剤としては、例えば、チアゾール系(例えばMBT、MBTSなど)、チウラム系(例えばTT、TRAなど)、スルフェンアミド系(例えばCZなど)、ジチオカルバミン酸塩系(例えばBZ-Pなど)のもの等が挙げられる。加硫促進剤は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。加硫促進剤の含有量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば2~5質量部である。 Examples of the vulcanization accelerator include thiazole type (eg MBT, MBTS etc.), thiuram type (eg TT, TRA etc.), sulfenamide type (eg CZ etc.), dithiocarbamate type (eg BZ-P etc.) And the like. It is preferable that a vulcanization accelerator is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these. The content of the vulcanization accelerator is, for example, 2 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

 なお、表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物は、例えば、ナイロン繊維、アラミド繊維、ポリエステル繊維、綿等の短繊維を含んでいないことが好ましいが、表面ゴム層211aの補強効果を損なわない範囲でかかる短繊維を含んでいてもよい。 The rubber composition that forms the surface rubber layer 211a preferably does not contain short fibers such as nylon fiber, aramid fiber, polyester fiber, cotton, etc., but does not impair the reinforcing effect of the surface rubber layer 211a. The short fiber may be included.

 表面ゴム層211aの表面の凹孔217aの平均孔径は、表面ゴム層211aの表面の乾燥時及び湿潤時の摩擦係数の差を小さくし、また、経時的な摩擦係数の変動を抑制し、更に、異音、特に被水時の異音の発生及び被水時のスリップの発生を抑制する観点から、好ましくは70μm以上、より好ましくは80μm以上であり、また、好ましくは120μm以下、より好ましくは110μm以下である。ここで、凹孔217aの孔径は、表面ゴム層211aの表面に露出した凹孔217aの開口径であり、その平均孔径は、表面画像から測定される50~100個の孔径の数平均として求めることができる。なお、この凹孔217aの平均孔径は、発泡剤の種類や配合量等によって制御することができる。 The average hole diameter of the concave holes 217a on the surface of the surface rubber layer 211a reduces the difference in friction coefficient between the surface of the surface rubber layer 211a when it is dried and when it is wet, suppresses fluctuations in the coefficient of friction over time, From the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of abnormal noise, particularly abnormal noise when wet and the occurrence of slip when wet, it is preferably 70 μm or more, more preferably 80 μm or more, and preferably 120 μm or less, more preferably 110 μm or less. Here, the hole diameter of the recessed hole 217a is the opening diameter of the recessed hole 217a exposed on the surface of the surface rubber layer 211a, and the average hole diameter is obtained as the number average of 50 to 100 hole diameters measured from the surface image. be able to. In addition, the average hole diameter of the concave hole 217a can be controlled by the type and blending amount of the foaming agent.

 内部ゴム層211bは、ゴム成分に種々のゴム配合剤が配合されて混練された未架橋ゴム組成物が加熱及び加圧されて架橋剤により架橋した中実のゴム組成物で形成されている。 The inner rubber layer 211b is formed of a solid rubber composition in which an uncrosslinked rubber composition obtained by mixing and kneading various rubber compounding agents with a rubber component is heated and pressurized and crosslinked with a crosslinking agent.

 内部ゴム層211bを形成するゴム組成物のゴム成分としては、表面ゴム層211aと同様のものが挙げられる。内部ゴム層211bを形成するゴム組成物のゴム成分は、表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物のゴム成分と同一であることが好ましい。ゴム配合剤としては、表面ゴム層211aと同様、補強材、オイル、加工助剤、加硫促進助剤、架橋剤、共架橋剤、加硫促進剤等が挙げられる。 As the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the internal rubber layer 211b, the same rubber component as the surface rubber layer 211a can be cited. The rubber component of the rubber composition forming the internal rubber layer 211b is preferably the same as the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a. Examples of the rubber compounding agent include a reinforcing material, oil, a processing aid, a vulcanization acceleration aid, a crosslinking agent, a co-crosslinking agent, and a vulcanization accelerator, as with the surface rubber layer 211a.

 内部ゴム層211bを形成するゴム組成物は、表面ゴム層211aと同様、セルロース系微細繊維を含んでいてもよい。内部ゴム層211bを形成するゴム組成物の架橋前の未架橋ゴム組成物には、発泡剤が配合されていないことが好ましいが、内部ゴム層211bの強度を損なわない範囲で発泡剤が配合されていてもよい。 The rubber composition for forming the inner rubber layer 211b may contain cellulosic fine fibers as with the surface rubber layer 211a. The uncrosslinked rubber composition before crosslinking of the rubber composition that forms the inner rubber layer 211b is preferably not blended with a foaming agent. However, the foaming agent is blended within a range that does not impair the strength of the inner rubber layer 211b. It may be.

 接着ゴム層212は、断面横長矩形の帯状に構成されており、その厚さが例えば1.0~2.5mmである。背面ゴム層213も、断面横長矩形の帯状に構成されており、厚さが例えば0.4~0.8mmである。背面ゴム層213の表面には、背面駆動時の音発生を抑制する観点から、織布パターンが設けられていることが好ましい。接着ゴム層212及び背面ゴム層213は、ゴム成分に種々のゴム配合剤が配合されて混練された未架橋ゴム組成物が加熱及び加圧されて架橋剤により架橋したゴム組成物で形成されている。 The adhesive rubber layer 212 is configured in a band shape having a horizontally long cross section, and has a thickness of, for example, 1.0 to 2.5 mm. The back rubber layer 213 is also formed in a band shape having a horizontally long cross section, and has a thickness of, for example, 0.4 to 0.8 mm. It is preferable that a woven fabric pattern is provided on the surface of the back rubber layer 213 from the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of sound during back driving. The adhesive rubber layer 212 and the back rubber layer 213 are formed of a rubber composition in which various rubber compounding agents are blended into a rubber component and kneaded and kneaded, and the uncrosslinked rubber composition is heated and pressurized to be cross-linked by a cross-linking agent. Yes.

 接着ゴム層212及び背面ゴム層213を形成するゴム組成物のゴム成分としては、表面ゴム層211aと同様のものが挙げられる。接着ゴム層212及び背面ゴム層213を形成するゴム組成物のゴム成分は、表面ゴム層211a或いは内部ゴム層211bと同一であってもよい。ゴム配合剤としては、表面ゴム層211aと同様、補強材、オイル、加工助剤、加硫促進助剤、架橋剤、共架橋剤、加硫促進剤等が挙げられる。 As the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the adhesive rubber layer 212 and the back rubber layer 213, the same rubber component as the surface rubber layer 211a can be used. The rubber component of the rubber composition forming the adhesive rubber layer 212 and the back rubber layer 213 may be the same as the surface rubber layer 211a or the internal rubber layer 211b. Examples of the rubber compounding agent include a reinforcing material, oil, a processing aid, a vulcanization acceleration aid, a crosslinking agent, a co-crosslinking agent, and a vulcanization accelerator, as with the surface rubber layer 211a.

 心線214は、ポリアミド繊維、ポリエステル繊維、アラミド繊維、ポリアミド繊維等で形成された撚り糸で構成されている。心線214の直径は例えば0.5~2.5mmであり、断面における相互に隣接する心線214中心間の寸法は例えば0.05~0.20mmである。心線214には、Vリブドベルト本体210に対する接着性を付与するための接着処理が施されている。 The core wire 214 is composed of a twisted yarn formed of polyamide fiber, polyester fiber, aramid fiber, polyamide fiber or the like. The diameter of the core wire 214 is, for example, 0.5 to 2.5 mm, and the dimension between the centers of adjacent core wires 214 in the cross section is, for example, 0.05 to 0.20 mm. The core wire 214 is subjected to an adhesive treatment for imparting adhesiveness to the V-ribbed belt main body 210.

 以上の構成の実施形態4に係るVリブドベルトBによれば、表面ゴム層211aを形成する多孔のゴム組成物がセルロース系微細繊維を含むことにより、その高補強効果が発現し、耐クラック性及び耐摩耗性が改善され、その結果、高い耐久性を得ることができる。また、経時的な摩擦係数の変動を抑制することができる。更に、表面ゴム層211aの表面の乾燥時及び湿潤時の摩擦係数の差を小さく維持することができ、被水時の異音の発生や被水時のスリップの発生を抑制することができる。これは、親水性のセルロース微細繊維が水分を吸収することにより、摩擦係数の低下が抑制されるためであると考えられる。 According to the V-ribbed belt B according to the fourth embodiment having the above-described configuration, the porous rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a contains cellulosic fine fibers, so that a high reinforcing effect is exhibited, crack resistance and The wear resistance is improved, and as a result, high durability can be obtained. Further, it is possible to suppress the fluctuation of the friction coefficient with time. Furthermore, the difference in the coefficient of friction between the surface rubber layer 211a when it is dried and when it is wet can be kept small, and it is possible to suppress the generation of abnormal noise when wet and the occurrence of slip when wet. This is considered to be because a decrease in the friction coefficient is suppressed by the hydrophilic cellulose fine fibers absorbing moisture.

 図23は、実施形態4に係るVリブドベルトBを用いた自動車の補機駆動ベルト伝動装置220のプーリレイアウトを示す。この補機駆動ベルト伝動装置220は、VリブドベルトBが4つのリブプーリ及び2つの平プーリの6つのプーリに巻き掛けられて動力を伝達するサーペンタインドライブ方式のものである。 FIG. 23 shows a pulley layout of an auxiliary drive belt transmission device 220 for an automobile using the V-ribbed belt B according to the fourth embodiment. The accessory drive belt transmission device 220 is of a serpentine drive type in which a V-ribbed belt B is wound around six pulleys of four rib pulleys and two flat pulleys to transmit power.

 この補機駆動ベルト伝動装置220では、最上位置にリブプーリのパワーステアリングプーリ221が設けられ、そのパワーステアリングプーリ221の下方にリブプーリのACジェネレータプーリ222が設けられている。また、パワーステアリングプーリ221の左下方には平プーリのテンショナプーリ223が設けられており、そのテンショナプーリ223の下方には平プーリのウォーターポンププーリ224が設けられている。更に、テンショナプーリ223の左下方にはリブプーリのクランクシャフトプーリ225が設けられており、そのクランクシャフトプーリ225の右下方にリブプーリのエアコンプーリ226が設けられている。これらのプーリは、例えば、金属のプレス加工品や鋳物、或いは、ナイロン樹脂、フェノール樹脂等の樹脂成形品で構成されており、また、プーリ径がφ50~150mmである。 In this auxiliary machine driving belt transmission 220, a rib pulley power steering pulley 221 is provided at the uppermost position, and a rib pulley AC generator pulley 222 is provided below the power steering pulley 221. A flat pulley tensioner pulley 223 is provided at the lower left of the power steering pulley 221, and a flat pulley water pump pulley 224 is provided below the tensioner pulley 223. Further, a crankshaft pulley 225 of a rib pulley is provided on the lower left side of the tensioner pulley 223, and an air conditioner pulley 226 of a rib pulley is provided on the lower right side of the crankshaft pulley 225. These pulleys are made of, for example, a metal stamped product, a casting, or a resin molded product such as nylon resin or phenol resin, and have a pulley diameter of φ50 to 150 mm.

 そして、この補機駆動ベルト伝動装置220では、VリブドベルトBは、Vリブ215側が接触するようにパワーステアリングプーリ221に巻き掛けられ、次いで、ベルト背面が接触するようにテンショナプーリ223に巻き掛けられた後、Vリブ215側が接触するようにクランクシャフトプーリ225及びエアコンプーリ226に順に巻き掛けられ、更に、ベルト背面が接触するようにウォーターポンププーリ224に巻き掛けられ、そして、Vリブ215側が接触するようにACジェネレータプーリ222に巻き掛けられ、最後にパワーステアリングプーリ221に戻るように設けられている。プーリ間で掛け渡されるVリブドベルトBの長さであるベルトスパン長は例えば50~300mmである。プーリ間で生じ得るミスアライメントは0~2°である。 In this accessory drive belt transmission 220, the V-ribbed belt B is wound around the power steering pulley 221 so that the V-rib 215 side contacts, and then wound around the tensioner pulley 223 so that the back of the belt contacts. After that, it is wound around the crankshaft pulley 225 and the air conditioner pulley 226 in order so that the V-rib 215 side contacts, and further wound around the water pump pulley 224 so that the back surface of the belt contacts, and the V-rib 215 side contacts Thus, it is wound around the AC generator pulley 222 and finally returned to the power steering pulley 221. The belt span length, which is the length of the V-ribbed belt B spanned between the pulleys, is, for example, 50 to 300 mm. Misalignment that can occur between pulleys is 0-2 °.

 (VリブドベルトBの製造方法)
 実施形態4に係るVリブドベルトBの製造方法について、図24~図29に基づいて説明する。
(Manufacturing method of V-ribbed belt B)
A method for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt B according to the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS.

 図24及び図25は、実施形態4に係るVリブドベルトBの製造に用いるベルト成形型230を示す。 24 and 25 show a belt mold 230 used for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt B according to the fourth embodiment.

 このベルト成形型230は、同心状に設けられた、各々、円筒状の内型231及び外型232を備えている。 The belt mold 230 includes a cylindrical inner mold 231 and an outer mold 232, which are provided concentrically.

 内型231はゴム等の可撓性材料で形成されている。外型232は金属等の剛性材料で形成されている。外型232の内周面は成型面に構成されており、その外型232の内周面には、Vリブ215と同一形状のVリブ形成溝233が軸方向に一定ピッチで設けられている。外型232には、水蒸気等の熱媒体や水等の冷媒体を流通させて温調する温調機構が設けられている。また、内型231を内部から加圧膨張させるための加圧手段が設けられている。 The inner mold 231 is made of a flexible material such as rubber. The outer mold 232 is made of a rigid material such as metal. The inner peripheral surface of the outer mold 232 is formed as a molding surface, and V rib forming grooves 233 having the same shape as the V rib 215 are provided at a constant pitch in the axial direction on the inner peripheral surface of the outer mold 232. . The outer mold 232 is provided with a temperature control mechanism that controls the temperature by circulating a heat medium such as water vapor or a coolant such as water. Further, a pressurizing means for pressurizing and expanding the inner mold 231 from the inside is provided.

 実施形態4に係るVリブドベルトBの製造方法は、材料準備工程、成形工程、架橋工程、及び仕上げ工程を有する。 The manufacturing method of the V-ribbed belt B according to Embodiment 4 includes a material preparation process, a molding process, a crosslinking process, and a finishing process.

 <材料準備工程>
 ―表面ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート211a’―
 まず、素練りしているゴム成分にセルロース系微細繊維を投入して混練することにより分散させる。
<Material preparation process>
-Uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211a 'for the surface rubber layer-
First, cellulosic fine fibers are put into a kneaded rubber component and dispersed by kneading.

 ここで、ゴム成分へのセルロース系微細繊維の分散方法としては、例えば、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)を、オープンロールで素練りしているゴム成分に投入し、それらを混練しながら水分を気化させる方法、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)とゴムラテックスとを混合して水分を気化させて得られたセルロース系微細繊維/ゴムのマスターバッチを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、セルロース系微細繊維を溶剤に分散させた分散液とゴム成分を溶剤に溶解させた溶液とを混合して溶剤を気化させて得られたセルロース系微細繊維/ゴムのマスターバッチを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)を凍結乾燥させて粉砕したものを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、疎水化したセルロース系微細繊維を素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法等が挙げられる。 Here, as a method for dispersing the cellulose-based fine fibers in the rubber component, for example, a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulose-based fine fibers are dispersed in water is added to the rubber component kneaded with an open roll, A method of vaporizing moisture while kneading them, a master of cellulose fine fibers / rubber obtained by mixing a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water and rubber latex to vaporize the moisture Obtained by mixing the batch into a rubber component that has been masticated, mixing a dispersion in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in a solvent, and a solution in which the rubber component is dissolved in the solvent, and evaporating the solvent. Cellulose fine fiber / rubber masterbatch is put into the kneaded rubber component, dispersion (gel) in which cellulose fine fiber is dispersed in water is freeze-dried and pulverized And what, how to put into a rubber component is masticated, methods and the like to introduce cellulosic microfibers made hydrophobic in rubber component is masticated.

 次いで、ゴム成分とセルロース系微細繊維とを混練しながら、発泡剤及び各種のゴム配合剤を投入して混練を継続する。 Next, while kneading the rubber component and the cellulosic fine fibers, the foaming agent and various rubber compounding agents are added and the kneading is continued.

 そして、得られた未架橋ゴム組成物をカレンダー成形等によってシート状に成形して表面ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート211a’を作製する。 Then, the obtained uncrosslinked rubber composition is molded into a sheet shape by calendar molding or the like to produce an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211a 'for the surface rubber layer.

 -内部ゴム層用、接着ゴム層用、及び背面ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート211b’12’,13’-
 ゴム成分に各種のゴム配合剤を配合し、ニーダー、バンバリーミキサー等の混練機で混練し、得られた未架橋ゴム組成物をカレンダー成形等によってシート状に成形して内部ゴム層用、接着ゴム層用、及び背面ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート211b’,12’,13’を作製する。
-Uncrosslinked rubber sheets 211b'12 ', 13' for internal rubber layer, adhesive rubber layer, and back rubber layer
Various rubber compounding agents are blended into the rubber component and kneaded with a kneader such as a kneader or Banbury mixer, and the resulting uncrosslinked rubber composition is molded into a sheet shape by calendering or the like, for an internal rubber layer, adhesive rubber The uncrosslinked rubber sheets 211b ′, 12 ′, and 13 ′ for the layer and the back rubber layer are prepared.

 -心線214’-
 心線214’に対して接着処理を施す。具体的には、心線214’に、レゾルシン・ホルマリン・ラテックス水溶液(以下「RFL水溶液」という。)に浸漬して加熱するRFL接着処理を施す。また、必要に応じて、RFL接着処理前に下地接着処理液に浸漬して加熱する下地接着処理、及び/又は、RFL接着処理後にゴム糊に浸漬して乾燥させるゴム糊接着処理を施す。
-Core 214'-
An adhesive treatment is applied to the core wire 214 ′. Specifically, the core wire 214 ′ is subjected to an RFL adhesion treatment in which it is immersed in a resorcin / formalin / latex aqueous solution (hereinafter referred to as “RFL aqueous solution”) and heated. In addition, if necessary, a base adhesive treatment in which the substrate is immersed in a base adhesive treatment solution and heated before the RFL adhesive treatment and / or a rubber paste adhesive treatment in which the RFL adhesive treatment is immersed in rubber paste and dried are performed.

 <成形工程>
 図26に示すように、表面が平滑な円筒ドラム234上にゴムスリーブ235を被せ、その外周上に、背面ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート213’、及び接着ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート212’を順に巻き付けて積層し、その上から心線214’を円筒状の内型231に対して螺旋状に巻き付け、更にその上から接着ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート212’、及び内部ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート211b’を順に巻き付け、更にその上から表面ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート211a’を巻き付ける。このとき、ゴムスリーブ235上には積層成形体B’が形成される。なお、表面ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート211a’は、列理方向がベルト長さ方向に対応するように使用しても、また、列理方向がベルト幅方向に対応するように使用しても、どちらでもよい。
<Molding process>
As shown in FIG. 26, a rubber sleeve 235 is placed on a cylindrical drum 234 having a smooth surface, and an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 213 ′ for the back rubber layer and an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 212 for the adhesive rubber layer are placed on the outer periphery thereof. 'Are wound in order and laminated, and a core wire 214' is wound spirally around the cylindrical inner mold 231, and further, an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 212 'for an adhesive rubber layer and an inner rubber layer are further wound thereon. The uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211b 'for use is wound in order, and the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211a' for the surface rubber layer is further wound thereon. At this time, a laminated molded body B ′ is formed on the rubber sleeve 235. Note that the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211a ′ for the surface rubber layer is used so that the processing direction corresponds to the belt length direction, or the processing direction corresponds to the belt width direction. Or either.

 <架橋工程>
 積層成形体B’を設けたゴムスリーブ235を円筒ドラム234から外し、図27に示すように、それを外型232の内周面側に内嵌め状態にセットした後、図28に示すように、内型231を外型232にセットされたゴムスリーブ235内に位置付けて密閉する。
<Crosslinking process>
The rubber sleeve 235 provided with the laminated molded body B ′ is removed from the cylindrical drum 234, and as shown in FIG. 27, it is set in the inner peripheral surface side of the outer mold 232, and as shown in FIG. The inner mold 231 is positioned and sealed in the rubber sleeve 235 set on the outer mold 232.

 次いで、外型232を加熱すると共に、内型231の密封された内部に高圧空気等を注入して加圧する。このとき、内型231が膨張し、外型232の成型面に、積層成形体B’における表面ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート211a’が沿うように設けられると共に、それ以外の未架橋ゴムシート211b’,12’,13’が圧縮されて進入し、また、それらの架橋が進行して一体化し、且つ心線214’も複合一体化し、更には、表面ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート211a’において発泡剤が発泡し、最終的に、図29に示すように、円筒状のベルトスラブSが成型される。なお、ベルトスラブSの成型温度は例えば100~180℃、成型圧力は例えば0.5~2.0MPa、及び成型時間は例えば10~60分である。 Next, the outer mold 232 is heated and pressurized by injecting high-pressure air or the like into the sealed interior of the inner mold 231. At this time, the inner mold 231 expands, and the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211a ′ for the surface rubber layer in the laminated molded body B ′ is provided along the molding surface of the outer mold 232, and other uncrosslinked rubber sheets are provided. 211b ′, 12 ′ and 13 ′ enter after being compressed, their cross-linking progresses and integrates, and the core wire 214 ′ is also combined and integrated, and further, an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211a for the surface rubber layer In FIG. 29, the foaming agent is foamed, and finally, a cylindrical belt slab S is formed as shown in FIG. The molding temperature of the belt slab S is, for example, 100 to 180 ° C., the molding pressure is, for example, 0.5 to 2.0 MPa, and the molding time is, for example, 10 to 60 minutes.

 <仕上げ工程>
 内型231の内部を減圧して密閉を解き、内型231と外型232との間でゴムスリーブ235を介して成型されたベルトスラブSを取り出し、必要に応じてベルトスラブSのVリブ215側の表面を研削し、所定幅に輪切りして表裏を裏返すことによりVリブドベルトBが製造される。
<Finishing process>
The inside of the inner mold 231 is decompressed to release the seal, the belt slab S molded between the inner mold 231 and the outer mold 232 is taken out via the rubber sleeve 235, and the V rib 215 of the belt slab S is taken as necessary. The V-ribbed belt B is manufactured by grinding the surface on the side, cutting it into a predetermined width, and turning it upside down.

 [実施形態5]
 (VリブドベルトB)
 実施形態5に係るVリブドベルトB(伝動ベルト)は、外観構成が実施形態4と同一であるので、以下では図21及び図22に基づいて説明する。
[Embodiment 5]
(V-ribbed belt B)
The V-ribbed belt B (transmission belt) according to the fifth embodiment has the same external configuration as that of the fourth embodiment, and will be described below with reference to FIGS. 21 and 22.

 実施形態5に係るVリブドベルトBでは、表面ゴム層211aは、ゴム成分にセルロース系微細繊維に加えて各種のゴム配合剤が配合され、超臨界流体又は亜臨界流体の存在下において混練された未架橋ゴム組成物が加熱及び加圧されて架橋剤により架橋したゴム組成物で形成されている。また、表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物は、含浸した超臨界流体又は亜臨界流体が減圧により気体に相変化して内部に多数の中空部216aが形成されていると共に、表面に露出した多数の凹孔217aが形成された多孔のゴム組成物である。 In the V-ribbed belt B according to the fifth embodiment, the surface rubber layer 211a is not yet kneaded in the presence of a supercritical fluid or a subcritical fluid, in which various rubber compounding agents are added to the rubber component in addition to the cellulosic fine fibers. The crosslinked rubber composition is formed of a rubber composition that is heated and pressurized and crosslinked with a crosslinking agent. In addition, the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a is exposed to the surface while the impregnated supercritical fluid or subcritical fluid is changed into a gas by decompression to form a large number of hollow portions 216a inside. This is a porous rubber composition in which a large number of concave holes 217a are formed.

 表面ゴム層211aの表面の凹孔217aの平均孔径は、表面ゴム層211aの表面の乾燥時及び湿潤時の摩擦係数の差を小さくし、また、経時的な摩擦係数の変動を抑制し、更に、異音、特に被水時の異音の発生及び被水時のスリップの発生を抑制する観点から、好ましくは70μm以上、より好ましくは80μm以上であり、また、好ましくは120μm以下、より好ましくは110μm以下である。ここで、凹孔217aの孔径は、表面ゴム層211aの表面に露出した凹孔217aの開口径であり、その平均孔径は、表面画像から測定される50~100個の孔径の数平均として求めることができる。なお、この凹孔217aの平均孔径は、超臨界流体又は亜臨界流体発泡剤を用いた表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物の調製条件によって制御することができる。 The average hole diameter of the concave holes 217a on the surface of the surface rubber layer 211a reduces the difference in friction coefficient between the surface of the surface rubber layer 211a when it is dried and when it is wet, suppresses fluctuations in the coefficient of friction over time, From the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of abnormal noise, particularly abnormal noise when wet and the occurrence of slip when wet, it is preferably 70 μm or more, more preferably 80 μm or more, and preferably 120 μm or less, more preferably 110 μm or less. Here, the hole diameter of the recessed hole 217a is the opening diameter of the recessed hole 217a exposed on the surface of the surface rubber layer 211a, and the average hole diameter is obtained as the number average of 50 to 100 hole diameters measured from the surface image. be able to. The average pore diameter of the concave holes 217a can be controlled by the preparation conditions of the rubber composition for forming the surface rubber layer 211a using a supercritical fluid or a subcritical fluid foaming agent.

 その他の構成及び作用効果は、実施形態4と同一である。 Other configurations and operational effects are the same as those in the fourth embodiment.

 (VリブドベルトBの製造方法)
 実施形態5に係るVリブドベルトBの製造方法では、材料準備工程における表面ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート211a’の作製を以下のようにして行う。
(Manufacturing method of V-ribbed belt B)
In the method for manufacturing the V-ribbed belt B according to the fifth embodiment, the production of the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211a ′ for the surface rubber layer in the material preparation step is performed as follows.

 まず、超臨界流体又は亜臨界流体の存在下において、ゴム成分とセルロース系微細繊維及び各種のゴム配合剤とを混練し、しかる後に減圧して未架橋ゴム組成物を得る。このとき、未架橋ゴム組成物に含浸した超臨界流体又は亜臨界流体が減圧により気体に相変化して多孔の未架橋ゴム組成物が得られる。 First, in the presence of a supercritical fluid or a subcritical fluid, a rubber component, a cellulosic fine fiber, and various rubber compounding agents are kneaded and then decompressed to obtain an uncrosslinked rubber composition. At this time, the supercritical fluid or subcritical fluid impregnated in the uncrosslinked rubber composition is phase-changed into a gas under reduced pressure to obtain a porous uncrosslinked rubber composition.

 ここで、「超臨界流体」とは、超臨界状態の流体をいう。「超臨界状態」とは、温度が流体の臨界温度(Tc)以上で且つ圧力が流体の臨界圧力(Pc)以上である状態をいう。 Here, “supercritical fluid” refers to a fluid in a supercritical state. The “supercritical state” refers to a state where the temperature is equal to or higher than the critical temperature (Tc) of the fluid and the pressure is equal to or higher than the critical pressure (Pc) of the fluid.

 「亜臨界流体」とは、亜臨界状態の流体をいう。「亜臨界状態」とは、温度及び圧力の一方のみが臨界状態に達し且つ他方が臨界状態に達していない状態、或いは、温度及び圧力の両方が臨界状態に達していないが、温度及び圧力の少なくとも一方が常温常圧より十分高く臨界状態に近い状態をいう。本願において、「亜臨界状態」とは、温度をT(摂氏)及び圧力をPとしたとき、0.5<T/Tc<1.0且つ0.5<P/Pc、又は、0.5<T/Tc且つ0.5<P/Pc<1.0の条件を満たす状態をいう。好ましい亜臨界状態は、0.6<T/Tc<1.0且つ0.6<P/Pc、又は、0.6<T/Tc且つ0.6<P/Pc<1.0の条件を満たす状態である。なお、臨界温度Tc(摂氏)がマイナスである場合には温度条件は満たされるものとし、超臨界状態の条件が満たされず且つ0.5<P/Pcの圧力条件が満たされれば亜臨界状態にあるものとする。 “Subcritical fluid” refers to a fluid in a subcritical state. “Subcritical state” means that only one of temperature and pressure has reached a critical state and the other has not reached a critical state, or both temperature and pressure have not reached a critical state, At least one is a state that is sufficiently higher than normal temperature and pressure and close to the critical state. In the present application, the “subcritical state” means 0.5 <T / Tc <1.0 and 0.5 <P / Pc or 0.5 <T / Tc when the temperature is T (Centigrade) and the pressure is P. A state where <T / Tc and 0.5 <P / Pc <1.0 are satisfied. The preferred subcritical state is a condition of 0.6 <T / Tc <1.0 and 0.6 <P / Pc, or 0.6 <T / Tc and 0.6 <P / Pc <1.0. It is a state that satisfies. When the critical temperature Tc (Celsius) is negative, the temperature condition is satisfied. If the supercritical condition is not satisfied and the pressure condition of 0.5 <P / Pc is satisfied, the subcritical state is obtained. It shall be.

 超臨界流体又は亜臨界流体を生じる物質としては、例えば、二酸化炭素、窒素、水素、キセノン、エタン、アンモニア、メタノール、水等が挙げられる。これらのうち二酸化炭素及び窒素が好ましい。 Examples of substances that generate a supercritical fluid or subcritical fluid include carbon dioxide, nitrogen, hydrogen, xenon, ethane, ammonia, methanol, and water. Of these, carbon dioxide and nitrogen are preferred.

 二酸化炭素の臨界温度(Tc)は31.1℃であり、臨界圧力(Pc)は7.38MPaである。従って、超臨界二酸化炭素は、温度Tが31.1℃以上であり且つ圧力Pが7.38MPa以上である状態の二酸化炭素である。亜臨界二酸化炭素は、15.6℃<T<31.1℃且つ3.69MPa<P、又は、15.55℃<T且つ3.69MPa<P<7.38MPaの条件を満たす状態の二酸化炭素である。 Carbon dioxide has a critical temperature (Tc) of 31.1 ° C. and a critical pressure (Pc) of 7.38 MPa. Therefore, supercritical carbon dioxide is carbon dioxide in a state where the temperature T is 31.1 ° C. or higher and the pressure P is 7.38 MPa or higher. Subcritical carbon dioxide is carbon dioxide in a state satisfying the conditions of 15.6 ° C. <T <31.1 ° C. and 3.69 MPa <P, or 15.55 ° C. <T and 3.69 MPa <P <7.38 MPa. It is.

 窒素の臨界温度(Tc)は-147.0℃であり、臨界圧力(Pc)は3.40MPaである。従って、超臨界窒素は、温度Tが-147.0℃以上であり且つ圧力Pが3.40MPa以上である状態の窒素である。亜臨界窒素は、超臨界窒素の条件を満たさず且つ1.70MPa<Pの条件を満たす状態の窒素である。 The critical temperature (Tc) of nitrogen is -147.0 ° C., and the critical pressure (Pc) is 3.40 MPa. Therefore, supercritical nitrogen is nitrogen in a state where the temperature T is -147.0 ° C. or higher and the pressure P is 3.40 MPa or higher. Subcritical nitrogen is nitrogen that does not satisfy the condition of supercritical nitrogen and satisfies the condition of 1.70 MPa <P.

 減圧速度は例えば5~10MPa/sである。 The decompression speed is, for example, 5 to 10 MPa / s.

 超臨界流体又は亜臨界流体の存在下での混練は、耐熱性及び耐圧性に優れた密閉式のゴム混練室内にローターやスクリュー等の混練部材が設けられた混練装置を用いることにより行うことができる。混練装置は、材料供給及び混練物回収を連続的に行う連続方式のものであっても、また、材料供給及び混練物回収を単回で行うバッチ方式のものであっても、どちらでもよい。前者としては、例えば、特開2002-355880号公報に開示されている2軸押出混練装置等が挙げられる。また、後者としては、例えば、ニーダー、バンバリーミキサー等が挙げられる。 Kneading in the presence of a supercritical fluid or subcritical fluid can be performed by using a kneading apparatus in which a kneading member such as a rotor or screw is provided in a sealed rubber kneading chamber having excellent heat resistance and pressure resistance. it can. The kneading apparatus may be either a continuous system in which material supply and kneaded material recovery are performed continuously, or a batch system in which material supply and kneaded material recovery is performed once. Examples of the former include a biaxial extrusion kneader disclosed in JP-A-2002-355880. Examples of the latter include a kneader and a Banbury mixer.

 なお、混練装置において、セルロース系微細繊維をゴム成分に混練して分散させる際には、セルロース系微細繊維水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)を、オープンロールで素練りしているゴム成分に投入し、それらを混練しながら水分を気化させたマスターバッチ、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)とゴムラテックスとを混合して水分を気化させて得られたセルロース系微細繊維/ゴムのマスターバッチ、セルロース系微細繊維を溶剤に分散させた分散液とゴム成分を溶剤に溶解させた溶液とを混合して溶剤を気化させて得られたセルロース系微細繊維/ゴムのマスターバッチ、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)を凍結乾燥させて粉砕したもの、セルロース系微細繊維を疎水化したもの等を用いてもよい。 In the kneading apparatus, when the cellulose fine fibers are kneaded and dispersed in the rubber component, the dispersion (gel) dispersed in the cellulose fine fiber water is converted into the rubber component kneaded with an open roll. Cellulose fine particles obtained by mixing and mixing a rubber latex with a master batch in which water is vaporized while mixing and kneading them, and a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water. A master batch of fiber / rubber, a master of cellulose fine fiber / rubber obtained by mixing a dispersion obtained by dispersing cellulose fine fibers in a solvent and a solution obtained by dissolving a rubber component in a solvent and evaporating the solvent. Even if a batch, a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic microfibers are dispersed in water is freeze-dried and pulverized, or cellulosic microfiber is hydrophobized, etc. There.

 そして、得られた多孔の未架橋ゴム組成物をカレンダー成形等によってシート状に成形して表面ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート211a’を作製する。 Then, the obtained porous uncrosslinked rubber composition is formed into a sheet shape by calendar molding or the like to produce an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211a 'for the surface rubber layer.

 その他の方法は実施形態4と同一である。 Other methods are the same as those in the fourth embodiment.

 [実施形態6]
 (VリブドベルトB)
 図30は、実施形態6に係るVリブドベルトB(伝動ベルト)を示す。
[Embodiment 6]
(V-ribbed belt B)
FIG. 30 shows a V-ribbed belt B (power transmission belt) according to the sixth embodiment.

 実施形態6に係るVリブドベルトBでは、表面ゴム層211aは、ゴム成分に未膨張の中空粒子及びセルロース系微細繊維に加えて各種のゴム配合剤が配合されて混練された未架橋ゴム組成物が加熱及び加圧されて架橋剤により架橋したゴム組成物で形成されている。また、表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物は、中空粒子の膨張により内部にシェルを有する多数の中空部216bが形成されていると共に、表面に露出したシェルを有する多数の凹孔217bが形成された多孔のゴム組成物である。なお、シェルを有する凹孔217bは膨張した中空粒子が表面においてシェルが破れて開口することにより形成されたものである。 In the V-ribbed belt B according to Embodiment 6, the surface rubber layer 211a is made of an uncrosslinked rubber composition in which various rubber compounding agents are blended in the rubber component in addition to unexpanded hollow particles and cellulose fine fibers. It is formed of a rubber composition that is heated and pressurized and crosslinked with a crosslinking agent. In addition, the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a is formed with a large number of hollow portions 216b having shells inside due to expansion of the hollow particles and a large number of concave holes 217b having shells exposed on the surface. Porous rubber composition. In addition, the concave hole 217b having a shell is formed by expanding hollow particles whose surface breaks and opens the shell.

 表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物の架橋前の未架橋ゴム組成物に配合される未膨張の中空粒子としては、例えば、熱可塑性ポリマー(例えばアクリロニトリル系ポリマー)等で形成されたシェルの内部に溶剤が封入された粒子が挙げられる。中空粒子は、単一種が配合されていても、また、複数種が配合されていても、どちらでもよい。未膨張の中空粒子の粒径は、好ましくは15μm以上、より好ましくは25μm以上であり、また、好ましくは50μm以下、より好ましくは35μm以下である。中空粒子の膨張開始温度は、好ましくは140℃以上、より好ましくは150℃以上であり、また、好ましくは180℃以下、より好ましくは170℃以下である。中空粒子の配合量は、ゴム成分100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.5質量部以上、より好ましくは1.0質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは10質量部以下、より好ましくは5.0質量部以下である。なお、市販の中空粒子としては、例えば、積水化学工業社製の商品名:アドバンセルEM403(粒径26~34μm,膨張開始温度:150~170℃)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the unexpanded hollow particles blended in the uncrosslinked rubber composition before crosslinking of the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a include, for example, the inside of a shell formed of a thermoplastic polymer (for example, acrylonitrile-based polymer). And particles in which a solvent is encapsulated. The hollow particles may be mixed with a single type or with multiple types. The particle size of the unexpanded hollow particles is preferably 15 μm or more, more preferably 25 μm or more, and preferably 50 μm or less, more preferably 35 μm or less. The expansion start temperature of the hollow particles is preferably 140 ° C. or higher, more preferably 150 ° C. or higher, and preferably 180 ° C. or lower, more preferably 170 ° C. or lower. The blending amount of the hollow particles is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1.0 parts by mass or more, and preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 5 parts per 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. 0.0 parts by mass or less. Examples of commercially available hollow particles include Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd. trade name: ADVANCEL EM403 (particle size 26 to 34 μm, expansion start temperature: 150 to 170 ° C.).

 セルロース系微細繊維は、実施形態4と同様の構成である。表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物におけるゴム成分100質量部に対するセルロース系微細繊維の含有量は、中空粒子の配合量よりも多くても、また、少なくてもよく、更には、中空粒子の配合量と同じであってもよい。 The cellulose-based fine fiber has the same configuration as that of the fourth embodiment. The content of the cellulosic fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component in the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a may be larger or smaller than the blending amount of the hollow particles. It may be the same as the blending amount.

 表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物の架橋前の未架橋ゴム組成物には、未膨張の中空粒子に加えて、実施形態4において用いた発泡剤も配合されていてもよい。つまり、表面ゴム層211aを形成するゴム組成物は、中空粒子の膨張により内部にシェルを有する多数の中空部216bが形成されていると共に、表面に露出したシェルを有する多数の凹孔217bが形成され、また、発泡剤の発泡により内部にシェルを有さない多数の中空部が形成されていると共に、表面に露出したシェルを有さない多数の凹孔が形成された多孔のゴム組成物であってもよい。 In addition to the unexpanded hollow particles, the foaming agent used in Embodiment 4 may also be blended in the uncrosslinked rubber composition before crosslinking of the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a. That is, in the rubber composition forming the surface rubber layer 211a, a large number of hollow portions 216b having shells are formed inside due to the expansion of the hollow particles, and a large number of concave holes 217b having shells exposed on the surface are formed. And a porous rubber composition in which a large number of hollow portions not having a shell are formed by foaming of a foaming agent and a plurality of concave holes having no shell exposed on the surface are formed. There may be.

 この場合、発泡剤の分解温度は、中空粒子の膨張開始温度よりも高いことが好ましい。具体的には、発泡剤の分解温度は、中空粒子の膨張開始温度よりも、好ましくは100℃以上、より好ましくは140℃以上高いのがよく、また、好ましくは230℃以下、より好ましくは210℃以下高いのがよい。中空粒子の膨張開始温度と熱分解型発泡剤の分解温度との温度差は、好ましくは10℃以上、より好ましくは20℃以上であり、また、好ましくは80℃以下、より好ましくは60℃以下である。 In this case, the decomposition temperature of the foaming agent is preferably higher than the expansion start temperature of the hollow particles. Specifically, the decomposition temperature of the foaming agent is preferably 100 ° C. or more, more preferably 140 ° C. or more, and preferably 230 ° C. or less, more preferably 210 ° C. higher than the expansion start temperature of the hollow particles. It should be higher than ℃. The temperature difference between the expansion start temperature of the hollow particles and the decomposition temperature of the pyrolytic foaming agent is preferably 10 ° C or higher, more preferably 20 ° C or higher, and preferably 80 ° C or lower, more preferably 60 ° C or lower. It is.

 発泡剤のゴム成分100質量部に対する配合量は、中空粒子の配合量よりも多いことが好ましい。発泡剤の配合量の中空粒子の配合量に対する質量比(発泡剤の配合量/中空粒子の配合量)は、好ましくは1以上、より好ましくは2.5以上であり、また、好ましくは10以下、より好ましくは8以下である。 The blending amount of the foaming agent with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is preferably larger than the blending amount of the hollow particles. The mass ratio of the blending amount of the blowing agent to the blending amount of the hollow particles (blending agent blending amount / hollow particle blending amount) is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2.5 or more, and preferably 10 or less. More preferably, it is 8 or less.

 表面ゴム層211aの表面の凹孔217bの平均孔径は、表面ゴム層211aの表面の乾燥時及び湿潤時の摩擦係数の差を小さくし、また、経時的な摩擦係数の変動を抑制し、更に、異音、特に被水時の異音の発生及び被水時のスリップの発生を抑制する観点から、好ましくは70μm以上、より好ましくは80μm以上であり、また、好ましくは120μm以下、より好ましくは110μm以下である。ここで、凹孔217bの孔径は、表面ゴム層211aの表面に露出した凹孔217bの開口径であり、その平均孔径は、表面画像から測定される50~100個の孔径の数平均として求めることができる。なお、この凹孔217bの平均孔径は、中空粒子の種類や配合量等によって制御することができる。 The average hole diameter of the concave holes 217b on the surface of the surface rubber layer 211a reduces the difference in friction coefficient between the dry and wet surfaces of the surface rubber layer 211a, suppresses fluctuations in the friction coefficient over time, and From the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of abnormal noise, particularly abnormal noise when wet and the occurrence of slip when wet, it is preferably 70 μm or more, more preferably 80 μm or more, and preferably 120 μm or less, more preferably 110 μm or less. Here, the hole diameter of the recessed hole 217b is the opening diameter of the recessed hole 217b exposed on the surface of the surface rubber layer 211a, and the average hole diameter is obtained as the number average of 50 to 100 hole diameters measured from the surface image. be able to. In addition, the average hole diameter of the concave hole 217b can be controlled by the type and blending amount of the hollow particles.

 その他の構成及び作用効果は、実施形態4と同一である。 Other configurations and operational effects are the same as those in the fourth embodiment.

 (VリブドベルトBの製造方法)
 実施形態6に係るVリブドベルトBの製造方法では、材料準備工程における表面ゴム層用の11a’の作製を以下のようにして行う。
(Manufacturing method of V-ribbed belt B)
In the manufacturing method of the V-ribbed belt B according to the sixth embodiment, the surface rubber layer 11a ′ in the material preparation process is manufactured as follows.

 まず、素練りしているゴム成分にセルロース系微細繊維を投入して混練することにより分散させる。 First, cellulosic fine fibers are put into a kneaded rubber component and dispersed by kneading.

 ここで、ゴム成分へのセルロース系微細繊維の分散方法としては、例えば、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)を、オープンロールで素練りしているゴム成分に投入し、それらを混練しながら水分を気化させる方法、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)とゴムラテックスとを混合して水分を気化させて得られたセルロース系微細繊維/ゴムのマスターバッチを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、セルロース系微細繊維を溶剤に分散させた分散液とゴム成分を溶剤に溶解させた溶液とを混合して溶剤を気化させて得られたセルロース系微細繊維/ゴムのマスターバッチを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)を凍結乾燥させて粉砕したものを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、疎水化したセルロース系微細繊維を素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法等が挙げられる。 Here, as a method for dispersing the cellulose-based fine fibers in the rubber component, for example, a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulose-based fine fibers are dispersed in water is added to the rubber component kneaded with an open roll, A method of vaporizing moisture while kneading them, a master of cellulose fine fibers / rubber obtained by mixing a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water and rubber latex to vaporize the moisture Obtained by mixing the batch into a rubber component that has been masticated, mixing a dispersion in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in a solvent, and a solution in which the rubber component is dissolved in the solvent, and evaporating the solvent. Cellulose fine fiber / rubber masterbatch is put into the kneaded rubber component, dispersion (gel) in which cellulose fine fiber is dispersed in water is freeze-dried and pulverized And what, how to put into a rubber component is masticated, methods and the like to introduce cellulosic microfibers made hydrophobic in rubber component is masticated.

 次いで、ゴム成分とセルロース系微細繊維とを混練しながら、中空粒子及び各種のゴム配合剤を投入して混練を継続する。 Next, while kneading the rubber component and the cellulosic fine fibers, the hollow particles and various rubber compounding agents are added and kneading is continued.

 そして、得られた未架橋ゴム組成物をカレンダー成形等によってシート状に成形して表面ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート211a’を作製する。 Then, the obtained uncrosslinked rubber composition is molded into a sheet shape by calendar molding or the like to produce an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 211a 'for the surface rubber layer.

 架橋工程では、内型231が膨張し、外型232の成型面に、積層成形体B’における表面ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート211a’が沿うように設けられると共に、それ以外の未架橋ゴムシート211b’,12’,13’が圧縮されて進入し、また、それらの架橋が進行して一体化し、且つ心線214’も複合一体化し、更には、表面ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシート211a’において中空粒子が膨張し、最終的に、円筒状のベルトスラブSが成型される。 In the crosslinking step, the inner mold 231 expands, and the unmolded rubber sheet 211a ′ for the surface rubber layer in the laminated molded body B ′ is provided along the molding surface of the outer mold 232, and other uncrosslinked rubber is provided. The sheets 211b ′, 12 ′, and 13 ′ enter after being compressed, their cross-linking progresses and integrates, and the core wire 214 ′ is also combined and integrated, and further, an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the surface rubber layer In 211a ′, the hollow particles expand, and finally, a cylindrical belt slab S is formed.

 その他の方法は実施形態4と同一である。 Other methods are the same as those in the fourth embodiment.

 [その他の実施形態]
 上記実施形態4~3では、圧縮ゴム層211を多孔のゴム組成物で形成された表面ゴム層211aと中実のゴム組成物で形成された内部ゴム層211bとの二層構造を有する構成としたが、特にこれに限定されるものではなく、図31に示すように、圧縮ゴム層211の全体が多孔のゴム組成物で形成された単一層で構成されていてもよい。
[Other Embodiments]
In Embodiments 4 to 3, the compression rubber layer 211 has a two-layer structure of a surface rubber layer 211a formed of a porous rubber composition and an inner rubber layer 211b formed of a solid rubber composition; However, the present invention is not particularly limited to this, and as shown in FIG. 31, the entire compressed rubber layer 211 may be composed of a single layer formed of a porous rubber composition.

 上記実施形態4~3では、VリブドベルトBとしたが、ベルト本体の少なくとも一部が多孔のゴム組成物で形成された伝動ベルトであれば、特にこれに限定されるものではなく、それ以外のローエッジVベルト、ラップドVベルト、平ベルト、歯付ベルト等であってもよい。 In Embodiments 4 to 3, the V-ribbed belt B is used. However, the belt body is not particularly limited as long as it is a transmission belt in which at least a part of the belt body is formed of a porous rubber composition. A low edge V belt, a wrapped V belt, a flat belt, a toothed belt, or the like may be used.

 [試験評価1]
 (平ベルト)
 図32に示すようなベルト本体210が内側ゴム層210a、接着ゴム層210b、及び外側ゴム層210cの三層構造を有し、接着ゴム層210bに心線214が埋設された試験評価用の以下の実施例4-1~実施例4-6及び比較例4-1~比較例4-4の平ベルトBを作製した。なお、それぞれの構成は表4にも示す。
[Test Evaluation 1]
(Flat belt)
A belt main body 210 as shown in FIG. 32 has a three-layer structure of an inner rubber layer 210a, an adhesive rubber layer 210b, and an outer rubber layer 210c, and a core wire 214 is embedded in the adhesive rubber layer 210b. The flat belt B of Examples 4-1 to 4-6 and Comparative examples 4-1 to 4-4 was prepared. Each configuration is also shown in Table 4.

 <実施例4-1>
 CRラテックス(昭和電工社製 商品名:ショウプレン842A)と機械的解繊手段によって製造された木材を原料とするセルロース微細繊維(大王製紙社製)の水分散体とを混合し、水を気化させてセルロース微細繊維/CRのマスターバッチを作製した。
<Example 4-1>
Mixing CR latex (made by Showa Denko Co., Ltd., trade name: Shoprene 842A) and an aqueous dispersion of cellulose fine fibers (made by Daio Paper Co., Ltd.) made of wood produced by mechanical defibrating means, and evaporating the water Thus, a master batch of cellulose fine fiber / CR was prepared.

 続いて、CR(昭和電工社製 商品名:ショウプレンGS)を素練りすると共に、そこにマスターバッチを投入して混練した。マスターバッチの投入量は、トータルのCRを100質量部としたときのセルロース微細繊維の含有量が5質量部となる量とした。 Subsequently, CR (Showa Denko Co., Ltd., trade name: Showpren GS) was masticated, and a master batch was added thereto for kneading. The input amount of the masterbatch was such an amount that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 5 parts by mass when the total CR was 100 parts by mass.

 そして、CRとセルロース微細繊維とを混練すると共に、そこに、CR100質量部に対し、発泡剤(三協化成社製 商品名:セルマイクCE 分解温度:208℃)を6質量部、補強材のカーボンブラック(東海カーボン社製 商品名:シースト3)を40質量部、オイル(日本サン石油社製 商品名:サンパー2280)を5質量部、加硫促進助剤の酸化亜鉛(堺化学工業社製)を5質量部、酸化マグネシウム(協和化学工業社製 キョウワマグ150)を4質量部それぞれ投入して混練を継続することにより未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。発泡剤及びセルロース微細繊維のゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は11質量部である。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は45質量部である。 Then, CR and cellulose fine fiber are kneaded, and there are 6 parts by mass of foaming agent (trade name: Cellmic CE, decomposition temperature: 208 ° C., manufactured by Sankyo Kasei Co., Ltd.) with respect to 100 parts by mass of CR. 40 parts by weight of black (trade name: Seast 3 manufactured by Tokai Carbon Co., Ltd.), 5 parts by weight of oil (trade name: Thamper 2280 manufactured by Nippon San Oil Co., Ltd.), zinc oxide as a vulcanization accelerator (manufactured by Sakai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) And 5 parts by mass of magnesium oxide (4 parts by mass of Kyowa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Kyowa Mug 150) were added, and kneading was continued to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition. The total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 11 parts by mass. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 45 parts by mass.

 この未架橋ゴム組成物をシート状に成形して内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートとし、実施例4-1の平ベルトを作製した。 The uncrosslinked rubber composition was molded into a sheet to obtain an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, and a flat belt of Example 4-1 was produced.

 なお、接着ゴム層及び外側ゴム層をCRゴム組成物で形成し、また、接着処理を施したアラミド繊維製の撚り糸で心線を形成した。 The adhesive rubber layer and the outer rubber layer were formed of a CR rubber composition, and a core wire was formed of aramid fiber twisted yarn that had been subjected to an adhesive treatment.

 <実施例4-2>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、カーボンブラック及びセルロース微細繊維の含有量をそれぞれゴム成分100質量部に対して10質量部及び20質量部としたことを除いて実施例4-1と同様の構成の実施例4-2の平ベルトを作製した。発泡剤及びセルロース微細繊維のゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は26質量部である。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は30質量部である。
<Example 4-2>
The uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer was the same as in Example 4-1, except that the carbon black and cellulose fine fiber contents were 10 parts by mass and 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively. A flat belt of Example 4-2 having the structure described above was produced. The total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 26 parts by mass. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 30 parts by mass.

 <実施例4-3>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、セルロース微細繊維として、化学的解繊手段(TEMPO酸化処理)によって製造された木材を原料とするセルロース微細繊維(第一工業製薬社製)を用い、セルロース微細繊維の含有量をゴム成分100質量部に対して1質量部としたことを除いて実施例4-1と同様の構成の実施例4-3の平ベルトを作製した。発泡剤及びセルロース微細繊維のゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は7質量部である。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は41質量部である。
<Example 4-3>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, cellulose fine fibers (manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.) made of wood produced by chemical defibration means (TEMPO oxidation treatment) are used as cellulose fine fibers, cellulose A flat belt of Example 4-3 having the same configuration as that of Example 4-1 was produced except that the content of fine fibers was 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. The total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 7 parts by mass. The total content of cellulose fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 41 parts by mass.

 <実施例4-4>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、カーボンブラック及びセルロース微細繊維の含有量をそれぞれゴム成分100質量部に対して20質量部及び5質量部としたことを除いて実施例4-3と同様の構成の実施例4-4の平ベルトを作製した。発泡剤及びセルロース微細繊維のゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は11質量部である。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は25質量部である。
<Example 4-4>
The uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer was the same as in Example 4-3 except that the content of carbon black and cellulose fine fiber was 20 parts by mass and 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively. A flat belt of Example 4-4 having the structure described above was manufactured. The total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 11 parts by mass. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.

 <実施例4-5>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、カーボンブラック及びセルロース微細繊維の含有量をそれぞれゴム成分100質量部に対して10質量部及び10質量部としたことを除いて実施例4-3と同様の構成の実施例4-4の平ベルトを作製した。発泡剤及びセルロース微細繊維のゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は16質量部である。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は20質量部である。
<Example 4-5>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, the same as Example 4-3 except that the content of carbon black and cellulose fine fiber was 10 parts by mass and 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively. A flat belt of Example 4-4 having the structure described above was manufactured. The total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 16 parts by mass. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 20 parts by mass.

 <実施例4-6>
 二軸押出混練装置(日本製鋼社製、型番:TEX30α)を用い、温度100℃及び圧力20MPaの超臨界二酸化炭素の存在下において、CRと、そのCR100質量部に対し、化学的解繊手段(TEMPO酸化処理)によって製造された木材を原料とするセルロース微細繊維を5質量部、補強材のカーボンブラックを20質量部、オイルを5質量部、加硫促進助剤の酸化亜鉛を5質量部、及び酸化マグネシウムを4質量部とを混練し、しかる後に減圧速度を7MPa/sとして減圧して未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は25質量部である。
<Example 4-6>
Using a twin-screw extrusion kneader (manufactured by Nippon Steel Co., Ltd., model number: TEX30α), in the presence of supercritical carbon dioxide at a temperature of 100 ° C. and a pressure of 20 MPa, chemical defibration means ( 5 parts by mass of cellulose fine fibers made from wood produced by TEMPO oxidation treatment), 20 parts by mass of carbon black as a reinforcing material, 5 parts by mass of oil, 5 parts by mass of zinc oxide as a vulcanization accelerator, Then, 4 parts by mass of magnesium oxide was kneaded, and then the pressure was reduced to 7 MPa / s to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.

 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートとして、この未架橋ゴム組成物を用いたことを除いて実施例4-1と同様の構成の実施例4-6の平ベルトを作製した。 A flat belt of Example 4-6 having the same configuration as Example 4-1 was produced except that this uncrosslinked rubber composition was used as the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer.

 <比較例4-1>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、セルロース微細繊維を含有させていないことを除いて実施例4-1と同様の構成の比較例4-1の平ベルトを作製した。
<Comparative Example 4-1>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 4-1 having the same configuration as that of Example 4-1 was produced except that cellulose fine fibers were not contained.

 <比較例4-2>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、発泡剤を含有させていないことを除いて実施例4-1と同様の構成の比較例4-2の平ベルトを作製した。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は45質量部である。
<Comparative Example 4-2>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 4-2 having the same configuration as that of Example 4-1 was produced except that the foaming agent was not contained. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 45 parts by mass.

 <比較例4-3>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、発泡剤を含有させていないことを除いて実施例4-4と同様の構成の比較例5-3の平ベルトを作製した。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は25質量部である。
<Comparative Example 4-3>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 5-3 having the same configuration as that of Example 4-4 was produced except that the foaming agent was not contained. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.

 <比較例4-4>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、セルロース微細繊維を含有させていないことを除いて実施例4-6と同様の構成の比較例4-4の平ベルトを作製した。
<Comparative Example 4-4>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 4-4 having the same configuration as that of Example 4-6 was produced except that cellulose fine fibers were not contained.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004

 (試験評価方法)
 <ベルト質量>
 実施例4-1~実施例4-6及び比較例4-1~比較例4-4のそれぞれの平ベルトについてベルト質量を測定し、最も重かった比較例2のベルト質量を1としたときの相対値を算出した。
(Test evaluation method)
<Belt mass>
The belt mass of each of the flat belts of Example 4-1 to Example 4-6 and Comparative Example 4-1 to Comparative Example 4-4 was measured, and the belt mass of Comparative Example 2 that was the heaviest was assumed to be 1. Relative values were calculated.

 <平均繊維径・繊維径分布>
 実施例4-1~実施例4-6のそれぞれの平ベルトの内側ゴム層の試料を凍結粉砕した後、その断面を透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)で観察すると共に、50本のセルロース微細繊維を任意に選択して繊維径を測定し、その数平均を求めて平均繊維径とした。また、50本のセルロース微細繊維のうち繊維径の最大値及び最小値を求めた。
<Average fiber diameter / fiber diameter distribution>
Samples of the inner rubber layer of each of the flat belts of Examples 4-1 to 4-6 were freeze pulverized, and the cross section was observed with a transmission electron microscope (TEM), and 50 cellulose fine fibers were observed. The fiber diameter was arbitrarily selected and the fiber diameter was measured. Moreover, the maximum value and minimum value of the fiber diameter were calculated | required among 50 cellulose fine fibers.

 <耐クラック性評価ベルト走行試験>
 図33は、耐クラック性評価用ベルト走行試験機240を示す。
<Crack resistance evaluation belt running test>
FIG. 33 shows a belt running test machine 240 for evaluating crack resistance.

 耐クラック性評価用ベルト走行試験機240は、プーリ径φ30mmの駆動平プーリ241とその右側方に設けられたプーリ径30mmの従動平プーリ242とを備えている。従動平プーリ242は、軸荷重(デッドウェイトDW)を負荷して平ベルトBに張力を付与できるように左右に可動に設けられている。 The crack running evaluation belt running test machine 240 includes a driving flat pulley 241 having a pulley diameter of 30 mm and a driven flat pulley 242 having a pulley diameter of 30 mm provided on the right side thereof. The driven flat pulley 242 is movably provided to the left and right so that an axial load (dead weight DW) can be applied to apply tension to the flat belt B.

 実施例4-1~実施例4-6及び比較例4-1~比較例4-4のそれぞれの平ベルトBについて、耐クラック性評価用ベルト走行試験機240の駆動平プーリ241及び従動平プーリ242間に巻き掛け、従動平プーリ242に対して右側方に600Nの軸荷重を負荷して平ベルトBに張力を与えると共に、100℃の雰囲気温度下において駆動平プーリ241を3000rpmの回転数で回転させることによりベルト走行させた。そして、定期的にベルト走行を停止すると共に、平ベルトBにクラックが発生しているか否かを目視確認し、クラックの発生が確認されるまでのベルト走行時間をクラック発生寿命とした。なお、200時間を越えてもクラックの発生が認められない場合には、その時点で試験を打ち切った。 For each flat belt B of Example 4-1 to Example 4-6 and Comparative Example 4-1 to Comparative Example 4-4, the driving flat pulley 241 and the driven flat pulley of the belt running test machine 240 for crack resistance evaluation The belt 242 is wound around, and a load of 600 N is applied to the right side of the driven flat pulley 242 to apply tension to the flat belt B, and the driving flat pulley 241 is rotated at 3000 rpm under an ambient temperature of 100 ° C. The belt was run by rotating. Then, the belt running was periodically stopped and whether or not the flat belt B was cracked was visually checked, and the belt running time until the occurrence of the crack was confirmed was defined as the crack occurrence life. In addition, when generation | occurrence | production of the crack was not recognized over 200 hours, the test was stopped at that time.

 <高張力ベルト走行試験>
 図34は、高張力ベルト走行試験機250を示す。
<High tension belt running test>
FIG. 34 shows a high tension belt running test machine 250.

 高張力ベルト走行試験機250は、プーリ径φ50mmの駆動平プーリ251とその右側方に設けられたプーリ径40mmの従動平プーリ252とを備えている。従動平プーリ252は、軸荷重(デッドウェイトDW)を負荷して平ベルトBに張力を付与できるように左右に可動に設けられている。 The high tension belt running test machine 250 includes a driving flat pulley 251 having a pulley diameter of φ50 mm and a driven flat pulley 252 having a pulley diameter of 40 mm provided on the right side thereof. The driven flat pulley 252 is movably provided to the left and right so that a tension can be applied to the flat belt B by applying an axial load (dead weight DW).

 実施例4-1~実施例4-6及び比較例4-1~比較例4-4のそれぞれの平ベルトBについて、高張力ベルト走行試験機250の駆動平プーリ251及び従動平プーリ252間に巻き掛け、従動平プーリ252に対して右側方に500Nの軸荷重を負荷して平ベルトBに張力を与えると共に、100℃の雰囲気温度下において駆動平プーリ251を3000rpmの回転数で回転させることによりベルト走行させた。そして、走行開始から100時間後にベルト走行を停止し、平ベルトのベルト質量を測定すると共に、質量減量を百分率で求めた。 About each flat belt B of Example 4-1 to Example 4-6 and Comparative Example 4-1 to Comparative Example 4-4, between the driving flat pulley 251 and the driven flat pulley 252 of the high tension belt running test machine 250. Winding, applying a shaft load of 500 N to the right side of the driven flat pulley 252 to give tension to the flat belt B, and rotating the driving flat pulley 251 at a rotational speed of 3000 rpm under an ambient temperature of 100 ° C. The belt was run by. Then, the belt running was stopped 100 hours after the start of running, the belt mass of the flat belt was measured, and the weight loss was determined as a percentage.

 <摩擦係数測定試験>
 図35は摩擦係数測定装置260を示す。
<Friction coefficient measurement test>
FIG. 35 shows a friction coefficient measuring device 260.

 この摩擦係数測定装置260は、プーリ径60mmの平プーリ261とその側方に設けられたロードセル262とからなる。平プーリ261は、鉄系の材料S45Cで構成されている。平ベルトの試験片263は、ロードセル262から水平に延びた後に平プーリ261に巻き掛けられる、つまり、平プーリ261への巻き付け角度が90°となるように設けられる。 The friction coefficient measuring device 260 includes a flat pulley 261 having a pulley diameter of 60 mm and a load cell 262 provided on the side thereof. The flat pulley 261 is made of an iron-based material S45C. The test piece 263 of the flat belt is provided so that the flat belt 261 is wound around the flat pulley 261 after extending horizontally from the load cell 262, that is, the winding angle around the flat pulley 261 is 90 °.

 実施例4-1~実施例4-6及び比較例4-1~比較例4-4のそれぞれの未走行の平ベルトについて、切断して帯状の試験片263を作製し、その一端をロードセル262に固定して平プーリ261に巻き掛け、他端に分銅264を取り付けて吊した。それに続いて、雰囲気温度25℃において、分銅264を引き下げようとする方向に平プーリ261を43rpmの回転数で回転させ、回転開始後60秒の時点で、ロードセル262で試験片263における平プーリ261とロードセル262との間の水平部分に負荷される張力Ttを計測した。なお、試験片263の平プーリ261と分銅264との垂直部分に負荷される張力Tsは、分銅264の重さ分の17.15Nであった。そして、Eulerの式に基づいて下記式(1)により内側ゴム層の表面の乾燥時の摩擦係数μを求めた。なお、θ=π/2である。 The non-running flat belts of Example 4-1 to Example 4-6 and Comparative Example 4-1 to Comparative Example 4-4 were cut to produce a strip-shaped test piece 263, and one end of the load cell 262 was provided at one end. The weight 264 was attached to the other end and suspended. Subsequently, at an atmospheric temperature of 25 ° C., the flat pulley 261 is rotated at a rotation speed of 43 rpm in a direction in which the weight 264 is to be pulled down, and at 60 seconds after the rotation starts, the flat pulley 261 in the test piece 263 is loaded by the load cell 262. The tension Tt applied to the horizontal portion between the load cell 262 and the load cell 262 was measured. The tension Ts applied to the vertical portion of the flat pulley 261 and the weight 264 of the test piece 263 was 17.15 N corresponding to the weight of the weight 264. And based on Euler's formula, the friction coefficient μ at the time of drying the surface of the inner rubber layer was obtained by the following formula (1). Note that θ = π / 2.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000002

 また、高張力ベルト走行試験後の平ベルトについても同様の試験を実施して内側ゴム層の表面の乾燥時の摩擦係数を求めた。 Also, the flat belt after the high-tension belt running test was also subjected to the same test to determine the friction coefficient when the surface of the inner rubber layer was dried.

 更に、高張力ベルト走行試験後の平ベルトについて、平プーリ261上に5mlの水を介在させて同様の試験を実施し、回転開始から60秒間における摩擦係数の最小値を求めた。 Further, the flat belt after the high tension belt running test was subjected to the same test with 5 ml of water interposed on the flat pulley 261, and the minimum value of the friction coefficient in 60 seconds from the start of rotation was obtained.

 そして、未走行の乾燥時における摩擦係数に対する走行後の乾燥時における摩擦係数の比(摩擦係数(走行後)/摩擦係数(未走行))、及び走行後の乾燥時における摩擦係数に対する走行後の水介在時における摩擦係数の比(摩擦係数(水介在)/摩擦係数(乾燥))を求めた。 Then, the ratio of the friction coefficient at the time of drying after traveling to the friction coefficient at the time of drying without traveling (friction coefficient (after traveling) / friction coefficient (non-running)), and after the traveling with respect to the friction coefficient at the time of drying after traveling The ratio of the friction coefficient at the time of water intervention (friction coefficient (water intervention) / friction coefficient (dry)) was determined.

 <被水時異音評価ベルト走行試験>
 図36は被水時異音評価用ベルト走行試験機270のプーリレイアウトを示す。
<Abnormal noise evaluation belt running test when wet>
FIG. 36 shows a pulley layout of a belt running test machine 270 for evaluating abnormal noise when wet.

 被水時異音評価用ベルト走行試験機270は、プーリ径が140mmの駆動平プーリ271と、その駆動平プーリ271の右方に設けられたプーリ径が75mmの第1従動平プーリ272と、第1従動平プーリ272の上方で駆動平プーリ271の右斜め上方に設けられたプーリ径が50mmの第2従動平プーリ273と、駆動平プーリ271と第2従動平プーリ273との中間に設けられたプーリ径が75mmのアイドラプーリ274とを備えている。そして、この被水時異音評価用ベルト走行試験機270は、平ベルトBの内側ゴム層が駆動平プーリ271、第1及び第2従動平プーリ72,73に接触すると共に、外側ゴム層がアイドラプーリ274に接触して巻き掛けられるように構成されている。 The belt running test machine 270 for evaluating abnormal noise when wet is a driving flat pulley 271 having a pulley diameter of 140 mm, a first driven flat pulley 272 having a pulley diameter of 75 mm provided on the right side of the driving flat pulley 271, Provided above the first driven flat pulley 272 and obliquely above the driving flat pulley 271 to the right between the second driven flat pulley 273 with a pulley diameter of 50 mm, and between the driving flat pulley 271 and the second driven flat pulley 273. And an idler pulley 274 having a pulley diameter of 75 mm. In this belt running test machine 270 for evaluating abnormal noise when wet, the inner rubber layer of the flat belt B contacts the driving flat pulley 271, the first and second driven flat pulleys 72, 73, and the outer rubber layer It is configured to be wound around in contact with the idler pulley 274.

 実施例4-1~実施例4-6及び比較例4-1~比較例4-4のそれぞれの平ベルトBについて、上記被水時異音評価用ベルト走行試験機270の駆動平プーリ271、第1及び第2従動平プーリ72,73、並びにアイドラプーリ274に巻き掛け、300Nのベルト張力が負荷されるようにプーリ位置決めを行い、第2従動平プーリ273にそれが取り付けられたオルタネータに60Aの電流が流れるように抵抗を与え、常温下、駆動平プーリ271を800rpmの回転数で回転させてベルト走行させた。また、このとき、平ベルトBの駆動平プーリ271への進入部において平ベルトBの内側ゴム層側に毎分1000mlの割合で水を滴下した。そして、ベルト走行時の異音発生状況を、大、小、微小、及び無の四段階で評価した。 For each flat belt B of Example 4-1 to Example 4-6 and Comparative Example 4-1 to Comparative Example 4-4, the driving flat pulley 271 of the belt running test machine 270 for evaluating abnormal noise when wet, The pulleys are wound around the first and second driven flat pulleys 72 and 73 and the idler pulley 274 and positioned so that a belt tension of 300 N is applied, and the second driven flat pulley 273 is attached to an alternator attached to the pulley A resistance was applied so that a current of 1 mm flows, and the belt was run by rotating the driving pulley 271 at a rotation speed of 800 rpm at room temperature. At this time, water was dropped at a rate of 1000 ml per minute on the inner rubber layer side of the flat belt B at the portion where the flat belt B entered the driving flat pulley 271. And the abnormal noise generation | occurrence | production situation at the time of belt running was evaluated in four steps, large, small, minute, and nothing.

 (試験評価結果)
 試験結果を表4に示す。
(Test evaluation results)
The test results are shown in Table 4.

 表4によれば、実施例4-1~実施例4-6のセルロース微細繊維は、いずれも繊維径の分布が広いことが分かる。 According to Table 4, it can be seen that the cellulose fine fibers of Examples 4-1 to 4-6 all have a wide fiber diameter distribution.

 内側ゴム層がセルロース微細繊維を含む多孔のゴム組成物で形成された実施例4-1~実施例4-6では、多孔のゴム組成物を用いることによる軽量化が図られていると共に、内側ゴム層が中実のゴム組成物で形成された比較例4-2及び比較例4-3と同等のクラック発生寿命を有することが分かる。また、実施例4-1~実施例4-6では、高張力ベルト走行試験後の質量減量が小さいことから高い耐摩耗性を有し、経時的な摩擦係数の変化が小さく且つ水介在時及び乾燥時の摩擦係数の差が小さいことから摩擦係数が安定しており、ベルト走行時に注水しても異音の発生も認められず、従って、優れたベルト性能を有することが分かる。 In Examples 4-1 to 4-6, in which the inner rubber layer was formed of a porous rubber composition containing cellulose fine fibers, the weight was reduced by using the porous rubber composition, and It can be seen that the rubber layer has a crack generation life equivalent to that of Comparative Example 4-2 and Comparative Example 4-3 formed of a solid rubber composition. In Examples 4-1 to 4-6, the mass loss after the high-tension belt running test is small, so that the wear resistance is high, the change of the coefficient of friction with time is small, and when the water is interposed. Since the difference in the coefficient of friction during drying is small, the coefficient of friction is stable, and even when water is poured during running of the belt, no abnormal noise is observed, so that it can be seen that the belt has excellent belt performance.

 一方、内側ゴム層がセルロース微細繊維を含まない多孔のゴム組成物で形成された比較例4-1及び比較例4-4では、多孔のゴム組成物を用いることによる軽量化が図られると共に、摩擦係数が安定であり、且つベルト走行時に注水しても異音の発生が認められないものの、高張力ベルト走行試験後の質量減量が大きいことから耐摩耗性が劣り、また、クラック発生寿命が著しく短いことが分かる。 On the other hand, in Comparative Example 4-1 and Comparative Example 4-4 in which the inner rubber layer was formed of a porous rubber composition not containing fine cellulose fibers, weight reduction was achieved by using the porous rubber composition, Although the friction coefficient is stable and no abnormal noise is observed even when water is poured during belt running, the wear resistance is inferior due to the large weight loss after the high tension belt running test, and the crack generation life is also short. It can be seen that it is extremely short.

 また、内側ゴム層がセルロース微細繊維含む中実のゴム組成物で形成された比較例4-2及び比較例4-3では、高い耐摩耗性を有すると共に、クラック発生寿命も長いものの、摩擦係数の安定性、及びベルト走行時に注水すると異音の発生が認められるという点で、実施例4-1~実施例4-6よりも劣ることが分かる。 Further, Comparative Example 4-2 and Comparative Example 4-3, in which the inner rubber layer was formed of a solid rubber composition containing cellulose fine fibers, had high wear resistance and a long crack generation life, but the friction coefficient It can be seen that this is inferior to Examples 4-1 to 4-6 in terms of stability and that abnormal noise is observed when water is poured during belt running.

 (平ベルト)
 図32に示すようなベルト本体210が内側ゴム層210a、接着ゴム層210b、及び外側ゴム層210cの三層構造を有し、接着ゴム層210bに心線214が埋設された試験評価用の以下の実施例5-1~実施例5-6及び比較例5-1~比較例5-4の平ベルトを作製した。なお、それぞれの構成は表5にも示す。
(Flat belt)
A belt main body 210 as shown in FIG. 32 has a three-layer structure of an inner rubber layer 210a, an adhesive rubber layer 210b, and an outer rubber layer 210c, and a core wire 214 is embedded in the adhesive rubber layer 210b. The flat belts of Examples 5-1 to 5-6 and Comparative Examples 5-1 to 5-4 were prepared. Each configuration is also shown in Table 5.

 <実施例5-1>
 H-NBRラテックス(日本ゼオン社製 商品名:ZLX-B)と機械的解繊手段によって製造された木材を原料とするセルロース微細繊維の水分散体とを混合し、水を気化させてセルロース微細繊維/H-NBRのマスターバッチを作製した。
<Example 5-1>
H-NBR latex (trade name: ZLX-B manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.) is mixed with an aqueous dispersion of cellulose fine fibers made from wood produced by mechanical defibration means, and water is evaporated to make fine cellulose fines. A fiber / H-NBR masterbatch was prepared.

 続いて、H-NBR(日本ゼオン社製 商品名:Zetpol 2020)を素練りすると共に、そこにマスターバッチを投入して混練した。マスターバッチの投入量は、トータルのH-NBRを100質量部としたときのセルロース微細繊維の含有量が5質量部となる量とした。 Subsequently, H-NBR (manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd., trade name: Zetpol® 2020) was masticated, and a master batch was added thereto for kneading. The input amount of the master batch was such that the cellulose fine fiber content was 5 parts by mass when the total H-NBR was 100 parts by mass.

 そして、H-NBRとセルロース微細繊維とを混練すると共に、そこに、H-NBR100質量部に対し、発泡剤を7質量部、補強材のカーボンブラックを40質量部、オイルを10質量部、架橋剤の有機過酸化物(日油社製 商品名:ペロキシモンF40 有効成分40質量%)を5質量部(有効成分2質量%)、及び共架橋剤(精工化学社製 商品名:ハイクロスM)を1質量部それぞれ投入して混練を継続することにより未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。発泡剤及びセルロース微細繊維のゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は12質量部である。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は45質量部である。 Then, H-NBR and fine cellulose fibers are kneaded, and there are 7 parts by mass of a foaming agent, 40 parts by mass of carbon black as a reinforcing material, 10 parts by mass of oil, 100 parts by mass of H-NBR. 5 parts by weight of organic peroxide (manufactured by NOF Corporation, trade name: Peroximon F40, active ingredient 40% by mass) and co-crosslinking agent (trade name: High Cloth M, manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd.) 1 part by mass of each was added and kneading was continued to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition. The total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 12 parts by mass. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 45 parts by mass.

 この未架橋ゴム組成物をシート状に成形して内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートとし、実施例5-1の平ベルトを作製した。 The uncrosslinked rubber composition was molded into a sheet to obtain an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, and a flat belt of Example 5-1 was produced.

 なお、接着ゴム層及び外側ゴム層をH-NBRゴム組成物で形成し、また、接着処理を施したアラミド繊維製の撚り糸で心線を形成した。 Note that the adhesive rubber layer and the outer rubber layer were formed of an H-NBR rubber composition, and a core wire was formed of an aramid fiber twisted yarn subjected to an adhesive treatment.

 <実施例5-2>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、カーボンブラック及びセルロース微細繊維の含有量をそれぞれゴム成分100質量部に対して10質量部及び20質量部としたことを除いて実施例5-1と同様の構成の実施例5-2の平ベルトを作製した。発泡剤及びセルロース微細繊維のゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は27質量部である。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は30質量部である。
<Example 5-2>
The uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer was the same as in Example 5-1, except that the carbon black and cellulose fine fiber contents were 10 parts by mass and 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively. A flat belt of Example 5-2 having the structure described above was produced. The total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 27 parts by mass. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 30 parts by mass.

 <実施例5-3>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、セルロース微細繊維として、化学的解繊手段(TEMPO酸化処理)によって製造されたセルロース微細繊維を用い、セルロース微細繊維の含有量をゴム成分100質量部に対して1質量部としたことを除いて実施例5-1と同様の構成の実施例5-3の平ベルトを作製した。発泡剤及びセルロース微細繊維のゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は8質量部である。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は41質量部である。
<Example 5-3>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, cellulose fine fibers produced by chemical defibration means (TEMPO oxidation treatment) are used as the cellulose fine fibers, and the content of the cellulose fine fibers is 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. A flat belt of Example 5-3 having the same configuration as that of Example 5-1 was prepared except that the amount was 1 part by mass. The total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 8 parts by mass. The total content of cellulose fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 41 parts by mass.

 <実施例5-4>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、カーボンブラック及びセルロース微細繊維の含有量をそれぞれゴム成分100質量部に対して20質量部及び5質量部としたことを除いて実施例5-3と同様の構成の実施例5-4の平ベルトを作製した。発泡剤及びセルロース微細繊維のゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は12質量部である。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は25質量部である。
<Example 5-4>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, the same as Example 5-3 except that the content of carbon black and cellulose fine fiber was 20 parts by mass and 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively. A flat belt of Example 5-4 having the structure as described above was manufactured. The total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 12 parts by mass. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.

 <実施例5-5>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、カーボンブラック及びセルロース微細繊維の含有量をそれぞれゴム成分100質量部に対して10質量部及び10質量部としたことを除いて実施例5-3と同様の構成の実施例5-4の平ベルトを作製した。発泡剤及びセルロース微細繊維のゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は17質量部である。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は20質量部である。
<Example 5-5>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, the same as Example 5-3 except that the content of carbon black and cellulose fine fiber was 10 parts by mass and 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively. A flat belt of Example 5-4 having the structure as described above was manufactured. The total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 17 parts by mass. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 20 parts by mass.

 <実施例5-6>
 二軸押出混練装置を用い、温度100℃及び圧力20MPaの超臨界二酸化炭素の存在下において、H-NBRと、そのH-NBR100質量部に対し、化学的解繊手段(TEMPO酸化処理)によって製造された木材を原料とするセルロース微細繊維を5質量部、補強材のカーボンブラックを20質量部、オイルを10質量部、架橋剤の有機過酸化物を5質量部、及び共架橋剤を1質量部とを混練し、しかる後に減圧速度を7MPa/sとして減圧して未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は25質量部である。
<Example 5-6>
Manufactured by chemical defibration means (TEMPO oxidation treatment) for H-NBR and 100 parts by mass of H-NBR in the presence of supercritical carbon dioxide at a temperature of 100 ° C and a pressure of 20 MPa using a twin-screw extrusion kneader. 5 parts by mass of cellulose fine fiber made from the finished wood, 20 parts by mass of carbon black as a reinforcing material, 10 parts by mass of oil, 5 parts by mass of organic peroxide as a crosslinking agent, and 1 part by mass of a co-crosslinking agent Then, the pressure was reduced to 7 MPa / s to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.

 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートとして、この未架橋ゴム組成物を用いたことを除いて実施例5-1と同様の構成の実施例5-6の平ベルトを作製した。 A flat belt of Example 5-6 having the same configuration as Example 5-1 was produced except that this uncrosslinked rubber composition was used as an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer.

 <比較例5-1>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、セルロース微細繊維を含有させていないことを除いて実施例5-1と同様の構成の比較例5-1の平ベルトを作製した。
<Comparative Example 5-1>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 5-1 having the same configuration as that of Example 5-1 was produced except that cellulose fine fibers were not contained.

 <比較例5-2>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、発泡剤を含有させていないことを除いて実施例5-1と同様の構成の比較例5-2の平ベルトを作製した。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は45質量部である。
<Comparative Example 5-2>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 5-2 having the same configuration as that of Example 5-1 was produced except that the foaming agent was not contained. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 45 parts by mass.

 <比較例5-3>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、発泡剤を含有させていないことを除いて実施例5-4と同様の構成の比較例5-3の平ベルトを作製した。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は25質量部である。
<Comparative Example 5-3>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 5-3 having the same configuration as that of Example 5-4 was produced except that the foaming agent was not contained. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.

 <比較例5-4>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、セルロース微細繊維を含有させていないことを除いて実施例5-6と同様の構成の比較例5-4の平ベルトを作製した。
<Comparative Example 5-4>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 5-4 having the same constitution as that of Example 5-6 was produced except that cellulose fine fibers were not contained.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005

 (試験評価方法)
 実施例5-1~実施例5-6のそれぞれの平ベルトについて、実施例4と同様にセルロース微細繊維の平均繊維径及び繊維径分布を求めた。また、実施例5-1~実施例5-6及び比較例5-1~比較例5-4のそれぞれの平ベルトについて、実施例4と同様に ベルト質量を測定して比較例4-2を基準として相対評価すると共に、耐クラック性評価ベルト走行試験、高張力ベルト走行試験、摩擦係数測定試験、及び被水時異音評価ベルト走行試験を実施した。なお、耐クラック性評価ベルト走行試験及び高張力ベルト走行試験では、雰囲気温度を120℃とした。
(Test evaluation method)
For each flat belt of Examples 5-1 to 5-6, the average fiber diameter and fiber diameter distribution of the fine cellulose fibers were determined in the same manner as in Example 4. Further, for each flat belt of Example 5-1 to Example 5-6 and Comparative Example 5-1 to Comparative Example 5-4, the belt mass was measured in the same manner as in Example 4 to obtain Comparative Example 4-2. In addition to relative evaluation as a reference, a crack resistance evaluation belt running test, a high-tension belt running test, a friction coefficient measurement test, and an abnormal noise evaluation belt running test when wet were performed. In the crack resistance evaluation belt running test and the high tension belt running test, the ambient temperature was set to 120 ° C.

 (試験評価結果)
 試験結果を表5に示す。
(Test evaluation results)
The test results are shown in Table 5.

 表5によれば、ゴム成分をH-NBRとしても、実施例4と同様の結果が得られていることが分かる。 According to Table 5, it can be seen that the same results as in Example 4 were obtained even when the rubber component was H-NBR.

 (平ベルト)
 図32に示すようなベルト本体210が内側ゴム層210a、接着ゴム層210b、及び外側ゴム層210cの三層構造を有し、接着ゴム層210bに心線214が埋設された試験評価用の以下の実施例6-1~実施例6-6及び比較例6-1~比較例6-4の平ベルトを作製した。なお、それぞれの構成は表6にも示す。
(Flat belt)
A belt main body 210 as shown in FIG. 32 has a three-layer structure of an inner rubber layer 210a, an adhesive rubber layer 210b, and an outer rubber layer 210c, and a core wire 214 is embedded in the adhesive rubber layer 210b. The flat belts of Examples 6-1 to 6-6 and Comparative Examples 6-1 to 6-4 were prepared. Each configuration is also shown in Table 6.

 <実施例6-1>
 トルエンに機械的解繊手段によって製造されたセルロース微細繊維を分散させた分散体と、トルエンにEPDM(JSR社製 商品名:EP33)を溶解させた溶液とを混合し、トルエンを気化させてセルロース微細繊維/EPDMのマスターバッチを作製した。
<Example 6-1>
A dispersion in which fine cellulose fibers produced by mechanical defibrating means are dispersed in toluene and a solution in which EPDM (trade name: EP33 manufactured by JSR) is dissolved in toluene are mixed, and toluene is vaporized to mix cellulose. A fine fiber / EPDM masterbatch was prepared.

 次いで、EPDMを素練りすると共に、そこにマスターバッチを投入して混練した。マスターバッチの投入量は、トータルのEPDMを100質量部としたときのセルロース微細繊維の含有量が5質量部となる量とした。 Next, EPDM was masticated, and a master batch was added thereto for kneading. The input amount of the master batch was such that the cellulose fine fiber content was 5 parts by mass when the total EPDM was 100 parts by mass.

 そして、EPDMとセルロース微細繊維とを混練すると共に、そこに、EPDM100質量部に対し、発泡剤を7質量部、補強材のカーボンブラックを40質量部、オイルを10質量部、架橋剤の有機過酸化物を5質量部、及び共架橋剤を1質量部それぞれ投入して混練を継続することにより未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。発泡剤及びセルロース微細繊維のゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は12質量部である。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は45質量部である。 Then, EPDM and fine cellulose fibers are kneaded, and there are 7 parts by mass of a foaming agent, 40 parts by mass of carbon black as a reinforcing material, 10 parts by mass of oil and 100% by mass of an organic solvent of a crosslinking agent. An uncrosslinked rubber composition was prepared by adding 5 parts by mass of an oxide and 1 part by mass of a co-crosslinking agent and continuing kneading. The total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 12 parts by mass. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 45 parts by mass.

 この未架橋ゴム組成物をシート状に成形して内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートとし、実施例6-1の平ベルトを作製した。 The uncrosslinked rubber composition was molded into a sheet to obtain an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, and a flat belt of Example 6-1 was produced.

 なお、接着ゴム層及び外側ゴム層をEPDMゴム組成物で形成し、また、接着処理を施したアラミド繊維製の撚り糸で心線を形成した。 The adhesive rubber layer and the outer rubber layer were formed of an EPDM rubber composition, and the core wire was formed of aramid fiber twisted yarn subjected to an adhesive treatment.

 <実施例6-2>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、カーボンブラック及びセルロース微細繊維の含有量をそれぞれゴム成分100質量部に対して10質量部及び20質量部としたことを除いて実施例6-1と同様の構成の実施例6-2の平ベルトを作製した。発泡剤及びセルロース微細繊維のゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は27質量部である。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は30質量部である。
<Example 6-2>
The uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer was the same as Example 6-1 except that the content of carbon black and cellulose fine fiber was 10 parts by mass and 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively. A flat belt of Example 6-2 having the structure described above was produced. The total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 27 parts by mass. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 30 parts by mass.

 <実施例6-3>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、セルロース微細繊維として、化学的解繊手段(TEMPO酸化処理)によって製造されたセルロース微細繊維を用い、セルロース微細繊維の含有量をゴム成分100質量部に対して1質量部としたことを除いて実施例6-1と同様の構成の実施例6-3の平ベルトを作製した。発泡剤及びセルロース微細繊維のゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は8質量部である。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は41質量部である。
<Example 6-3>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, cellulose fine fibers produced by chemical defibration means (TEMPO oxidation treatment) are used as the cellulose fine fibers, and the content of the cellulose fine fibers is 100 parts by mass of the rubber component. A flat belt of Example 6-3 having the same configuration as that of Example 6-1 was prepared except that the amount was 1 part by mass. The total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 8 parts by mass. The total content of cellulose fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 41 parts by mass.

 <実施例6-4>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、カーボンブラック及びセルロース微細繊維の含有量をそれぞれゴム成分100質量部に対して20質量部及び5質量部としたことを除いて実施例6-3と同様の構成の実施例6-4の平ベルトを作製した。発泡剤及びセルロース微細繊維のゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は12質量部である。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は25質量部である。
<Example 6-4>
The uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer was the same as Example 6-3 except that the content of carbon black and cellulose fine fiber was 20 parts by mass and 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively. A flat belt of Example 6-4 having the structure described above was manufactured. The total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 12 parts by mass. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.

 <実施例6-5>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、カーボンブラック及びセルロース微細繊維の含有量をそれぞれゴム成分100質量部に対して10質量部及び10質量部としたことを除いて実施例6-3と同様の構成の実施例6-4の平ベルトを作製した。発泡剤及びセルロース微細繊維のゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は17質量部である。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は20質量部である。
<Example 6-5>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, the same as Example 6-3 except that the content of carbon black and cellulose fine fiber was 10 parts by mass and 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component, respectively. A flat belt of Example 6-4 having the structure described above was manufactured. The total content of the foaming agent and cellulose fine fiber with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 17 parts by mass. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 20 parts by mass.

 <実施例6-6>
 二軸押出混練装置を用い、温度100℃及び圧力20MPaの超臨界二酸化炭素の存在下において、EPDMと、そのEPDM100質量部に対し、化学的解繊手段(TEMPO酸化処理)によって製造されたセルロース微細繊維を5質量部、補強材のカーボンブラックを20質量部、オイルを10質量部、架橋剤の有機過酸化物を5質量部、及び共架橋剤を1質量部とを混練し、しかる後に減圧速度を7MPa/sとして減圧して未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は25質量部である。
<Example 6-6>
Cellulose finely produced by chemical defibrating means (TEMPO oxidation treatment) for EPDM and 100 parts by mass of EPDM in the presence of supercritical carbon dioxide at a temperature of 100 ° C. and a pressure of 20 MPa using a biaxial extrusion kneader. 5 parts by mass of fiber, 20 parts by mass of carbon black as a reinforcing material, 10 parts by mass of oil, 5 parts by mass of organic peroxide as a crosslinking agent, and 1 part by mass of a co-crosslinking agent are kneaded, and then the pressure is reduced. An uncrosslinked rubber composition was produced by reducing the pressure at a rate of 7 MPa / s. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.

 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートとして、この未架橋ゴム組成物を用いたことを除いて実施例6-1と同様の構成の実施例6-6の平ベルトを作製した。 A flat belt of Example 6-6 having the same configuration as Example 6-1 was produced except that this uncrosslinked rubber composition was used as an uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer.

 <比較例6-1>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、セルロース微細繊維を含有させていないことを除いて実施例6-1と同様の構成の比較例6-1の平ベルトを作製した。
<Comparative Example 6-1>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 6-1 having the same configuration as that of Example 6-1 was produced except that cellulose fine fibers were not contained.

 <比較例6-2>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、発泡剤を含有させていないことを除いて実施例6-1と同様の構成の比較例6-2の平ベルトを作製した。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は45質量部である。
<Comparative Example 6-2>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 6-2 having the same configuration as that of Example 6-1 was produced except that the foaming agent was not contained. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 45 parts by mass.

 <比較例6-3>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、発泡剤を含有させていないことを除いて実施例6-4と同様の構成の比較例6-3の平ベルトを作製した。セルロース系微細繊維及びカーボンブラックのゴム成分100質量部に対するトータルの含有量は25質量部である。
<Comparative Example 6-3>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 6-3 having the same configuration as that of Example 6-4 was produced except that the foaming agent was not contained. The total content of cellulose-based fine fibers and carbon black with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component is 25 parts by mass.

 <比較例6-4>
 内側ゴム層用の未架橋ゴムシートについて、セルロース微細繊維を含有させていないことを除いて実施例6-6と同様の構成の比較例6-4の平ベルトを作製した。
<Comparative Example 6-4>
For the uncrosslinked rubber sheet for the inner rubber layer, a flat belt of Comparative Example 6-4 having the same configuration as that of Example 6-6 was prepared except that cellulose fine fibers were not contained.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006

 (試験評価方法)
 実施例6-1~実施例6-6のそれぞれの平ベルトについて、実施例4と同様にセルロース微細繊維の平均繊維径及び繊維径分布を求めた。また、実施例6-1~実施例6-6及び比較例6-1~比較例6-4のそれぞれの平ベルトについて、実施例4と同様に ベルト質量を測定して比較例6-2を基準として相対評価すると共に、耐クラック性評価ベルト走行試験、高張力ベルト走行試験、摩擦係数測定試験、及び被水時異音評価ベルト走行試験を実施した。なお、耐クラック性評価ベルト走行試験及び高張力ベルト走行試験では、雰囲気温度を120℃とした。
(Test evaluation method)
For each flat belt of Examples 6-1 to 6-6, the average fiber diameter and fiber diameter distribution of the fine cellulose fibers were determined in the same manner as in Example 4. Further, for each of the flat belts of Example 6-1 to Example 6-6 and Comparative Example 6-1 to Comparative Example 6-4, the belt mass was measured in the same manner as in Example 4 to obtain Comparative Example 6-2. In addition to relative evaluation as a reference, a crack resistance evaluation belt running test, a high-tension belt running test, a friction coefficient measurement test, and an abnormal noise evaluation belt running test when wet were performed. In the crack resistance evaluation belt running test and the high tension belt running test, the ambient temperature was set to 120 ° C.

 (試験評価結果)
 試験結果を表6に示す。
(Test evaluation results)
The test results are shown in Table 6.

 表6によれば、ゴム成分をEPDMとしても、実施例4及び実施例5と同様の結果が得られていることが分かる。 According to Table 6, it can be seen that the same results as in Example 4 and Example 5 were obtained even when the rubber component was EPDM.

 [実施形態7]
 (歯付ベルトB)
 図37は、実施形態7に係る歯付ベルトBを示す。
[Embodiment 7]
(Toothed belt B)
FIG. 37 shows a toothed belt B according to the seventh embodiment.

 実施形態7に係る歯付ベルトBは、ゴム組成物で形成されたエンドレスの歯付ベルト本体310を備えている。歯付ベルト本体310は、平帯状の基部311aと、その一方側、つまり、内周側の面にベルト長さ方向に間隔をおいて一定ピッチで一体に設けられた複数の歯部311bとを有する。歯付ベルト本体310には、その歯部側表面を被覆するように歯部側補強布312が貼設されている。また、歯付ベルト本体310における基部311aの内周側には、ベルト幅方向にピッチを有する螺旋を形成するように心線313が埋設されている。実施形態7に係る歯付ベルトBは、例えば、工作機械等におけるベルト伝動装置、特に、稼動時間が年間3~120時間程度の工作機械におけるベルト伝動装置の動力伝達部材として好適に用いられる。実施形態7に係る歯付ベルトBは、例えば、ベルト長さが500~3000mm、ベルト幅が10~200mm、及びベルト厚さが3~20mmである。また、歯部311bは、例えば、幅0.63~16.46mm、高さ0.37~9.6mm、及びピッチ1.0~31.75mmである。 The toothed belt B according to Embodiment 7 includes an endless toothed belt body 310 formed of a rubber composition. The toothed belt main body 310 includes a flat belt-like base portion 311a and a plurality of tooth portions 311b that are integrally provided at a constant pitch at intervals in the belt length direction on one side, that is, the inner peripheral surface. Have. A tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 is attached to the toothed belt main body 310 so as to cover the tooth side surface thereof. A core wire 313 is embedded on the inner peripheral side of the base 311a of the toothed belt main body 310 so as to form a spiral having a pitch in the belt width direction. The toothed belt B according to the seventh embodiment is suitably used as a power transmission member of, for example, a belt transmission device in a machine tool or the like, in particular, a belt transmission device in a machine tool having an operation time of about 3 to 120 hours per year. The toothed belt B according to Embodiment 7 has, for example, a belt length of 500 to 3000 mm, a belt width of 10 to 200 mm, and a belt thickness of 3 to 20 mm. Further, the tooth portion 311b has, for example, a width of 0.63 to 16.46 mm, a height of 0.37 to 9.6 mm, and a pitch of 1.0 to 31.75 mm.

 歯付ベルト本体310の歯部311bは、側面視形状が台形である台形歯であってもよく、また、半円形である丸歯であってもよく、更には、その他の形状であってもよい。歯部311bは、ベルト幅方向に延びるように形成されていても、また、ベルト幅方向に対して傾斜する方向に延びるように形成されたハス歯であっても、どちらでもよい。 The tooth portion 311b of the toothed belt main body 310 may be a trapezoidal tooth having a trapezoidal shape when viewed from the side, may be a semicircular round tooth, and may have other shapes. Good. The tooth portion 311b may be formed so as to extend in the belt width direction, or may be a helical tooth formed so as to extend in a direction inclined with respect to the belt width direction.

 歯付ベルト本体310は、ゴム成分に、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維に加えて各種のゴム配合剤が配合されて混練された未架橋ゴム組成物が加熱及び加圧されて架橋剤により架橋したゴム組成物で形成されている。このように歯付ベルト本体310を形成するゴム組成物が、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有することにより、歯付ベルトBの耐久性を向上させることができる。ここで、本願における「微細繊維」とは、繊維径が1.0μm以下の繊維を意味する。 In the toothed belt main body 310, an uncrosslinked rubber composition obtained by mixing and kneading various rubber compounding agents in addition to cellulose fine fibers containing a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm in a rubber component is heated and added. It is formed of a rubber composition that is pressed and crosslinked with a crosslinking agent. As described above, the rubber composition forming the toothed belt body 310 contains the cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm, whereby the durability of the toothed belt B can be improved. . Here, “fine fiber” in the present application means a fiber having a fiber diameter of 1.0 μm or less.

 歯付ベルト本体310を形成するゴム組成物のゴム成分としては、例えば、水素添加アクリロニトリルゴム(H-NBR)、不飽和カルボン酸金属塩で強化された水素添加アクリロニトリルゴム(H-NBR)、エチレン・プロピレンコポリマー(EPR)、エチレン・プロピレン・ジエンターポリマー(EPDM)、エチレン・オクテンコポリマー、エチレン・ブテンコポリマーなどのエチレン-α-オレフィンエラストマー、クロロプレンゴム(CR)、及びクロロスルホン化ポリエチレンゴム(CSM)等が挙げられる。歯付ベルト本体310を形成するゴム組成物のゴム成分は、これらのうちの1種又は2種以上のブレンドゴムであることが好ましい。 Examples of the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310 include hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber (H-NBR), hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber reinforced with unsaturated carboxylic acid metal salt (H-NBR), ethylene, and the like. -Ethylene-α-olefin elastomers such as propylene copolymer (EPR), ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer (EPDM), ethylene-octene copolymer, ethylene-butene copolymer, chloroprene rubber (CR), and chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber (CSM) ) And the like. The rubber component of the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310 is preferably a blend rubber of one or more of these.

 不飽和カルボン酸金属塩で強化されたH-NBRでは、不飽和カルボン酸としては、例えば、メタクリル酸、アクリル酸等が挙げられ、また、金属としては、例えば、亜鉛、カルシウム、マグネシウム、アルミニウム等が挙げられる。 In H-NBR reinforced with an unsaturated carboxylic acid metal salt, examples of the unsaturated carboxylic acid include methacrylic acid and acrylic acid, and examples of the metal include zinc, calcium, magnesium, aluminum and the like. Is mentioned.

 セルロース系微細繊維は、植物繊維を細かくほぐすことで得られる植物細胞壁の骨格成分で構成されたセルロース微細繊維を由来とする繊維材料である。セルロース系微細繊維の原料植物としては、例えば、木、竹、稲(稲わら)、じゃがいも、サトウキビ(バガス)、水草、海藻等が挙げられる。これらのうち木が好ましい。 Cellulosic fine fiber is a fiber material derived from cellulose fine fiber composed of a skeletal component of a plant cell wall obtained by finely loosening plant fiber. Examples of the cellulosic fine fiber plant include wood, bamboo, rice (rice straw), potato, sugar cane (bagasse), aquatic plants, seaweed and the like. Of these, wood is preferred.

 セルロース系微細繊維は、セルロース微細繊維自体であっても、また、疎水化処理された疎水化セルロース微細繊維であっても、どちらでもよい。また、セルロース系微細繊維として、セルロース微細繊維自体と疎水化セルロース微細繊維とを併用してもよい。分散性の観点からは、セルロース系微細繊維は、疎水化セルロース微細繊維を含むことが好ましい。疎水化セルロース微細繊維としては、セルロースの水酸基の一部又は全部が疎水性基に置換されたセルロース微細繊維、及び表面処理剤によって疎水化表面処理されたセルロース微細繊維が挙げられる。 The cellulose-based fine fiber may be either the cellulose fine fiber itself or a hydrophobic cellulose fine fiber that has been subjected to a hydrophobic treatment. Moreover, you may use together cellulose fine fiber itself and hydrophobized cellulose fine fiber as a cellulosic fine fiber. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, the cellulosic fine fibers preferably include hydrophobized cellulose fine fibers. Examples of the hydrophobized cellulose fine fibers include cellulose fine fibers in which some or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups, and cellulose fine fibers that have been subjected to a hydrophobized surface treatment with a surface treatment agent.

 セルロースの水酸基の一部又は全部が疎水性基に置換されたセルロース微細繊維を得るための疎水化としては、例えば、エステル化(アシル化)(アルキルエステル化、複合エステル化、β-ケトエステル化など)、アルキル化、トシル化、エポキシ化、アリール化等が挙げられる。これらのうちエステル化が好ましい。具体的には、エステル化された疎水化セルロース微細繊維は、セルロースの水酸基の一部又は全部が、酢酸、無水酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸等のカルボン酸、若しくは、そのハロゲン化物(特に塩化物)によりアシル化されたセルロース微細繊維である。表面処理剤によって疎水化表面処理されたセルロース微細繊維を得るための表面処理剤としては、例えば、シランカップリング剤等が挙げられる。 Examples of hydrophobization for obtaining cellulose fine fibers in which part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are substituted with hydrophobic groups include esterification (acylation) (alkyl esterification, complex esterification, β-ketoesterification, etc.) ), Alkylation, tosylation, epoxidation, arylation and the like. Of these, esterification is preferred. Specifically, in the esterified hydrophobized cellulose fine fiber, part or all of the hydroxyl groups of cellulose are carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, acetic anhydride, propionic acid, butyric acid, or halides thereof (particularly chlorides). It is the cellulose fine fiber acylated by. Examples of the surface treatment agent for obtaining cellulose fine fibers hydrophobized and surface-treated with the surface treatment agent include silane coupling agents.

 セルロース系微細繊維は、歯付ベルトBの耐久性を向上させる観点から、繊維径の分布が広いことが好ましく、繊維径の分布範囲は50~500nmを含む。その繊維径の分布の下限は、その観点から、好ましくは20nm以下、より好ましくは10nm以下である。上限は、同じ観点から、好ましくは700nm以上、より好ましくは1μm以上である。セルロース系微細繊維の繊維径の分布範囲は、20nm~700mmを含むことが好ましく、10nm~1μmを含むことがより好ましい。 The cellulosic fine fibers preferably have a wide fiber diameter distribution from the viewpoint of improving the durability of the toothed belt B, and the fiber diameter distribution range includes 50 to 500 nm. From the viewpoint, the lower limit of the fiber diameter distribution is preferably 20 nm or less, more preferably 10 nm or less. From the same viewpoint, the upper limit is preferably 700 nm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more. The fiber diameter distribution range of the cellulosic fine fibers preferably includes 20 nm to 700 mm, and more preferably includes 10 nm to 1 μm.

 歯付ベルト本体310を形成するゴム組成物に含有されるセルロース系微細繊維の平均繊維径は、好ましくは10nm以上、より好ましくは20nm以上であり、また、好ましくは700nm以下、より好ましくは100nm以下である。 The average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers contained in the rubber composition forming the toothed belt body 310 is preferably 10 nm or more, more preferably 20 nm or more, and preferably 700 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less. It is.

 セルロース系微細繊維の繊維径の分布は、歯付ベルト本体310を形成するゴム組成物の試料を凍結粉砕した後、その断面を透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)で観察すると共に、50本のセルロース系微細繊維を任意に選択して繊維径を測定し、その測定結果に基づいて求められる。また、セルロース系微細繊維の平均繊維径は、その任意に選択した50本のセルロース系微細繊維の繊維径の数平均として求められる。 The distribution of the fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers was determined by freeze-grinding a sample of the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310, and then observing the cross section with a transmission electron microscope (TEM). A fine fiber is arbitrarily selected, the fiber diameter is measured, and obtained based on the measurement result. The average fiber diameter of the cellulosic fine fibers is obtained as the number average of the fiber diameters of 50 arbitrarily selected cellulosic fine fibers.

 セルロース系微細繊維は、機械的解繊手段によって製造された高アスペクト比のものであっても、また、化学的解繊手段によって製造された針状結晶のものであっても、どちらでもよい。これらのうち、機械的解繊手段によって製造されたものが好ましい。また、セルロース系微細繊維として、機械的解繊手段によって製造されたものと化学的解繊手段によって製造されたものとを併用してもよい。機械的解繊手段に用いる解繊装置としては、例えば、二軸混練機などの混練機、高圧ホモジナイザー、グラインダー、ビーズミル等が挙げられる。化学的解繊手段に用いる処理としては、例えば、酸加水分解処理等が挙げられる。 The cellulosic fine fibers may be either high aspect ratio manufactured by mechanical defibrating means, or needle-shaped crystals manufactured by chemical defibrating means. Of these, those manufactured by mechanical defibrating means are preferred. Moreover, you may use together what was manufactured by the mechanical defibration means, and what was manufactured by the chemical defibration means as a cellulose fine fiber. Examples of the defibrating apparatus used for the mechanical defibrating means include a kneader such as a twin-screw kneader, a high-pressure homogenizer, a grinder, and a bead mill. Examples of the treatment used for the chemical defibrating means include acid hydrolysis treatment.

 歯付ベルト本体310を形成するゴム組成物におけるセルロース系微細繊維の含有量は、歯付ベルトBの耐久性を向上させる観点から、ゴム成分100質量部に対して、好ましくは1質量部以上、より好ましくは3質量部以上、更に好ましくは5質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは30質量部以下、より好ましくは20質量部以下、更に好ましくは10質量部以下である。 From the viewpoint of improving the durability of the toothed belt B, the content of the cellulosic fine fibers in the rubber composition forming the toothed belt body 310 is preferably 1 part by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the rubber component. More preferably, it is 3 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 10 parts by mass or less.

 ゴム配合剤としては、補強材、加工助剤、加硫促進助剤、可塑剤、共架橋剤、架橋剤、加硫促進剤、老化防止剤等が挙げられる。 Examples of rubber compounding agents include reinforcing materials, processing aids, vulcanization acceleration aids, plasticizers, co-crosslinking agents, crosslinking agents, vulcanization accelerators, anti-aging agents, and the like.

 補強材としては、カーボンブラックでは、例えば、チャネルブラック;SAF、ISAF、N-339、HAF、N-351、MAF、FEF、SRF、GPF、ECF、N-234などのファーネスブラック;FT、MTなどのサーマルブラック;アセチレンブラック等が挙げられる。補強材としてはシリカも挙げられる。補強材は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。補強材の含有量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば20~60質量部である。 As the reinforcing material, carbon black, for example, channel black; furnace black such as SAF, ISAF, N-339, HAF, N-351, MAF, FEF, SRF, GPF, ECF, N-234; FT, MT, etc. Thermal black; acetylene black and the like. Silica is also mentioned as the reinforcing material. It is preferable that a reinforcing material is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these. The content of the reinforcing material is, for example, 20 to 60 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

 加工助剤としては、例えば、ステアリン酸、ポリエチレンワックス、脂肪酸の金属塩等が挙げられる。加工助剤は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。加工助剤の含有量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば0.5~2質量部である。 Examples of processing aids include stearic acid, polyethylene wax, and fatty acid metal salts. Among these, the processing aid is preferably one or more. The content of the processing aid is, for example, 0.5 to 2 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

 加硫促進助剤としては、例えば、酸化亜鉛(亜鉛華)や酸化マグネシウムなどの金属酸化物、金属炭酸塩、脂肪酸及びその誘導体等が挙げられる。加硫促進助剤は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。加硫促進助剤の含有量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば3~7質量部である。 Examples of the vulcanization acceleration aid include metal oxides such as zinc oxide (zinc white) and magnesium oxide, metal carbonates, fatty acids and derivatives thereof. Among these, the vulcanization acceleration aid is preferably one or more. The content of the vulcanization acceleration aid is, for example, 3 to 7 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

 可塑剤としては、例えば、ジブチルフタレート(DBP)、ジオクチルフタレート(DOP)などのジアルキルフタレート、ジオクチルアジペート(DOA)などのジアルキルアジペート、ジオクチルセバケート(DOS)などのジアルキルセバケート等が挙げられる。可塑剤は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。可塑剤の含有量は、ゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば0.1~40質量部である。 Examples of the plasticizer include dialkyl phthalates such as dibutyl phthalate (DBP) and dioctyl phthalate (DOP), dialkyl adipates such as dioctyl adipate (DOA), and dialkyl sebacates such as dioctyl sebacate (DOS). It is preferable that a plasticizer is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these. The plasticizer content is, for example, 0.1 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 共架橋剤としては、例えば、液状NBRなどの液状ゴム等が挙げられる。共架橋剤は、1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。共架橋剤の含有量は、ゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば3~7質量部である。 Examples of the co-crosslinking agent include liquid rubber such as liquid NBR. The co-crosslinking agent is preferably one type or two or more types. The content of the co-crosslinking agent is, for example, 3 to 7 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 架橋剤としては、硫黄及び有機過酸化物が挙げられる。架橋剤として、硫黄が配合されていてもよく、また、有機過酸化物が配合されていてもよく、更には、それらの両方が併用されていてもよい。架橋剤の配合量は、硫黄の場合、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば1~5質量部であり、有機過酸化物の場合、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば1~5質量部である。 Examples of the crosslinking agent include sulfur and organic peroxides. As a crosslinking agent, sulfur may be blended, an organic peroxide may be blended, or both of them may be used in combination. The amount of the crosslinking agent is, for example, 1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition in the case of sulfur, and 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition with respect to the organic peroxide. For example, 1 to 5 parts by mass.

 加硫促進剤としては、例えば、チウラム系(例えばTETD、TT、TRAなど)、チアゾール系(例えばMBT、MBTSなど)、スルフェンアミド系(例えばCZなど)、ジチオカルバミン酸塩系(例えばBZ-Pなど)のもの等が挙げられる。加硫促進剤は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。加硫促進剤の含有量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば2~5質量部である。 Examples of the vulcanization accelerator include thiuram (eg, TETD, TT, TRA, etc.), thiazole (eg, MBT, MBTS, etc.), sulfenamide (eg, CZ), dithiocarbamate (eg, BZ-P). Etc.). It is preferable that a vulcanization accelerator is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these. The content of the vulcanization accelerator is, for example, 2 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

 老化防止剤としては、例えば、アミン-ケトン系老化防止剤、ジアミン系老化防止剤、フェノール系老化防止剤等が挙げられる。老化防止剤は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。老化防止剤の含有量は、ゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば0.1~5質量部である。 Examples of the anti-aging agent include amine-ketone anti-aging agents, diamine anti-aging agents, phenol anti-aging agents and the like. It is preferable that an anti-aging agent is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these. The content of the anti-aging agent is, for example, 0.1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 なお、歯付ベルト本体310を形成するゴム組成物には、繊維径が10μm以上の短繊維が含まれていてもよい。 Note that the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310 may contain short fibers having a fiber diameter of 10 μm or more.

 歯部側補強布312は、例えば、綿、ポリアミド繊維、ポリエステル繊維、アラミド繊維等の糸で形成された織布、編物、不織布等の布材で構成されている。歯部側補強布312は伸性を有することが好ましい。歯部側補強布312の厚さは例えば0.3~2.0mmである。歯部側補強布312には、歯付ベルト本体310との接着のための接着処理が施されている。 The tooth part side reinforcing cloth 312 is made of a cloth material such as a woven fabric, a knitted fabric, or a non-woven fabric formed of yarns such as cotton, polyamide fiber, polyester fiber, and aramid fiber. It is preferable that the tooth part side reinforcing cloth 312 has extensibility. The thickness of the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 is, for example, 0.3 to 2.0 mm. The tooth part side reinforcing cloth 312 is subjected to an adhesion process for adhesion to the toothed belt main body 310.

 心線313は、ガラス繊維、アラミド繊維、ポリアミド繊維、ポリエステル繊維等で形成された撚り糸で構成されている。心線313の直径は例えば0.5~2.5mmであり、断面における相互に隣接する心線中心間の寸法は例えば0.05~0.20mmである。心線313には、歯付ベルト本体310に対する接着性を付与するための接着処理が施されている。 The core wire 313 is composed of a twisted yarn formed of glass fiber, aramid fiber, polyamide fiber, polyester fiber or the like. The diameter of the core wire 313 is, for example, 0.5 to 2.5 mm, and the dimension between adjacent core wire centers in the cross section is, for example, 0.05 to 0.20 mm. The core wire 313 is subjected to an adhesive treatment for imparting adhesiveness to the toothed belt main body 310.

 以上の構成の実施形態7に係る歯付ベルトBによれば、基部311a及び歯部311bを含む歯付ベルト本体310を形成するゴム組成物が、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有することにより、その優れた補強効果が得られ、特に歯部311bの欠けが抑止され、また、優れた耐油性を得ることもでき、その結果、高い耐久性を得ることができる。 According to the toothed belt B according to the seventh embodiment having the above-described configuration, the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310 including the base portion 311a and the tooth portion 311b includes cellulose having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm. By containing the system fine fiber, its excellent reinforcing effect can be obtained, and in particular, chipping of the tooth portion 311b can be suppressed, and excellent oil resistance can be obtained, and as a result, high durability can be obtained. it can.

 (歯付ベルトBの製造方法)
 実施形態7に係る歯付ベルトBの製造方法について、図38~5に基づいて説明する。
(Manufacturing method of toothed belt B)
A method for manufacturing the toothed belt B according to the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS.

 図38は、実施形態7に係る歯付ベルトBの製造に用いるベルト成形型320を示す。 FIG. 38 shows a belt forming die 320 used for manufacturing the toothed belt B according to the seventh embodiment.

 このベルト成形型320は、円筒状であって、その外周面に、軸方向に延びる歯部形成溝321が周方向に間隔をおいて一定ピッチで形成されている。 The belt forming die 320 has a cylindrical shape, and tooth portion forming grooves 321 extending in the axial direction are formed on the outer peripheral surface thereof at a constant pitch with an interval in the circumferential direction.

 実施形態7に係る歯付ベルトの製造方法は、材料準備工程、成形工程、架橋工程、及び仕上げ工程を有する。 The manufacturing method of the toothed belt according to the seventh embodiment includes a material preparation process, a molding process, a crosslinking process, and a finishing process.

 <材料準備工程>
 ―基部及び歯部用の未架橋ゴムシート311’―
 まず、素練りしているゴム成分にセルロース系微細繊維を投入して混練することにより分散させる。
<Material preparation process>
-Uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311 'for base and teeth-
First, cellulosic fine fibers are put into a kneaded rubber component and dispersed by kneading.

 ここで、ゴム成分へのセルロース系微細繊維の分散方法としては、例えば、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)を、オープンロールで素練りしているゴム成分に投入し、それらを混練しながら水分を気化させる方法、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)とゴムラテックスとを混合して水分を気化させて得られたセルロース系微細繊維/ゴムのマスターバッチを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、セルロース系微細繊維を溶剤に分散させた分散液とゴム成分を溶剤に溶解させた溶液とを混合して溶剤を気化させて得られたセルロース系微細繊維/ゴムのマスターバッチを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)を凍結乾燥させて粉砕したものを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、疎水化したセルロース系微細繊維を素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法等が挙げられる。 Here, as a method for dispersing the cellulose-based fine fibers in the rubber component, for example, a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulose-based fine fibers are dispersed in water is added to the rubber component kneaded with an open roll, A method of vaporizing moisture while kneading them, a master of cellulose fine fibers / rubber obtained by mixing a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water and rubber latex to vaporize the moisture Obtained by mixing the batch into a rubber component that has been masticated, mixing a dispersion in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in a solvent, and a solution in which the rubber component is dissolved in the solvent, and evaporating the solvent. Cellulose fine fiber / rubber masterbatch is put into the kneaded rubber component, dispersion (gel) in which cellulose fine fiber is dispersed in water is freeze-dried and pulverized And what, how to put into a rubber component is masticated, methods and the like to introduce cellulosic microfibers made hydrophobic in rubber component is masticated.

 次いで、ゴム成分とセルロース系微細繊維とを混練しながら、各種のゴム配合剤を投入して混練を継続する。 Next, while kneading the rubber component and the cellulosic fine fiber, various rubber compounding agents are added and kneading is continued.

 そして、得られた未架橋ゴム組成物をカレンダー成形等によってシート状に成形して基部及び歯部用の未架橋ゴムシート311’を作製する。 Then, the obtained uncrosslinked rubber composition is formed into a sheet shape by calendar molding or the like to produce an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311 'for the base and teeth.

 ―歯部側補強布312’―
 歯部側補強布312’に対して接着処理を施す。具体的には、歯部側補強布312’に、RFL水溶液に浸漬して加熱するRFL接着処理を施す。また、必要に応じて、RFL接着処理前に下地接着処理液に浸漬して加熱する下地接着処理を施す。また、必要に応じて、RFL接着処理後にゴム糊に浸漬して乾燥させるソーキングゴム糊接着処理、及び/又は、歯付ベルト本体310側となる面にゴム糊をコーティングして乾燥させるコーティングゴム糊接着処理を施す。
-Tooth side reinforcing cloth 312'-
Adhesive treatment is applied to the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′. Specifically, the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ is subjected to an RFL adhesion treatment in which it is immersed in an RFL aqueous solution and heated. Further, if necessary, a base adhesion treatment in which the substrate is immersed in a base adhesion treatment solution and heated is performed before the RFL adhesion treatment. In addition, if necessary, a soaking rubber paste bonding treatment that is immersed in rubber paste after the RFL bonding treatment and / or drying, and / or a coating rubber paste that is coated with rubber paste on the surface on the toothed belt body 310 side and dried. Apply adhesive treatment.

 次いで、接着処理を施した歯部側補強布312’の両端を接合して筒状に形成する。 Next, both ends of the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ subjected to the adhesion treatment are joined to form a cylindrical shape.

 -心線313’-
 心線313’に対して接着処理を施す。具体的には、心線313’に、レゾルシン・ホルマリン・ラテックス水溶液(以下「RFL水溶液」という。)に浸漬して加熱するRFL接着処理を施す。また、必要に応じて、RFL接着処理前に下地接着処理液に浸漬して加熱する下地接着処理、及び/又は、RFL接着処理後にゴム糊に浸漬して乾燥させるゴム糊接着処理を施す。
-Core 313'-
An adhesive treatment is applied to the core wire 313 ′. Specifically, the core wire 313 ′ is subjected to an RFL adhesion treatment in which it is immersed in a resorcin / formalin / latex aqueous solution (hereinafter referred to as “RFL aqueous solution”) and heated. In addition, if necessary, a base adhesive treatment in which the substrate is immersed in a base adhesive treatment solution and heated before the RFL adhesive treatment and / or a rubber paste adhesive treatment in which the RFL adhesive treatment is immersed in rubber paste and dried are performed.

 <成形工程>
 図39に示すように、ベルト成形型320の外周に筒状の歯部側補強布312’を被せ、その上から心線313’を螺旋状に巻き付け、更にその上から未架橋ゴムシート311’を巻き付ける。このとき、ベルト成形型320上には積層成形体B’が形成される。なお、未架橋ゴムシート311’は、列理方向がベルト長さ方向に対応するように使用しても、また、列理方向がベルト幅方向に対応するように使用しても、どちらでもよい。
<Molding process>
As shown in FIG. 39, a cylindrical tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ is placed on the outer periphery of the belt mold 320, and a core wire 313 ′ is spirally wound thereon, and further, an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311 ′ is wound thereon. Wrap. At this time, a laminated molded body B ′ is formed on the belt mold 320. The uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311 ′ may be used so that the line direction corresponds to the belt length direction, or the line direction may correspond to the belt width direction. .

 <架橋工程>
 図40に示すように、積層成形体B’の外周に離型紙322を巻き付けた後、その上からゴムスリーブ323を被せ、それを加硫缶内に配置して密閉すると共に、加硫缶内に高温及び高圧の蒸気を充填して所定の成型時間だけ保持する。このとき、積層成形体B’における未架橋ゴムシートが歯部側補強布312’を押圧しながら流動してベルト成形型320の歯部形成溝321に流入し、また、その架橋が進行し、且つそれと歯部側補強布312’及び心線313’とが複合一体化し、最終的に、図41に示すように、円筒状のベルトスラブSが成型される。なお、ベルトスラブSの成型温度は例えば100~180℃、成型圧力は例えば0.5~2.0MPa、及び成型時間は例えば10~60分である。
<Crosslinking process>
As shown in FIG. 40, after the release paper 322 is wound around the outer periphery of the laminated molded body B ′, a rubber sleeve 323 is placed on the outer periphery, and the rubber sleeve 323 is placed and sealed in the vulcanizing can. Is filled with high-temperature and high-pressure steam and held for a predetermined molding time. At this time, the uncrosslinked rubber sheet in the laminated molded body B ′ flows while pressing the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ and flows into the tooth portion forming groove 321 of the belt forming die 320, and the crosslinking proceeds, And the tooth part side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ and the core wire 313 ′ are combined and integrated, and finally, a cylindrical belt slab S is formed as shown in FIG. The molding temperature of the belt slab S is, for example, 100 to 180 ° C., the molding pressure is, for example, 0.5 to 2.0 MPa, and the molding time is, for example, 10 to 60 minutes.

 <仕上げ工程>
 加硫缶の内部を減圧して密閉を解き、ベルト成形型320とゴムスリーブ323との間に成型されたベルトスラブSを取り出して脱型し、その背面側を研磨して厚さ調整を行った後、所定幅に輪切りすることにより歯付ベルトBが製造される。
<Finishing process>
The inside of the vulcanizing can is depressurized to release the seal, the belt slab S molded between the belt mold 320 and the rubber sleeve 323 is taken out and demolded, and the back side is polished to adjust the thickness. After that, the toothed belt B is manufactured by cutting into a predetermined width.

 [実施形態8]
 (歯付ベルトB)
 実施形態8に係る歯付ベルトBは、外観構成が実施形態7と同一であるので、以下では図37に基づいて説明する。
[Embodiment 8]
(Toothed belt B)
Since the external configuration of the toothed belt B according to the eighth embodiment is the same as that of the seventh embodiment, a description will be given below based on FIG.

 実施形態8に係る歯付ベルトBでは、歯付ベルト本体310における基部311aを形成するゴム組成物は、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有している。一方、歯部311bを形成するゴム組成物は、かかるセルロース系微細繊維を含有していない。なお、歯部311bを形成するゴム組成物は、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含まないセルロース系微細繊維を含有していてもよい。 In the toothed belt B according to Embodiment 8, the rubber composition forming the base 311a in the toothed belt main body 310 contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm. On the other hand, the rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b does not contain such cellulosic fine fibers. The rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b may contain cellulosic fine fibers whose fiber diameter distribution range does not include 50 to 500 nm.

 その他の構成は実施形態7と同一である。 Other configurations are the same as those in the seventh embodiment.

 以上の構成の実施形態8に係る歯付ベルトBによれば、基部311aを形成するゴム組成物が、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有することにより、その優れた補強効果が得られ、また、優れた耐油性を得ることもでき、その結果、高い耐久性を得ることができる。 According to the toothed belt B according to the eighth embodiment having the above-described configuration, the rubber composition forming the base portion 311a is superior in that it contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm. The reinforcing effect can be obtained, and excellent oil resistance can be obtained. As a result, high durability can be obtained.

 (歯付ベルトBの製造方法)
 実施形態8に係る歯付ベルトBの製造方法では、材料準備工程において、実施形態7と同様、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有する基部用の未架橋ゴムシート311a’を作製する。また、ゴム成分に各種のゴム配合剤を配合し、ニーダー、バンバリーミキサー等の混練機で混練して得られた繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有しない未架橋ゴム組成物を、ベルト成形型320の歯部形成溝321の形状に形成した歯部用の未架橋ゴム311b’を作製する。
(Manufacturing method of toothed belt B)
In the manufacturing method of the toothed belt B according to Embodiment 8, in the material preparation step, as in Embodiment 7, the base uncrosslinked rubber sheet containing cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm is used. 311a ′ is produced. In addition, uncrosslinked rubber containing no cellulosic fine fiber having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm obtained by blending various rubber compounding agents with a rubber component and kneading with a kneader such as a kneader or Banbury mixer. An uncrosslinked rubber 311 b ′ for a tooth part, in which the composition is formed in the shape of the tooth part forming groove 321 of the belt mold 320, is prepared.

 そして、成形工程において、図42に示すように、ベルト成形型320の外周に筒状の歯部側補強布312’を被せると共に歯部形成溝321に沿わせた後、図43に示すように、各歯部形成溝321に歯部用の未架橋ゴム311b’を嵌め入れ、図44に示すように、その上から心線313’を螺旋状に巻き付け、更にその上から基部用の未架橋ゴムシート311a’を巻き付けことにより積層成形体B’を形成する。架橋工程では、積層成形体B’における歯部用の未架橋ゴム311b’及び基部用の未架橋ゴムシート311a’の架橋が進行し、且つそれと歯部側補強布312’及び心線313’とが複合一体化し、最終的に、実施形態7における図41に示すのと同様の円筒状のベルトスラブSが成型される。 Then, in the molding step, as shown in FIG. 42, the outer periphery of the belt mold 320 is covered with a cylindrical tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ and along the tooth part forming groove 321, and then, as shown in FIG. Into each tooth portion forming groove 321, uncrosslinked rubber 311 b ′ for teeth is inserted, and as shown in FIG. 44, a core wire 313 ′ is spirally wound from above, and further, uncrosslinked for base is formed from above. A laminated molded body B ′ is formed by winding the rubber sheet 311a ′. In the cross-linking step, cross-linking of the uncrosslinked rubber 311b ′ for teeth and the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311a ′ for base in the laminated molded body B ′ proceeds, and the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ and the core wire 313 ′. Are combined and integrated, and finally, a cylindrical belt slab S similar to that shown in FIG. 41 in the seventh embodiment is formed.

 その他の方法は実施形態7と同一である。 Other methods are the same as those in the seventh embodiment.

 [実施形態9]
 (歯付ベルトB)
 実施形態9に係る歯付ベルトBは、外観構成が実施形態7と同一であるので、以下では図37に基づいて説明する。
[Embodiment 9]
(Toothed belt B)
Since the external configuration of the toothed belt B according to the ninth embodiment is the same as that of the seventh embodiment, the following description is based on FIG.

 実施形態9に係る歯付ベルトBでは、歯付ベルト本体310における歯部311bを形成するゴム組成物は、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有している。一方、基部311aを形成するゴム組成物は、かかるセルロース系微細繊維を含有していない。なお、基部311aを形成するゴム組成物は、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含まないセルロース系微細繊維を含有していてもよい。 In the toothed belt B according to Embodiment 9, the rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b in the toothed belt main body 310 contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm. On the other hand, the rubber composition forming the base 311a does not contain such cellulosic fine fibers. Note that the rubber composition forming the base 311a may contain cellulosic fine fibers whose fiber diameter distribution range does not include 50 to 500 nm.

 その他の構成は実施形態7と同一である。 Other configurations are the same as those in the seventh embodiment.

 以上の構成の実施形態9に係る歯付ベルトBによれば、歯部311bを形成するゴム組成物が、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有することにより、その優れた補強効果が得られ、特に歯部311bの欠けが抑止され、また、優れた耐油性を得ることもでき、その結果、高い耐久性を得ることができる。 According to the toothed belt B according to the ninth embodiment having the above configuration, the rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm. An excellent reinforcing effect can be obtained, in particular, chipping of the tooth portion 311b can be suppressed, and excellent oil resistance can be obtained. As a result, high durability can be obtained.

 (歯付ベルトBの製造方法)
 実施形態9に係る歯付ベルトBの製造方法では、材料準備工程において、実施形態7と同様、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有する歯部用の未架橋ゴム組成物を混練し、それをベルト成形型320の歯部形成溝321の形状に形成した歯部用の未架橋ゴム311b’を作製する。また、ゴム成分に各種のゴム配合剤を配合し、ニーダー、バンバリーミキサー等の混練機で混練して得られたかかるセルロース系微細繊維を含有しない未架橋ゴム組成物をカレンダー成形等によってシート状に成形して基部用の未架橋ゴムシート311a’を作製する。
(Manufacturing method of toothed belt B)
In the manufacturing method of the toothed belt B according to the ninth embodiment, in the material preparation step, as in the seventh embodiment, the uncrosslinked rubber for a tooth portion containing cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm, as in the seventh embodiment. The composition is kneaded, and an uncrosslinked rubber 311 b ′ for the tooth portion, which is formed into the shape of the tooth portion forming groove 321 of the belt mold 320, is produced. Further, by blending various rubber compounding agents with the rubber component and kneading with a kneader such as a kneader or a Banbury mixer, the uncrosslinked rubber composition not containing such cellulosic fine fibers is formed into a sheet by calendar molding or the like. An uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311a ′ for the base is formed by molding.

 そして、成形工程において、実施形態8における図42に示すのと同様に、ベルト成形型320の外周に筒状の歯部側補強布312’を被せると共に歯部形成溝321に沿わせた後、図43に示すのと同様に、各歯部形成溝321に歯部用の未架橋ゴム311b’を嵌め入れ、図44に示すのと同様に、その上から心線313’を螺旋状に巻き付け、更にその上から基部用の未架橋ゴムシート311a’を巻き付けことにより積層成形体B’を形成する。架橋工程では、積層成形体B’における歯部用の未架橋ゴム311b’及び基部用の未架橋ゴムシート311a’の架橋が進行し、且つそれと歯部側補強布312’及び心線313’とが複合一体化し、最終的に、実施形態7における図41に示すのと同様の円筒状のベルトスラブSが成型される。 Then, in the molding step, as shown in FIG. 42 in the eighth embodiment, after covering the outer periphery of the belt mold 320 with the cylindrical tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ and along the tooth part forming groove 321, In the same manner as shown in FIG. 43, uncrosslinked rubber 311b ′ for the tooth portion is fitted into each tooth portion forming groove 321, and the core wire 313 ′ is spirally wound from above as shown in FIG. Further, a laminated molded body B ′ is formed by winding an uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311a ′ for the base portion thereon. In the cross-linking step, cross-linking of the uncrosslinked rubber 311b ′ for teeth and the uncrosslinked rubber sheet 311a ′ for base in the laminated molded body B ′ proceeds, and the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ and the core wire 313 ′. Are combined and integrated, and finally, a cylindrical belt slab S similar to that shown in FIG. 41 in the seventh embodiment is formed.

 その他の方法は実施形態7と同一である。 Other methods are the same as those in the seventh embodiment.

 [実施形態10]
 (歯付ベルトB)
 実施形態10に係る歯付ベルトBは、外観構成が実施形態7と同一であるので、以下では図37に基づいて説明する。
[Embodiment 10]
(Toothed belt B)
Since the external configuration of the toothed belt B according to the tenth embodiment is the same as that of the seventh embodiment, the following description is based on FIG.

 実施形態10に係る歯付ベルトBでは、歯部側補強布312に、RFL水溶液に浸漬して加熱するRFL接着処理が施されている。これにより、歯部側補強布312は、図45に示すように、RFL接着処理により形成されたRFL接着層314を介して歯付ベルト本体310に接着されている。なお、RFL接着処理の前には、エポキシ樹脂やイソシアネート樹脂(ブロックイソシアネート)等の下地接着処理剤をトルエン等の溶剤に溶解させた溶液、或いは、水に分散させた分散液からなる下地接着処理液に浸漬して加熱する下地接着処理が施され、RFL接着層314の下に下地接着層が設けられていることが好ましい。また、RFL接着処理の後に、ゴム糊に浸漬して乾燥させるソーキングゴム糊接着処理、及び歯付ベルト本体310側となる面にゴム糊をコーティングして乾燥させるコーティングゴム糊接着処理のうち1種又は2種のゴム糊接着処理が施され、RFL接着層314の上にゴム糊接着層が設けられていてもよい。 In the toothed belt B according to the tenth embodiment, the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 is subjected to an RFL adhesion treatment in which it is immersed in an RFL aqueous solution and heated. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 45, the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 is bonded to the toothed belt main body 310 via the RFL bonding layer 314 formed by the RFL bonding process. In addition, before the RFL adhesion treatment, a foundation adhesion treatment comprising a solution obtained by dissolving a foundation adhesion treatment agent such as an epoxy resin or an isocyanate resin (block isocyanate) in a solvent such as toluene, or a dispersion liquid dispersed in water. It is preferable that a base adhesion treatment in which the substrate is immersed in a liquid and heated is performed, and a base adhesive layer is provided under the RFL adhesive layer 314. Further, after RFL adhesion treatment, one kind of soaking rubber glue adhesion treatment that is immersed in rubber glue and dried, and coating rubber glue adhesion treatment that coats and drys the rubber glue on the surface on the toothed belt body 310 side Alternatively, two types of rubber glue adhesion treatment may be performed, and a rubber glue adhesion layer may be provided on the RFL adhesion layer 314.

 RFL接着層314は、RFL水溶液に含まれる固形分により形成されており、レゾルシン・ホルマリン樹脂(RF樹脂)とゴムラテックス由来のゴム成分とを含む。また、RFL接着層314は、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有する。RFL接着層314に含まれるセルロース系微細繊維は、実施形態7における歯付ベルト本体310に含まれるのと同一の構成である。このようにRFL接着層314が、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有することにより、歯部側補強布312の歯付ベルト本体310への高い接着力を得ることができる。 The RFL adhesive layer 314 is formed of a solid content contained in the RFL aqueous solution, and includes a resorcin / formalin resin (RF resin) and a rubber component derived from rubber latex. The RFL adhesive layer 314 contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm. The cellulosic fine fibers contained in the RFL adhesive layer 314 have the same configuration as that contained in the toothed belt body 310 in the seventh embodiment. As described above, the RFL adhesive layer 314 contains a cellulosic fine fiber having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm, thereby obtaining a high adhesive force of the tooth side reinforcing fabric 312 to the toothed belt body 310. Can do.

 RFL接着層314では、セルロース系微細繊維は特定の方向に配向しておらず、無配向である。 In the RFL adhesive layer 314, the cellulosic fine fibers are not oriented in a specific direction and are not oriented.

 RFL接着層314におけるセルロース系微細繊維の含有量は、歯部側補強布312の歯付ベルト本体310への高い接着性を得る観点から、好ましくは0.5質量%以上、より好ましくは1.0質量%以上、更に好ましくは2.0質量%以上であり、また、好ましくは12質量%以下、より好ましくは10質量%以下、更に好ましくは8質量%以下である。 The content of the cellulosic fine fibers in the RFL adhesive layer 314 is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1.% from the viewpoint of obtaining high adhesion of the tooth side reinforcing fabric 312 to the toothed belt body 310. It is 0 mass% or more, More preferably, it is 2.0 mass% or more, Preferably it is 12 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 10 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 8 mass% or less.

 RFL接着層314におけるゴム成分100質量部に対するセルロース系微細繊維の含有量は、歯部側補強布312の歯付ベルト本体310への高い接着性を得る観点から、好ましくは1質量部以上、より好ましくは3質量部以上、更に好ましくは5質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは30質量部以下、より好ましくは20質量部以下、更に好ましくは10質量部以下である。 The content of the cellulosic fine fibers with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component in the RFL adhesive layer 314 is preferably 1 part by mass or more from the viewpoint of obtaining high adhesion to the toothed belt body 310 of the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312. Preferably it is 3 mass parts or more, More preferably, it is 5 mass parts or more, Preferably it is 30 mass parts or less, More preferably, it is 20 mass parts or less, More preferably, it is 10 mass parts or less.

 なお、RFL接着層314には、繊維径が10μm以上の短繊維が含まれていないことが好ましいが、歯部側補強布312の歯付ベルト本体310への接着性を阻害しない範囲でかかる短繊維が含まれていてもよい。 The RFL adhesive layer 314 preferably does not contain short fibers having a fiber diameter of 10 μm or more. However, the RFL adhesive layer 314 is short as long as the adhesiveness of the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 to the toothed belt main body 310 is not hindered. Fibers may be included.

 なお、歯付ベルト本体310の基部311aを形成するゴム組成物には、実施形態7及び2と同様にセルロース系微細繊維を含んでいても、また、セルロース系微細繊維を含んでいなくても、どちらでもよい。歯付ベルト本体310の歯部311bを形成するゴム組成物には、実施形態7及び3と同様にセルロース系微細繊維を含んでいても、また、セルロース系微細繊維を含んでいなくても、どちらでもよい。 The rubber composition forming the base 311a of the toothed belt main body 310 may contain cellulosic fine fibers as in the seventh and second embodiments, or may not contain cellulosic fine fibers. ,either will do. The rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b of the toothed belt main body 310 may contain cellulosic fine fibers as in the seventh and third embodiments, or may not contain cellulosic fine fibers. either will do.

 その他の構成は実施形態7と同一である。 Other configurations are the same as those in the seventh embodiment.

 以上の構成の実施形態10に係る歯付ベルトBによれば、歯部側補強布312と歯付ベルト本体310との間に設けられたRFL接着層314が、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有していることにより、歯部側補強布312の歯付ベルト本体310への高い接着力を得ることができることから、その優れた補強効果が得られ、特に歯部311bの欠けが抑止され、その結果、高い耐久性を得ることができる。 According to the toothed belt B according to the tenth embodiment having the above-described configuration, the RFL adhesive layer 314 provided between the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 and the toothed belt main body 310 has a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 50. By containing the cellulosic fine fibers containing 500 nm, it is possible to obtain a high adhesive force of the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 to the toothed belt main body 310, so that an excellent reinforcing effect is obtained. The chipping of the portion 311b is suppressed, and as a result, high durability can be obtained.

 (歯付ベルトBの製造方法)
 実施形態10に係る歯付ベルトBの製造方法では、材料準備工程において、歯部側補強布312’の作製の際に、歯部側補強布312’に対して接着処理を施す。具体的には、歯部側補強布312’に対して、RFL水溶液に浸漬して加熱するRFL接着処理を施す。また、RFL接着処理前に下地接着処理液に浸漬して加熱する下地接着処理を施すことが好ましい。なお、RFL接着処理後に、ゴム糊に浸漬して乾燥させるソーキングゴム糊接着処理、及び歯付ベルト本体310側となる面にゴム糊をコーティングして乾燥させるコーティングゴム糊接着処理のうち1種又は2種のゴム糊接着処理を施してもよい。
(Manufacturing method of toothed belt B)
In the method for manufacturing the toothed belt B according to the tenth embodiment, in the material preparation process, the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ is subjected to an adhesion treatment when the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ is manufactured. Specifically, an RFL adhesion treatment is performed on the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ by immersing it in an RFL aqueous solution and heating it. Moreover, it is preferable to perform the foundation | substrate adhesion | attachment process which immerses in a foundation | substrate adhesion | attachment processing liquid and heats before RFL adhesion | attachment processing. In addition, after RFL adhesion treatment, one type of soaking rubber glue adhesion treatment that is dipped in rubber glue and dried, and coating rubber glue adhesion treatment that coats and drys the rubber glue on the surface on the toothed belt body 310 side or Two types of rubber paste adhesion treatment may be performed.

 《下地接着処理》
 下地接着処理液は、例えば、エポキシ樹脂やイソシアネート樹脂(ブロックイソシアネート)等の下地接着処理剤をトルエン等の溶剤に溶解させた溶液、或いは、水に分散させた分散液である。下地接着処理液の液温は例えば20~30℃である。下地接着処理液の固形分濃度は、好ましくは20質量%以下である。
《Base adhesion processing》
The base adhesion treatment liquid is, for example, a solution obtained by dissolving a base adhesion treatment agent such as epoxy resin or isocyanate resin (block isocyanate) in a solvent such as toluene, or a dispersion liquid dispersed in water. The temperature of the base adhesion treatment liquid is, for example, 20 to 30 ° C. The solid content concentration of the base adhesion treatment liquid is preferably 20% by mass or less.

 下地接着処理液への浸漬時間は例えば1~3秒である。下地接着処理液への浸漬後の加熱温度(炉温度)は例えば200~250℃である。加熱時間(炉内滞在時間)は例えば1~3分である。下地接着処理の回数は、1回のみであっても、また、2回以上であっても、どちらでもよい。歯部側補強布312’には下地接着処理剤が付着するが、その付着量(目付量)は、歯部側補強布312’を形成する繊維材料の質量を基準として例えば0.5~8質量%である。 The immersion time in the base adhesive treatment solution is, for example, 1 to 3 seconds. The heating temperature (furnace temperature) after immersion in the base adhesion treatment liquid is, for example, 200 to 250 ° C. The heating time (residence time in the furnace) is, for example, 1 to 3 minutes. The number of times of base adhesion treatment may be only once or may be two or more. The base adhesive treating agent adheres to the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′, and the amount of attachment (weight per unit area) is, for example, 0.5 to 8 based on the mass of the fiber material forming the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′. % By mass.

 《RFL接着処理》
 RFL水溶液は、レゾルシンとホルムアルデヒドとの初期縮合物にゴムラテックスと共にセルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)を混合した水溶液である。RFL水溶液の液温は例えば20~30℃である。
<< RFL adhesion treatment >>
The RFL aqueous solution is an aqueous solution in which a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water together with a rubber latex is mixed with an initial condensate of resorcin and formaldehyde. The liquid temperature of the RFL aqueous solution is, for example, 20 to 30 ° C.

 レゾルシン(R)とホルマリン(F)とのモル比は例えばR/F=1/1~1/2である。ゴムラテックスとしては、例えば、ビニルピリジン・スチレン・ブタジエンゴムラテックス(Vp・St・SBR)、クロロプレンゴムラテックス(CR)、クロロスルホン化ポリエチレンゴムラテックス(CSM)等が挙げられる。レゾルシンとホルムアルデヒドとの初期縮合物(RF)とゴムラテックス(L)の固形分質量比は例えばRF/L=1/5~1/20である。 The molar ratio of resorcin (R) to formalin (F) is, for example, R / F = 1/1 to 1/2. Examples of the rubber latex include vinylpyridine / styrene / butadiene rubber latex (Vp / St / SBR), chloroprene rubber latex (CR), chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber latex (CSM), and the like. The solid content mass ratio of the initial condensate (RF) of resorcinol and formaldehyde and the rubber latex (L) is, for example, RF / L = 1/5 to 1/20.

 RFL水溶液の固形分濃度は、好ましくは6.0質量%以上、より好ましくは9.0質量%以上であり、また、好ましくは20質量%以下、より好ましくは15質量%以下である。 The solid content concentration of the RFL aqueous solution is preferably 6.0% by mass or more, more preferably 9.0% by mass or more, and preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less.

 RFL水溶液への浸漬時間は例えば1~3秒である。RFL水溶液への浸漬後の加熱温度(炉温度)は例えば100~180である。加熱時間(炉内滞在時間)は例えば1~5分である。RFL接着処理の回数は、1回のみであっても、また、2回以上であっても、どちらでもよい。歯部側補強布312’にはRFL接着層314が付着するが、その付着量(目付量)は、歯部側補強布312’を形成する繊維材料の質量を基準として例えば2~5質量%である。 The immersion time in the RFL aqueous solution is, for example, 1 to 3 seconds. The heating temperature (furnace temperature) after immersion in the RFL aqueous solution is, for example, 100 to 180. The heating time (residence time in the furnace) is, for example, 1 to 5 minutes. The number of RFL adhesion treatments may be only once, or may be two or more. The RFL adhesive layer 314 is attached to the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′, and the attached amount (weight per unit area) is, for example, 2 to 5% by mass based on the mass of the fiber material forming the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′. It is.

 その他の方法は実施形態7と同一である。 Other methods are the same as those in the seventh embodiment.

 [実施形態11]
 実施形態11に係る歯付ベルトBは、外観構成が実施形態7と同一であるので、以下では図37に基づいて説明する。
[Embodiment 11]
Since the external configuration of the toothed belt B according to the eleventh embodiment is the same as that of the seventh embodiment, a description will be given below based on FIG.

 実施形態11に係る歯付ベルトBでは、歯部側補強布312に、RFL水溶液に浸漬して加熱するRFL接着処理、並びにゴム糊に浸漬して乾燥させるソーキングゴム糊接着処理、及び歯付ベルト本体310側となる面にゴム糊をコーティングして乾燥させるコーティングゴム糊接着処理のうち1種又は2種のゴム糊接着処理が施されている。これにより、歯部側補強布312は、図46に示すように、RFL接着処理により形成されたRFL接着層314及びゴム糊接着処理により形成されたゴム糊接着層315を介して歯付ベルト本体310に接着されている。なお、RFL接着処理の前には、エポキシ樹脂やイソシアネート樹脂(ブロックイソシアネート)等の下地接着処理剤をトルエン等の溶剤に溶解させた溶液、或いは、水に分散させた分散液からなる下地接着処理液に浸漬して加熱する下地接着処理が施され、RFL接着層314の下に下地接着層が設けられていることが好ましい。 In the toothed belt B according to the eleventh embodiment, the tooth-side reinforcing cloth 312 is immersed in an RFL aqueous solution and heated, and the soaking rubber paste bonding process is immersed in rubber paste and dried, and the toothed belt. One or two types of rubber glue adhesion treatment is applied among the coating rubber glue adhesion treatments in which the surface on the main body 310 side is coated with rubber glue and dried. Thus, as shown in FIG. 46, the tooth-side reinforcing cloth 312 has a toothed belt main body via the RFL adhesive layer 314 formed by the RFL adhesive treatment and the rubber glue adhesive layer 315 formed by the rubber glue adhesive treatment. Bonded to 310. In addition, before the RFL adhesion treatment, a foundation adhesion treatment comprising a solution obtained by dissolving a foundation adhesion treatment agent such as an epoxy resin or an isocyanate resin (block isocyanate) in a solvent such as toluene, or a dispersion liquid dispersed in water. It is preferable that a base adhesion treatment in which the substrate is immersed in a liquid and heated is performed, and a base adhesive layer is provided under the RFL adhesive layer 314.

 RFL接着層314は、実施形態7と同様に繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有していても、また、かかるセルロース系微細繊維を含有していなくても、どちらでもよい。 The RFL adhesive layer 314 may contain cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm as in the seventh embodiment, or may not contain such cellulosic fine fibers. But you can.

 ゴム糊接着層315は、ゴム糊に含まれる固形分のゴム組成物により形成されており、そして、ゴム糊接着層315を形成するゴム組成物は、ゴム成分に、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維に加えて各種のゴム配合剤が配合されて混練された未架橋ゴム組成物が加熱及び加圧されて架橋剤により架橋したものである。このようにゴム糊接着層315が、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有していることにより、歯部側補強布312の歯付ベルト本体310への高い接着力を得ることができる。 The rubber paste adhesive layer 315 is formed of a solid rubber composition contained in the rubber paste, and the rubber composition forming the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 has a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 in the rubber component. An uncrosslinked rubber composition in which various rubber compounding agents are blended and kneaded in addition to cellulose fine fibers containing ˜500 nm is heated and pressurized and crosslinked with a crosslinking agent. As described above, since the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 contains the cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm, the adhesive strength of the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 to the toothed belt body 310 is high. Can be obtained.

 ゴム糊接着層315を形成するゴム組成物のゴム成分としては、例えば、水素添加アクリロニトリルゴム(H-NBR)、不飽和カルボン酸金属塩で強化された水素添加アクリロニトリルゴム(H-NBR)、エチレン・プロピレンコポリマー(EPR)、エチレン・プロピレン・ジエンターポリマー(EPDM)、エチレン・オクテンコポリマー、エチレン・ブテンコポリマーなどのエチレン-α-オレフィンエラストマー、クロロプレンゴム(CR)、及びクロロスルホン化ポリエチレンゴム(CSM)等が挙げられる。歯付ベルト本体310を形成するゴム組成物のゴム成分は、これらのうちの1種又は2種以上のブレンドゴムであることが好ましい。ゴム糊接着層315を形成するゴム組成物のゴム成分は、歯付ベルト本体310を形成するゴム組成物のゴム成分と同一であっても、また、異なっていても、どちらでもよい。 Examples of the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 include hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber (H-NBR), hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber reinforced with unsaturated carboxylic acid metal salt (H-NBR), ethylene, and the like. -Ethylene-α-olefin elastomers such as propylene copolymer (EPR), ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer (EPDM), ethylene-octene copolymer, ethylene-butene copolymer, chloroprene rubber (CR), and chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber (CSM) ) And the like. The rubber component of the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310 is preferably a blend rubber of one or more of these. The rubber component of the rubber composition forming the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 may be the same as or different from the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the toothed belt main body 310.

 ゴム糊接着層315を形成するゴム組成物に含まれるセルロース系微細繊維は、実施形態7における歯付ベルト本体310に含まれるのと同一の構成である。ゴム糊接着層315では、セルロース系微細繊維は特定の方向に配向しておらず、無配向である。 The cellulosic fine fibers contained in the rubber composition forming the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 have the same configuration as that contained in the toothed belt body 310 in the seventh embodiment. In the rubber paste adhesive layer 315, the cellulosic fine fibers are not oriented in a specific direction and are not oriented.

 ゴム糊接着層315におけるセルロース系微細繊維の含有量は、歯部側補強布312の歯付ベルト本体310への高い接着性を得る観点から、ゴム成分100質量部に対して、好ましくは1質量部以上、より好ましくは3質量部以上、更に好ましくは5質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは30質量部以下、より好ましくは20質量部以下、更に好ましくは10質量部以下である。 The content of the cellulosic fine fibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 is preferably 1 mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component from the viewpoint of obtaining high adhesion of the tooth side reinforcing fabric 312 to the toothed belt body 310. Part or more, more preferably 3 parts by weight or more, still more preferably 5 parts by weight or more, and preferably 30 parts by weight or less, more preferably 20 parts by weight or less, still more preferably 10 parts by weight or less.

 ゴム配合剤としては、補強材、摩擦係数低減材、架橋剤、老化防止剤等が挙げられる。 Examples of rubber compounding agents include reinforcing materials, friction coefficient reducing materials, cross-linking agents, and anti-aging agents.

 補強材としては、カーボンブラックでは、例えば、チャネルブラック;SAF、ISAF、N-339、HAF、N-351、MAF、FEF、SRF、GPF、ECF、N-234などのファーネスブラック;FT、MTなどのサーマルブラック;アセチレンブラック等が挙げられる。補強材としてはシリカも挙げられる。補強材は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。補強材の含有量は、歯付ベルト本体310を形成するゴム組成物における補強材の含有量よりも少ないことが好ましく、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば10~30質量部である。 As the reinforcing material, carbon black, for example, channel black; furnace black such as SAF, ISAF, N-339, HAF, N-351, MAF, FEF, SRF, GPF, ECF, N-234; FT, MT, etc. Thermal black; acetylene black and the like. Silica is also mentioned as the reinforcing material. It is preferable that a reinforcing material is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these. The content of the reinforcing material is preferably smaller than the content of the reinforcing material in the rubber composition forming the toothed belt body 310, and is, for example, 10 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition. is there.

 摩擦係数低減材としては、例えば、超高分子量ポリエチレン樹脂粉、フッ素樹脂粉、モリブデン等が挙げられる。摩擦係数低減材は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。摩擦係数低減材の含有量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば5~15質量部である。 Examples of the friction coefficient reducing material include ultra high molecular weight polyethylene resin powder, fluororesin powder, and molybdenum. The friction coefficient reducing material is preferably one or more of these. The content of the friction coefficient reducing material is, for example, 5 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

 架橋剤としては、硫黄及び有機過酸化物が挙げられる。架橋剤として、硫黄が配合されていてもよく、また、有機過酸化物が配合されていてもよく、更には、それらの両方が併用されていてもよい。架橋剤の配合量は、硫黄の場合、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば0.3~5質量部であり、有機過酸化物の場合、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば0.3~5質量部である。 Examples of the crosslinking agent include sulfur and organic peroxides. As a crosslinking agent, sulfur may be blended, an organic peroxide may be blended, or both of them may be used in combination. The compounding amount of the crosslinking agent is, for example, 0.3 to 5 parts by mass in the case of sulfur with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition, and 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition in the case of the organic peroxide. For example, it is 0.3 to 5 parts by mass.

 加硫促進剤としては、例えば、チウラム系(例えばTETD、TT、TRAなど)、チアゾール系(例えばMBT、MBTSなど)、スルフェンアミド系(例えばCZなど)、ジチオカルバミン酸塩系(例えばBZ-Pなど)のもの等が挙げられる。加硫促進剤は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。加硫促進剤の含有量は、ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば1~3質量部である。 Examples of the vulcanization accelerator include thiuram (eg, TETD, TT, TRA, etc.), thiazole (eg, MBT, MBTS, etc.), sulfenamide (eg, CZ), dithiocarbamate (eg, BZ-P). Etc.). It is preferable that a vulcanization accelerator is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these. The content of the vulcanization accelerator is, for example, 1 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.

 老化防止剤としては、例えば、アミン-ケトン系老化防止剤、ジアミン系老化防止剤、フェノール系老化防止剤等が挙げられる。老化防止剤は、これらのうち1種又は2種以上であることが好ましい。老化防止剤の含有量は、ゴム成分100質量部に対して例えば1~3質量部である。 Examples of the anti-aging agent include amine-ketone anti-aging agents, diamine anti-aging agents, phenol anti-aging agents and the like. It is preferable that an anti-aging agent is 1 type, or 2 or more types among these. The content of the anti-aging agent is, for example, 1 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 なお、ゴム糊接着層315を形成するゴム組成物には、繊維径が10μm以上の短繊維が含まれていないことが好ましいが、歯部側補強布312の歯付ベルト本体310への接着性を阻害しない範囲でかかる短繊維が含まれていてもよい。 The rubber composition forming the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 preferably does not contain short fibers having a fiber diameter of 10 μm or more. However, the adhesiveness of the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 to the toothed belt body 310 is not preferred. Such short fibers may be included as long as they do not hinder.

 なお、歯付ベルト本体310の基部311aを形成するゴム組成物には、実施形態7及び2と同様にセルロース系微細繊維を含んでいても、また、セルロース系微細繊維を含んでいなくても、どちらでもよい。歯付ベルト本体310の歯部311bを形成するゴム組成物には、実施形態7及び3と同様にセルロース系微細繊維を含んでいても、また、セルロース系微細繊維を含んでいなくても、どちらでもよい。 The rubber composition forming the base 311a of the toothed belt main body 310 may contain cellulosic fine fibers as in the seventh and second embodiments, or may not contain cellulosic fine fibers. ,either will do. The rubber composition forming the tooth portion 311b of the toothed belt main body 310 may contain cellulosic fine fibers as in the seventh and third embodiments, or may not contain cellulosic fine fibers. either will do.

 以上の構成の実施形態11に係る歯付ベルトBによれば、歯部側補強布312と歯付ベルト本体310との間に設けられたゴム糊接着層315が、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有していることにより、歯部側補強布312の歯付ベルト本体310への高い接着力を得ることができることから、その優れた補強効果が得られ、特に歯部311bの欠けが抑止され、また、優れた耐油性を得ることもできる。更に、ゴム糊接着層315が、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有していることにより、歯部側表面の高い耐摩耗性を得ることができる。その結果、高い耐久性を得ることができる。 According to the toothed belt B according to the eleventh embodiment, the rubber glue adhesive layer 315 provided between the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 and the toothed belt main body 310 has a fiber diameter distribution range of 50. By containing cellulosic fine fibers containing ˜500 nm, it is possible to obtain a high adhesive force to the toothed belt body 310 of the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312, so that an excellent reinforcing effect is obtained. The chipping of the tooth portion 311b is suppressed, and excellent oil resistance can be obtained. Furthermore, since the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 contains cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm, it is possible to obtain high wear resistance on the tooth side surface. As a result, high durability can be obtained.

 (歯付ベルトBの製造方法)
 実施形態11に係る歯付ベルトBの製造方法では、材料準備工程において、歯部側補強布312’の作製の際に、歯部側補強布312’に対して接着処理を施す。具体的には、歯部側補強布312’に対して、RFL水溶液に浸漬して加熱するRFL接着処理に加えて、ゴム糊に浸漬して乾燥させるソーキングゴム糊接着処理、及び歯付ベルト本体310側となる面にゴム糊をコーティングして乾燥させるコーティングゴム糊接着処理のうち1種又は2種のゴム糊接着処理を施す。なお、RFL接着処理前に下地接着処理液に浸漬して加熱する下地接着処理を施すことが好ましい。
(Manufacturing method of toothed belt B)
In the manufacturing method of the toothed belt B according to the eleventh embodiment, in the material preparation step, the tooth part side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ is subjected to an adhesion process when the tooth part side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ is manufactured. Specifically, in addition to the RFL adhesion treatment in which the tooth portion side reinforcing cloth 312 ′ is immersed and heated in the RFL aqueous solution, the soaking rubber glue adhesion treatment in which the tooth side reinforcement cloth 312 ′ is immersed in the rubber glue and dried, and the toothed belt body One or two types of rubber glue adhesion treatment is performed among the coating rubber glue adhesion treatments in which the surface on the 310 side is coated with rubber glue and dried. In addition, it is preferable to perform the foundation | substrate adhesion | attachment process which is immersed in a foundation | substrate adhesion | attachment processing liquid and heated before RFL adhesion | attachment processing.

 下地接着処理は、実施形態10と同一である。 The base adhesion process is the same as that of the tenth embodiment.

 《RFL接着処理》
 RFL水溶液は、レゾルシンとホルムアルデヒドとの初期縮合物にゴムラテックスを混合した水溶液である。なお、RFL接着層314にセルロース系微細繊維を含める場合には、実施形態10と同様、RFL水溶液にセルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)を含めればよい。RFL水溶液の液温は例えば20~30℃である。RFL水溶液の固形分濃度は、好ましくは30質量%以下である。
<< RFL adhesion treatment >>
The RFL aqueous solution is an aqueous solution in which a rubber latex is mixed with an initial condensate of resorcin and formaldehyde. In the case where the cellulosic fine fibers are included in the RFL adhesive layer 314, a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water in the RFL aqueous solution may be included as in the tenth embodiment. The liquid temperature of the RFL aqueous solution is, for example, 20 to 30 ° C. The solid content concentration of the RFL aqueous solution is preferably 30% by mass or less.

 レゾルシン(R)とホルマリン(F)とのモル比は例えばR/F=1/1~1/2である。ゴムラテックスとしては、例えば、ビニルピリジン・スチレン・ブタジエンゴムラテックス(Vp・St・SBR)、クロロプレンゴムラテックス(CR)、クロロスルホン化ポリエチレンゴムラテックス(CSM)等が挙げられる。レゾルシンとホルムアルデヒドとの初期縮合物(RF)とゴムラテックス(L)の固形分質量比は例えばRF/L=1/5~1/20である。 The molar ratio of resorcin (R) to formalin (F) is, for example, R / F = 1/1 to 1/2. Examples of the rubber latex include vinylpyridine / styrene / butadiene rubber latex (Vp / St / SBR), chloroprene rubber latex (CR), chlorosulfonated polyethylene rubber latex (CSM), and the like. The solid content mass ratio of the initial condensate (RF) of resorcinol and formaldehyde and the rubber latex (L) is, for example, RF / L = 1/5 to 1/20.

 RFL水溶液への浸漬時間は例えば1~3秒である。RFL水溶液への浸漬後の加熱温度(炉温度)は例えば100~180℃である。加熱時間(炉内滞在時間)は例えば1~5分である。RFL接着処理の回数は、1回のみであっても、また、2回以上であっても、どちらでもよい。歯部側補強布312’にはRFL接着層314が付着するが、その付着量(目付量)は、歯部側補強布312’を形成する繊維材料の質量を基準として例えば2~5質量%である。 The immersion time in the RFL aqueous solution is, for example, 1 to 3 seconds. The heating temperature (furnace temperature) after immersion in the RFL aqueous solution is, for example, 100 to 180 ° C. The heating time (residence time in the furnace) is, for example, 1 to 5 minutes. The number of RFL adhesion treatments may be only once, or may be two or more. The RFL adhesive layer 314 is attached to the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′, and the attached amount (weight per unit area) is, for example, 2 to 5% by mass based on the mass of the fiber material forming the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′. It is.

 《ゴム糊接着処理》
 ゴム糊は、ゴム糊接着層315を形成するセルロース系微細繊維を含有するゴム組成物の架橋前の未架橋ゴム組成物をトルエン等の溶剤に溶解させた溶液である。ゴム糊の作製は以下のようにして行う。
<Rubber glue adhesion treatment>
The rubber paste is a solution in which an uncrosslinked rubber composition before crosslinking of a rubber composition containing cellulosic fine fibers forming the rubber paste adhesive layer 315 is dissolved in a solvent such as toluene. The rubber paste is produced as follows.

 まず、素練りしているゴム成分にセルロース系微細繊維を投入して混練することにより分散させる。 First, cellulosic fine fibers are put into a kneaded rubber component and dispersed by kneading.

 ここで、ゴム成分へのセルロース系微細繊維の分散方法としては、例えば、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)を、オープンロールで素練りしているゴム成分に投入し、それらを混練しながら水分を気化させる方法、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)とゴムラテックスとを混合して水分を気化させて得られたセルロース系微細繊維/ゴムのマスターバッチを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、疎水化したセルロース系微細繊維を溶剤に分散させた分散体とゴム成分を溶剤に溶解させた溶液を混合して溶剤を気化させて得られたセルロース系微細繊維/ゴムのマスターバッチを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、セルロース系微細繊維を水に分散させた分散体(ゲル)を凍結乾燥させて粉砕したものを、素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法、疎水化したセルロース系微細繊維を素練りしているゴム成分に投入する方法等が挙げられる。 Here, as a method for dispersing the cellulose-based fine fibers in the rubber component, for example, a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulose-based fine fibers are dispersed in water is added to the rubber component kneaded with an open roll, A method of vaporizing moisture while kneading them, a master of cellulose fine fibers / rubber obtained by mixing a dispersion (gel) in which cellulosic fine fibers are dispersed in water and rubber latex to vaporize the moisture A method in which a batch is put into a kneaded rubber component, a dispersion in which hydrophobic cellulose fine fibers are dispersed in a solvent, and a solution in which the rubber component is dissolved in a solvent are mixed and the solvent is evaporated. Of the obtained cellulose-based fine fiber / rubber masterbatch into the kneaded rubber component, and a dispersion (gel) in which the cellulose-based fine fiber is dispersed in water is freeze-dried A material obtained by pulverizing Te, how to put into a rubber component is masticated, methods and the like to introduce cellulosic microfibers made hydrophobic in rubber component is masticated.

 次いで、ゴム成分とセルロース系微細繊維とを混練しながら、各種のゴム配合剤を投入して混練を継続することにより未架橋ゴム組成物を作製する。 Next, while kneading the rubber component and the cellulosic fine fiber, various rubber compounding agents are added and kneading is continued to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition.

 そして、その未架橋ゴム組成物を溶剤に投入し、均一な溶液となるまで攪拌することによりゴム糊を作製する。ゴム糊の液温は例えば20~30℃である。 Then, the uncrosslinked rubber composition is put into a solvent and stirred until a uniform solution is obtained, thereby producing a rubber paste. The temperature of the rubber paste is, for example, 20 to 30 ° C.

 ゴム糊の固形分濃度は、ソーキングゴム糊接着処理用では、好ましくは5質量%以上、より好ましくは10質量%以上であり、また、好ましくは30質量%以下、より好ましくは20質量%以下である。コーティングゴム糊接着処理用では、好ましくは10質量%以上、より好ましくは20質量%以上であり、また、好ましくは50質量%以下、より好ましくは40質量%以下である。 The solid content concentration of the rubber paste is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, for soaking rubber paste adhesion treatment. is there. For coating rubber paste adhesion treatment, it is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less.

 ソーキングゴム糊接着処理の場合、ゴム糊への浸漬時間は例えば1~3秒である。ゴム糊への浸漬後の乾燥温度(炉温度)は例えば50~100℃である。乾燥時間(炉内滞在時間)は例えば1~3分である。ソーキングゴム糊接着処理の回数は、1回のみであっても、また、2回以上であっても、どちらでもよい。歯部側補強布312’にはゴム糊接着層315が付着するが、その付着量(目付量)は、歯部側補強布312’を形成する繊維材料の質量を基準として例えば2~5質量%である。 In the case of soaking rubber glue bonding treatment, the immersion time in the rubber glue is, for example, 1 to 3 seconds. The drying temperature (furnace temperature) after immersion in rubber paste is, for example, 50 to 100 ° C. The drying time (residence time in the furnace) is, for example, 1 to 3 minutes. The number of times of the soaking rubber paste adhesion treatment may be only once, or may be two or more times. A rubber glue adhesive layer 315 is attached to the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′. The amount of attachment (weight per unit area) is, for example, 2 to 5 mass based on the mass of the fiber material forming the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′. %.

 コーティングゴム糊接着処理の場合、コーティング後の乾燥温度(炉温度)は例えば50~100℃である。乾燥時間(炉内滞在時間)は例えば1~3分である。コーティングゴム糊接着処理の回数は、1回のみであっても、また、2回以上であっても、どちらでもよい。歯部側補強布312’にはゴム糊接着層315が付着するが、その付着量(目付量)は、歯部側補強布312’を形成する繊維材料の質量を基準として例えば2~5質量%である。 In the case of coating rubber paste adhesion treatment, the drying temperature (furnace temperature) after coating is, for example, 50 to 100 ° C. The drying time (residence time in the furnace) is, for example, 1 to 3 minutes. The number of times of coating rubber paste adhesion treatment may be only once or may be two or more times. A rubber glue adhesive layer 315 is attached to the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′. The amount of attachment (weight per unit area) is, for example, 2 to 5 mass based on the mass of the fiber material forming the tooth side reinforcing cloth 312 ′. %.

 その他の方法は実施形態7と同一である。 Other methods are the same as those in the seventh embodiment.

 (未架橋ゴム組成物)
 以下の歯付ベルト本体形成用の未架橋ゴム組成物のゴム1~7及び歯部側補強布のゴム糊接着層用の未架橋ゴム組成物のゴム8~14を作製した。各配合については、表7及び2にも示す。
(Uncrosslinked rubber composition)
The following rubbers 1 to 7 of an uncrosslinked rubber composition for forming a toothed belt body and rubbers 8 to 14 of an uncrosslinked rubber composition for a rubber paste adhesive layer of a tooth side reinforcing fabric were prepared. Each formulation is also shown in Tables 7 and 2.

 <ゴム1>
 まず、トルエンに粉末セルロース(日本製紙社製 商品名:KCフロック W-GK)を分散させた分散液を調製し、高圧ホモジナイザーを用い、その分散液同士を衝突させて粉末セルロースをセルロース微細繊維に解繊して、トルエンにセルロース微細繊維が分散した分散液を得た。従って、セルロース微細繊維は、機械的解繊手段によって製造され、また、疎水化処理されていないものである。
<Rubber 1>
First, a dispersion in which powdered cellulose (trade name: KC Flock W-GK manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.) is dispersed in toluene is prepared, and the dispersion is collided with a high-pressure homogenizer to convert the powdered cellulose into cellulose fine fibers. The fiber was defibrated to obtain a dispersion in which cellulose fine fibers were dispersed in toluene. Accordingly, the cellulose fine fibers are produced by mechanical defibrating means and are not subjected to a hydrophobic treatment.

 次いで、そのトルエンにセルロース微細繊維が分散した分散体と、トルエンにH-NBR(日本ゼオン社製 商品名:Zetpol 2020)を溶解させると共に可塑剤(DIC社製 商品名:W-260)を添加した溶液とを混合し、トルエン及び可塑剤を気化させてセルロース微細繊維/H-NBRのマスターバッチを作製した。なお、マスターバッチにおける各成分の含有量は、セルロース系微細繊維が25質量%、可塑剤が25質量%、及びH-NBRが50質量%であった。 Next, the dispersion in which fine cellulose fibers are dispersed in toluene, and H-NBR (trade name: Zetpol 2020 manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.) are dissolved in toluene and a plasticizer (trade name: W-260 manufactured by DIC) is added. The resultant solution was mixed, and toluene and a plasticizer were vaporized to prepare a master batch of cellulose fine fiber / H-NBR. The content of each component in the master batch was 25% by mass for the cellulosic fine fibers, 25% by mass for the plasticizer, and 50% by mass for H-NBR.

 続いて、H-NBRを素練りすると共に、そこにマスターバッチを投入して混練した。H-NBR及びマスターバッチの混合質量比を98:4とし、トータルのH-NBRを100質量部としたときのセルロース微細繊維の含有量が1質量部となるようにした。 Subsequently, H-NBR was masticated and a master batch was added thereto for kneading. The mixing mass ratio of H-NBR and masterbatch was 98: 4, and the content of fine cellulose fibers was 1 part by mass when the total H-NBR was 100 parts by mass.

 そして、H-NBR、セルロース微細繊維、及び可塑剤を混練すると共に、そこに、H-NBR100質量部に対し、補強材のFEFカーボンブラック(東海カーボン社製 商品名:シーストSO)を40質量部、加工助剤のステアリン酸(日油社製 商品名:ステアリン酸つばき)を1質量部、加硫促進助剤の酸化亜鉛(堺化学工業社製 商品名:酸化亜鉛2種)を5質量部、可塑剤を24質量部、共架橋剤の液状NBR(日本ゼオン社製、商品名:Nipol 1312)を5質量部、架橋剤の硫黄(日本乾溜工業社製 商品名:オイルサルファー)を0.5質量部、チウラム系加硫促進剤(大内新興化学社製、商品名:ノクセラーTET-G)を2質量部、及びアミン-ケトン系老化防止剤(大内新興株式会社製、商品名:ノクラック224)を2質量部それぞれ投入して混練を継続することにより未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。その未架橋ゴム組成物をゴム1とした。なお、ゴム1における可塑剤の含有量は、マスターバッチに含まれていたものと、後に添加したものとを合わせてH-NBR100質量部に対して25質量部である。 Then, H-NBR, cellulose fine fiber, and plasticizer are kneaded, and 40 parts by mass of reinforcing material FEF carbon black (trade name: Seast SO manufactured by Tokai Carbon Co., Ltd.) is added to 100 parts by mass of H-NBR. 1 part by weight of processing aid stearic acid (trade name: Tsubaki stearic acid manufactured by NOF Corporation) and 5 parts by weight of zinc oxide (trade name: Zinc Oxide made by Sakai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) , 24 parts by mass of plasticizer, 5 parts by mass of liquid NBR (trade name: Nipol 1312 manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.) as a co-crosslinking agent, and 0% of sulfur (trade name: Oil Sulfur manufactured by Nippon Kibuki Kogyo Co., Ltd.) as a crosslinking agent. 5 parts by mass, 2 parts by mass of a thiuram vulcanization accelerator (Ouchi Shinsei Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: Noxeller TET-G), and an amine-ketone antioxidant (manufactured by Ouchi Shinsei Co., Ltd., trade name: Nocrack 224) To prepare uncrosslinked rubber composition by parts by weight respectively turned to continue the kneading. The uncrosslinked rubber composition was designated as rubber 1. The content of the plasticizer in the rubber 1 is 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of H-NBR, including those contained in the master batch and those added later.

 <ゴム2>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がH-NBR100質量部に対して3質量部となるようにしたことを除いてゴム1と同様に作製した未架橋ゴム組成物をゴム2とした。
<Rubber 2>
Rubber 2 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition prepared in the same manner as rubber 1 except that the content of fine cellulose fibers was 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of H-NBR.

 <ゴム3>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がH-NBR100質量部に対して5質量部となるようにしたことを除いてゴム1と同様に作製した未架橋ゴム組成物をゴム3とした。
<Rubber 3>
Rubber 3 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition produced in the same manner as rubber 1 except that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of H-NBR.

 <ゴム4>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がH-NBR100質量部に対して10質量部となるようにしたことを除いてゴム1と同様に作製した未架橋ゴム組成物をゴム4とした。
<Rubber 4>
Rubber 4 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition prepared in the same manner as rubber 1 except that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of H-NBR.

 <ゴム5>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がH-NBR100質量部に対して15質量部となるようにしたことを除いてゴム1と同様に作製した未架橋ゴム組成物をゴム5とした。
<Rubber 5>
Rubber 5 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition produced in the same manner as rubber 1 except that the content of fine cellulose fibers was 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of H-NBR.

 <ゴム6>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がH-NBR100質量部に対して25質量部となるようにしたことを除いてゴム1と同様に作製した未架橋ゴム組成物をゴム6とした。
<Rubber 6>
Rubber 6 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition produced in the same manner as rubber 1 except that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of H-NBR.

 <ゴム7>
 H-NBRを素練りすると共に、そこに、H-NBR100質量部に対し、補強材のFEFカーボンブラックを40質量部、加工助剤のステアリン酸を1質量部、加硫促進助剤の酸化亜鉛を5質量部、可塑剤を10質量部、共架橋剤の液状NBRを5質量部、架橋剤の硫黄を0.5質量部、チウラム系加硫促進剤を2質量部、及びアミン-ケトン系老化防止剤を2質量部それぞれ投入して混練することにより未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。その未架橋ゴム組成物をゴム7とした。従って、ゴム7は、セルロース微細繊維を含まない。
<Rubber 7>
While masticating H-NBR, 40 parts by mass of FEF carbon black as a reinforcing material, 1 part by mass of stearic acid as a processing aid, and zinc oxide as a vulcanization accelerating agent are added to 100 parts by mass of H-NBR. 5 parts by weight, plasticizer 10 parts by weight, co-crosslinking agent liquid NBR 5 parts by weight, crosslinking agent sulfur 0.5 parts by weight, thiuram vulcanization accelerator 2 parts by weight, and amine-ketone system An uncrosslinked rubber composition was prepared by charging and kneading 2 parts by weight of each anti-aging agent. The uncrosslinked rubber composition was designated as rubber 7. Therefore, the rubber 7 does not contain cellulose fine fibers.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007

 <ゴム8>
 メタクリル酸亜鉛強化H-NBR(日本ゼオン社製 商品名:Zeoforte ZSC 2295)及びH-NBR(日本ゼオン社製 商品名:Zetpole 2020)を、前者及び後者の混合質量比を50:50として素練りすると共に、そこに、これらのゴム成分100質量部に対し、補強材のFEFカーボンブラック(東海カーボン社製 商品名:シーストSO)を20質量部、摩擦係数低減材の超高分子量ポリエチレン粉末(三井化学社製 商品名:ミペロンXM-220)を10質量部、架橋剤の硫黄(日本乾溜工業社製 商品名:オイルサルファー)を0.5質量部、チウラム系加硫促進剤(大内新興化学社製、商品名:ノクセラーTET-G)を2質量部、及びアミン-ケトン系老化防止剤(大内新興株式会社製、商品名:ノクラック224)を2質量部それぞれ投入して混練することにより未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。その未架橋ゴム組成物をゴム8とした。従って、ゴム8は、セルロース微細繊維を含まない。
<Rubber 8>
Zinc methacrylate reinforced H-NBR (trade name: Zeoforte ZSC 2295, manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.) and H-NBR (trade name: Zetpole 2020, manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.) were kneaded with a mixing mass ratio of the former and the latter of 50:50. At the same time, 20 parts by mass of reinforcing material FEF carbon black (trade name: Seast SO manufactured by Tokai Carbon Co., Ltd.) and 100% by mass of these rubber components, ultrahigh molecular weight polyethylene powder (Mitsui) 10 parts by mass of trade name: Mipperon XM-220 manufactured by Kagaku Co., Ltd., 0.5 parts by mass of sulfur as a crosslinking agent (trade name: Oil Sulfur manufactured by Nippon Kibushi Kogyo Co., Ltd.), thiuram vulcanization accelerator (Ouchi Shinsei Chemical) 2 parts by mass of the product, product name: Noxeller TET-G), and 2 parts by mass of the amine-ketone anti-aging agent (trade name: Nocrack 224, manufactured by Ouchi Shinsei Co., Ltd.) And kneading to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition. The uncrosslinked rubber composition was designated as rubber 8. Accordingly, the rubber 8 does not contain cellulose fine fibers.

 <ゴム9>
 メタクリル酸亜鉛強化H-NBR及びH-NBRを素練りすると共に、そこにマスターバッチを投入して混練した。メタクリル酸亜鉛強化H-NBR、H-NBR、及びマスターバッチの混合質量比を50:48:4とし、トータルのH-NBRを100質量部としたときのセルロース微細繊維の含有量が1質量部となるようにした。
<Rubber 9>
Zinc methacrylate reinforced H-NBR and H-NBR were masticated, and a master batch was added thereto and kneaded. The content of cellulose fine fiber is 1 part by mass when the mixing mass ratio of zinc methacrylate reinforced H-NBR, H-NBR, and masterbatch is 50: 48: 4 and the total H-NBR is 100 parts by mass. It was made to become.

 そして、メタクリル酸亜鉛強化H-NBR、H-NBR、セルロース微細繊維、及び可塑剤を混練すると共に、そこに、メタクリル酸亜鉛強化H-NBR及びH-NBRのゴム成分100質量部に対し、補強材のFEFカーボンブラックを20質量部、超高分子量ポリエチレン粉末を10質量部、架橋剤の硫黄を0.5質量部、チウラム系加硫促進剤を2質量部、及びアミン-ケトン系老化防止剤を2質量部それぞれ投入して混練することにより未架橋ゴム組成物を作製した。その未架橋ゴム組成物をゴム9とした。 Then, zinc methacrylate reinforced H-NBR, H-NBR, fine cellulose fiber, and plasticizer are kneaded and reinforced with respect to 100 parts by mass of the zinc methacrylate reinforced H-NBR and H-NBR rubber components. 20 parts by mass of FEF carbon black as a material, 10 parts by mass of ultra high molecular weight polyethylene powder, 0.5 parts by mass of sulfur as a crosslinking agent, 2 parts by mass of a thiuram vulcanization accelerator, and an amine-ketone aging inhibitor 2 parts by mass of each was added and kneaded to prepare an uncrosslinked rubber composition. The uncrosslinked rubber composition was designated as rubber 9.

 <ゴム10>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がゴム成分100質量部に対して3質量部となるようにしたことを除いてゴム9と同様に作製した未架橋ゴム組成物をゴム10とした。
<Rubber 10>
The rubber 10 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition prepared in the same manner as the rubber 9 except that the cellulose fine fiber content was 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 <ゴム311>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がゴム成分100質量部に対して5質量部となるようにしたことを除いてゴム9と同様に作製した未架橋ゴム組成物をゴム311とした。
<Rubber 311>
The rubber 311 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition prepared in the same manner as the rubber 9 except that the cellulose fine fiber content was 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 <ゴム12>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がゴム成分100質量部に対して10質量部となるようにしたことを除いてゴム9と同様に作製した未架橋ゴム組成物をゴム12とした。
<Rubber 12>
Rubber 12 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition prepared in the same manner as rubber 9 except that the content of fine cellulose fibers was 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 <ゴム13>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がゴム成分100質量部に対して15質量部となるようにしたことを除いてゴム9と同様に作製した未架橋ゴム組成物をゴム13とした。
<Rubber 13>
Rubber 13 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition prepared in the same manner as rubber 9 except that the content of cellulose fine fibers was 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

 <ゴム14>
 セルロース微細繊維の含有量がゴム成分100質量部に対して25質量部となるようにしたことを除いてゴム9と同様に作製した未架橋ゴム組成物をゴム14とした。
<Rubber 14>
The rubber 14 was an uncrosslinked rubber composition prepared in the same manner as the rubber 9 except that the content of the cellulose fine fiber was 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008

 (試作評価用歯付ベルト)
 以下の実施例7-1~実施例7-13及び比較例7の試験評価用歯付ベルト(歯部ピッチ8mm及びベルト幅10mm)を作製した。それぞれの構成は表9にも示す。
(Toothed belt for prototype evaluation)
The test evaluation toothed belts (tooth pitch 8 mm and belt width 10 mm) of Examples 7-1 to 7-13 and Comparative Example 7 below were produced. Each configuration is also shown in Table 9.

 <実施例7-1>
 実施例7-1の歯付ベルトには、歯付ベルト本体を形成する未架橋ゴム組成物として、セルロース微細繊維を含有するゴム1を用いた。
<Example 7-1>
For the toothed belt of Example 7-1, rubber 1 containing fine cellulose fibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the toothed belt body.

 歯部側補強布として、ウレタン糸にアラミド繊維(帝人社製、商品名:テクノーラ)を巻き付けて伸縮性を付与したカバーリング糸を緯糸、及びナイロン撚糸を経糸とした織布を用いた。この歯部側補強布の織布に対し、下地接着処理としてエポキシ樹脂溶液に浸漬した後に加熱する下地接着処理、及びRFL水溶液に浸漬した後に加熱するRFL接着処理を施した。また、RFL接着処理を施した歯部側補強布の織布に対し、ゴム糊に浸漬して乾燥させるソーキングゴム糊接着処理を2度繰り返して施した。ゴム糊として、セルロース微細繊維を含有しないゴム8を溶剤のトルエンに溶解させた固形分濃度が10質量%のものを用いた。ゴム糊の液温は25℃であった。ゴム糊への浸漬時間は5秒とした。ゴム糊への浸漬後の乾燥温度は100℃及び乾燥時間は40秒とした。 As the tooth side reinforcing fabric, a woven fabric was used in which a covering yarn obtained by winding an aramid fiber (trade name: Technora) on urethane yarn to give elasticity was used as a weft and a nylon twisted warp. The woven fabric of the tooth side reinforcing fabric was subjected to a base adhesion treatment that was heated after being immersed in an epoxy resin solution as a base adhesion treatment, and an RFL adhesion treatment that was heated after being immersed in an RFL aqueous solution. In addition, the soaking rubber paste bonding treatment in which the woven fabric of the tooth side reinforcing fabric subjected to the RFL bonding treatment was dipped in rubber paste and dried was repeatedly applied. As the rubber paste, a rubber paste having a solid content concentration of 10% by mass obtained by dissolving rubber 8 containing no cellulose fine fibers in toluene as a solvent was used. The liquid temperature of the rubber paste was 25 ° C. The immersion time in the rubber paste was 5 seconds. The drying temperature after immersion in rubber paste was 100 ° C. and the drying time was 40 seconds.

 心線として、ガラス繊維製のものを用いた。 Glass fiber was used as the core wire.

 <実施例7-2>
 歯付ベルト本体を形成する未架橋ゴム組成物として、セルロース微細繊維を含有するゴム2を用いたことを除いて実施例7-1と同様に実施例7-2の歯付ベルトを作製した。
<Example 7-2>
A toothed belt of Example 7-2 was prepared in the same manner as Example 7-1 except that rubber 2 containing cellulose fine fibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the toothed belt body.

 <実施例7-3>
 歯付ベルト本体を形成する未架橋ゴム組成物として、セルロース微細繊維を含有するゴム3を用いたことを除いて実施例7-1と同様に実施例7-3の歯付ベルトを作製した。
<Example 7-3>
A toothed belt of Example 7-3 was prepared in the same manner as Example 7-1 except that rubber 3 containing fine cellulose fibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the toothed belt body.

 <実施例7-4>
 歯付ベルト本体を形成する未架橋ゴム組成物として、セルロース微細繊維を含有するゴム4を用いたことを除いて実施例7-1と同様に実施例7-4の歯付ベルトを作製した。
<Example 7-4>
A toothed belt of Example 7-4 was prepared in the same manner as Example 7-1 except that rubber 4 containing cellulose fine fibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the toothed belt body.

 <実施例7-5>
 歯部側補強布のソーキングゴム糊接着処理にセルロース微細繊維を含有するゴム9のゴム糊を用いたことを除いて実施例7-4と同様に実施例7-5の歯付ベルトを作製した。
<Example 7-5>
A toothed belt of Example 7-5 was produced in the same manner as Example 7-4 except that rubber paste of rubber 9 containing cellulose fine fibers was used for the soaking rubber paste bonding treatment of the tooth side reinforcing fabric. .

 <実施例7-6>
 歯部側補強布のソーキングゴム糊接着処理にセルロース微細繊維を含有するゴム10のゴム糊を用いたことを除いて実施例7-4と同様に実施例7-6の歯付ベルトを作製した。
<Example 7-6>
A toothed belt of Example 7-6 was produced in the same manner as Example 7-4 except that rubber paste of rubber 10 containing cellulose fine fibers was used for the soaking rubber paste bonding treatment of the tooth side reinforcing fabric. .

 <実施例7-7>
 歯部側補強布のソーキングゴム糊接着処理にセルロース微細繊維を含有するゴム311のゴム糊を用いたことを除いて実施例7-4と同様に実施例7-7の歯付ベルトを作製した。
<Example 7-7>
A toothed belt of Example 7-7 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 7-4 except that rubber paste of rubber 311 containing cellulose fine fiber was used for the soaking rubber paste adhesion treatment of the tooth side reinforcing fabric. .

 <実施例7-8>
 歯部側補強布のソーキングゴム糊接着処理にセルロース微細繊維を含有するゴム12のゴム糊を用いたことを除いて実施例7-4と同様に実施例7-8の歯付ベルトを作製した。
<Example 7-8>
A toothed belt of Example 7-8 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 7-4 except that the rubber paste of rubber 12 containing fine cellulose fibers was used for the soaking rubber paste bonding treatment of the tooth side reinforcing fabric. .

 <実施例7-9>
 歯部側補強布のソーキングゴム糊接着処理にセルロース微細繊維を含有するゴム13のゴム糊を用いたことを除いて実施例7-4と同様に実施例7-9の歯付ベルトを作製した。
<Example 7-9>
A toothed belt of Example 7-9 was produced in the same manner as Example 7-4 except that rubber paste of rubber 13 containing fine cellulose fibers was used for the soaking rubber paste bonding treatment of the tooth side reinforcing fabric. .

 <実施例7-10>
 歯部側補強布のソーキングゴム糊接着処理にセルロース微細繊維を含有するゴム14のゴム糊を用いたことを除いて実施例7-4と同様に実施例7-10の歯付ベルトを作製した。
<Example 7-10>
A toothed belt of Example 7-10 was produced in the same manner as Example 7-4 except that rubber paste of rubber 14 containing cellulose fine fibers was used for the soaking rubber paste bonding treatment of the tooth side reinforcing fabric. .

 <実施例7-11>
 歯付ベルト本体を形成する未架橋ゴム組成物として、セルロース微細繊維を含有するゴム5を用いたことを除いて実施例7-1と同様に実施例7-11の歯付ベルトを作製した。
<Example 7-11>
A toothed belt of Example 7-11 was produced in the same manner as Example 7-1 except that rubber 5 containing cellulose fine fibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the toothed belt body.

 <実施例7-12>
 歯付ベルト本体を形成する未架橋ゴム組成物として、セルロース微細繊維を含有するゴム6を用いたことを除いて実施例7-1と同様に実施例7-12の歯付ベルトを作製した。
<Example 7-12>
A toothed belt of Example 7-12 was prepared in the same manner as Example 7-1 except that rubber 6 containing fine cellulose fibers was used as the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the toothed belt body.

 <実施例7-13>
 歯付ベルト本体を形成する未架橋ゴム組成物として、セルロース微細繊維を含有しないゴム7を用い、歯部側補強布のソーキングゴム糊接着処理にセルロース微細繊維を含有するゴム12のゴム糊を用いたことを除いて実施例7-1と同様に実施例7-13の歯付ベルトを作製した。
<Example 7-13>
As the uncrosslinked rubber composition forming the toothed belt body, rubber 7 containing no cellulose fine fibers is used, and the rubber paste of rubber 12 containing cellulose fine fibers is used for the soaking rubber paste bonding treatment of the tooth side reinforcing fabric. A toothed belt of Example 7-13 was produced in the same manner as Example 7-1 except that the above was found.

 <比較例7>
 歯付ベルト本体を形成する未架橋ゴム組成物として、セルロース微細繊維を含有しないゴム7を用い、歯部側補強布のソーキングゴム糊接着処理にセルロース微細繊維を含有しないゴム8のゴム糊を用いたことを除いて実施例7-1と同様に比較例7の歯付ベルトを作製した。
<Comparative Example 7>
As a non-crosslinked rubber composition for forming a toothed belt body, rubber 7 containing no cellulose fine fibers is used, and rubber glue of rubber 8 containing no cellulose fine fibers is used for the soaking rubber paste bonding treatment of the tooth side reinforcing fabric. A toothed belt of Comparative Example 7 was produced in the same manner as in Example 7-1 except that this was the case.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009

 (試験評価方法)
 <セルロース微細繊維の平均繊維径・繊維径分布>
 ゴム1~6及びゴム9~14を架橋させたゴム組成物の試料を、実施例7-1~実施例7-13の歯付ベルトの歯付ベルト本体及びゴム糊接着層から採取し、そのゴム組成物の試料を凍結粉砕した後、その断面を走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)で観察すると共に、50本の繊維を任意に選択して繊維径を測定し、その数平均を求めて平均繊維径とした。また、50本のセルロース微細繊維のうち繊維径の最大値及び最小値を求めた。
(Test evaluation method)
<Average fiber diameter and fiber diameter distribution of cellulose fine fiber>
Samples of rubber compositions in which rubbers 1 to 6 and rubbers 9 to 14 were crosslinked were taken from the toothed belt body and the rubber glue adhesive layer of the toothed belts of Examples 7-1 to 7-13. After freezing and pulverizing a sample of the rubber composition, the cross section thereof is observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM), 50 fibers are arbitrarily selected, the fiber diameter is measured, the number average is obtained, and the average fiber is obtained. The diameter. Moreover, the maximum value and minimum value of the fiber diameter were calculated | required among 50 cellulose fine fibers.

 <ベルト走行試験>
 図47は、ベルト走行試験機330のプーリレイアウトを示す。
<Belt running test>
FIG. 47 shows a pulley layout of the belt running test machine 330.

 このベルト走行試験機330は、駆動プーリ331と、従動プーリ332と、アイドラプーリ333とを有する。駆動プーリ331は、プーリ周縁に21箇所の歯部噛合溝が設けられている。従動プーリ332は、プーリ周縁に42箇所の歯部噛合溝が設けられている。アイドラプーリ333は、ベルト背面を押圧するためにプーリ周縁がフラットに形成されている。駆動プーリ331、従動プーリ332、及びアイドラプーリ333は、いずれも炭素鋼(S45C)製である。 The belt running test machine 330 includes a driving pulley 331, a driven pulley 332, and an idler pulley 333. The drive pulley 331 is provided with 21 tooth-engagement grooves on the pulley periphery. The driven pulley 332 is provided with 42 tooth-engagement grooves on the periphery of the pulley. The idler pulley 333 has a flat pulley periphery for pressing the back surface of the belt. The drive pulley 331, the driven pulley 332, and the idler pulley 333 are all made of carbon steel (S45C).

 実施例7-1~実施例7-13及び比較例7のそれぞれの歯付ベルトBについて、このベルト走行試験機330を用い、以下のようにして耐歯欠け性及び耐摩耗性を評価した。 Example 1 Each of the toothed belts B of Examples 7-1 to 7-13 and Comparative Example 7 was evaluated for chipping resistance and wear resistance using the belt running tester 330 as follows.

 -耐歯欠け性評価-
 予め、歯付ベルトBの質量を測定した。その後、ベルト走行試験機330に歯付ベルトBを巻き掛け、従動プーリ332に後方向きに荷重をかけて歯付ベルトBに216Nの張力を負荷した。そして、歯付ベルトBに負荷される張力が550Nとなるようにし、駆動プーリ331を3000rpmの回転数で回転させてベルト走行させ、歯部の欠損が発生するまでの走行時間を歯部耐久寿命とした。ベルト走行試験は、実施例7-1~実施例7-13及び比較例7の全てについて室温雰囲気で行うと共に、実施例7-1~実施例7-4、実施例7-11、実施例7-12、及び比較例7については80℃雰囲気でも行った。
-Tooth chipping resistance evaluation-
The mass of the toothed belt B was measured in advance. Thereafter, the toothed belt B was wound around the belt running tester 330, a load was applied to the driven pulley 332 in the rearward direction, and a tension of 216N was applied to the toothed belt B. Then, the tension applied to the toothed belt B is set to 550 N, the driving pulley 331 is rotated at a rotational speed of 3000 rpm, the belt travels, and the travel time until the tooth part is lost is the tooth endurance life. It was. The belt running test was performed at room temperature for all of Examples 7-1 to 7-13 and Comparative Example 7, and Examples 7-1 to 7-4, Example 7-11, and Example 7 were performed. For -12 and Comparative Example 7, it was also performed in an 80 ° C. atmosphere.

 -耐摩耗性評価-
 前記の耐摩耗性の測定と同条件にて歯付ベルトBを300時間ベルト走行させた。ベルト走行後、再び歯付ベルトBの質量を測定し、走行前後の質量差を摩耗質量として算出した。
-Wear resistance evaluation-
The toothed belt B was run for 300 hours under the same conditions as in the measurement of wear resistance. After running the belt, the mass of the toothed belt B was measured again, and the mass difference before and after running was calculated as the wear mass.

 <耐油性試験>
 実施例7-1~実施例7-13及び比較例7のそれぞれの歯付ベルトについて、質量を測定した後に新品のエンジンオイル中に140℃にて168時間浸漬した。その後、付着油をエアーガンにて十分に除去し、再度質量を測定した。浸漬前後の質量の変化率(%にて表記)を算出した。
<Oil resistance test>
The toothed belts of Examples 7-1 to 7-13 and Comparative Example 7 were each measured for mass and then immersed in new engine oil at 140 ° C. for 168 hours. Thereafter, the adhered oil was sufficiently removed with an air gun, and the mass was measured again. The rate of change in mass before and after immersion (expressed in%) was calculated.

 (試験評価結果)
 試験結果を表10及び5に示す。なお、以下、セルロース微細繊維の含有量は、特に記載しなくても、ゴム成分100質量部に対する質量部を意味する。
(Test evaluation results)
The test results are shown in Tables 10 and 5. Hereinafter, the content of the cellulose fine fiber means a part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component even if not particularly described.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011

 <セルロース微細繊維の平均繊維径・繊維径分布>
 表10によれば、ゴム1~6及びゴム9~14を架橋させたゴム組成物に含有されたセルロース微細繊維は、いずれも繊維径の分布が広いことが分かる。
<Average fiber diameter and fiber diameter distribution of cellulose fine fiber>
According to Table 10, it can be seen that the cellulose fine fibers contained in the rubber composition obtained by crosslinking the rubbers 1 to 6 and the rubbers 9 to 14 all have a wide fiber diameter distribution.

 <ベルト走行試験>
 -耐歯欠け性(室温)-
 歯付ベルト本体及びゴム糊接着層のいずれにもセルロース微細繊維が含有されていない比較例7では、室温における歯部耐久寿命は384時間であった。
<Belt running test>
-Tooth chip resistance (room temperature)-
In Comparative Example 7 in which neither the toothed belt main body nor the rubber paste adhesive layer contained cellulose fine fibers, the tooth part durable life at room temperature was 384 hours.

 これに対し、歯付ベルト本体のみにセルロース微細繊維が含有されており、その含有量が、それぞれ0質量部、1質量部、3質量部、5質量部、10質量部、15質量部、及び25質量部である実施例7-1~実施例7-4及び実施例7-11~実施例7-12では、室温における歯部耐久寿命が順に528時間、696時間、時間792、864時間、936時間、及び1056時間であった。つまり、本実施例の範囲では、セルロース微細繊維の含有量が増えるにつれて歯部耐久寿命が長くなることが分かる。 On the other hand, cellulose fine fibers are contained only in the toothed belt body, and the contents thereof are 0 parts by weight, 1 part by weight, 3 parts by weight, 5 parts by weight, 10 parts by weight, and 15 parts by weight, respectively. In Examples 7-1 to 7-4 and Examples 7-11 to 7-12 having 25 parts by mass, the tooth endurance life at room temperature was 528 hours, 696 hours, time 792, 864 hours, 936 hours and 1056 hours. That is, in the range of the present Example, it turns out that tooth | gear part durable life becomes long as content of a cellulose fine fiber increases.

 また、歯付ベルト本体におけるセルロース微細繊維の含有量が同じ10質量部である実施例7-4~実施例7-10において、ゴム糊接着層におけるセルロース微細繊維の含有量が増えるにつれて、基本的に歯部耐久寿命が長くなっているのが分かる。具体的には、実施例7-4~実施例7-10におけるゴム糊接着層におけるセルロース微細繊維の含有量が、それぞれ0質量部、1質量部、3質量部、5質量部、10質量部、15質量部、及び25質量部であるのに対し、室温における歯部耐久寿命が順に864時間、912時間、960時間、1032時間、1080時間、1128時間、及び1128時間であった。なお、実施例7-9及び実施例7-10では、歯部耐久寿命が同じであることから、セルロース微細繊維の含有量が15質量部以上では、歯部耐久性を高める効果が飽和している可能性が考えられる。 In Examples 7-4 to 7-10, in which the content of cellulose fine fibers in the toothed belt body is the same 10 parts by mass, as the content of cellulose fine fibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer increases, It can be seen that the endurance life of the tooth is long. Specifically, the cellulose fine fiber content in the rubber paste adhesive layers in Examples 7-4 to 7-10 is 0 parts by weight, 1 part by weight, 3 parts by weight, 5 parts by weight, and 10 parts by weight, respectively. , 15 parts by weight, and 25 parts by weight, while the tooth endurance life at room temperature was 864 hours, 912 hours, 960 hours, 1032 hours, 1080 hours, 1128 hours, and 1128 hours, respectively. In Examples 7-9 and 7-10, since the tooth endurance life is the same, when the content of the fine cellulose fiber is 15 parts by mass or more, the effect of increasing the tooth endurance is saturated. Possible possibility.

 また、ゴム糊接着層のみにセルロース微細繊維を10質量部含有させた実施例7-13では、歯部耐久寿命が456時間であり、比較例7の384時間に対しては幾分長い。しかしながら、歯付ベルト本体におけるセルロース微細繊維の含有量が10質量部である実施例7-8の場合、ゴム糊接着層におけるセルロース微細繊維の含有量が実施例7-13と同じであるが、歯部耐久寿命が1080時間と大幅に優れることが分かる。 Further, in Example 7-13 in which only 10 parts by mass of cellulose fine fiber was contained only in the rubber adhesive adhesive layer, the durable life of the tooth portion was 456 hours, which is slightly longer than that of 384 hours in Comparative Example 7. However, in Example 7-8 in which the content of cellulose fine fibers in the toothed belt body is 10 parts by mass, the content of cellulose fine fibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer is the same as in Example 7-13. It can be seen that the tooth endurance life is significantly excellent at 1080 hours.

 以上から、歯付ベルト本体及びゴム糊接着層のいずれにセルロース微細繊維を含有させた場合でも歯部耐久寿命は向上するものの、歯付ベルト本体に含有させる場合の方がその効果は顕著であることが分かる。 From the above, although the durable life of the tooth portion is improved when cellulose fine fibers are contained in any of the toothed belt body and the rubber paste adhesive layer, the effect is more remarkable when it is contained in the toothed belt body. I understand that.

 -耐歯欠け性(80℃)-
 歯付ベルト本体及びゴム糊接着層のいずれにもセルロース微細繊維が含有されていない比較例7では、80℃における歯部耐久寿命は240時間であった。
-Tooth chip resistance (80 ° C)-
In Comparative Example 7 in which neither the toothed belt body nor the rubber paste adhesive layer contained cellulose fine fibers, the tooth part durable life at 80 ° C. was 240 hours.

 これに対し、歯付ベルト本体のみにセルロース微細繊維が含有されており、その含有量が、それぞれ0質量部、1質量部、3質量部、5質量部、10質量部、15質量部、及び25質量部である実施例7-1~実施例7-4及び実施例7-11~実施例7-12では、80℃における歯部耐久寿命が順に432時間、624時間、744時間、792時間、888時間、及び9126時間であった。つまり、本実施例の範囲では、セルロース微細繊維の含有量が増えるにつれて高温での歯部耐久寿命が長くなることが分かる。 On the other hand, cellulose fine fibers are contained only in the toothed belt body, and the contents thereof are 0 parts by weight, 1 part by weight, 3 parts by weight, 5 parts by weight, 10 parts by weight, and 15 parts by weight, respectively. In Examples 7-1 to 7-4 and Examples 7-11 to 7-12 having 25 parts by mass, the tooth endurance life at 80 ° C. was 432 hours, 624 hours, 744 hours, and 792 hours, respectively. 888 hours, and 9126 hours. That is, in the range of the present Example, it turns out that the tooth | gear durable life at high temperature becomes long as content of a cellulose fine fiber increases.

 また、高温(80℃)における歯部耐久寿命は、いずれも、室温における歯部耐久寿命よりも短くなっている。しかしながら、セルロース微細繊維が含有されていることにより、その劣化が軽減されていることが分かる。つまり、比較例7では、室温における歯部耐久寿命が384時間であったのに対し、80℃における歯部耐久寿命が240時間であり、38%程度劣化している。これに対し、歯付ベルト本体に1質量部のセルロース微細繊維を含有させた実施例7-1では、室温における歯部耐久寿命が528時間であったのに対し、80℃における歯部耐久寿命が432時間であり、劣化は18%程度である。実施例7-2、実施例7-3、実施例7-4、実施例7-11及び実施例7-12においても、その劣化は順に10%、6%、8%、5%、及び14%程度であり、いずれの場合も、セルロース微細繊維を含まない場合に比べると大きく軽減されていることが分かる。 Further, the tooth endurance life at high temperature (80 ° C.) is shorter than the tooth endurance life at room temperature. However, it turns out that the deterioration is reduced by containing the cellulose fine fiber. That is, in Comparative Example 7, the tooth endurance life at room temperature was 384 hours, whereas the tooth endurance life at 80 ° C. was 240 hours, which was deteriorated by about 38%. On the other hand, in Example 7-1 in which 1 part by mass of cellulose fine fiber was contained in the toothed belt body, the tooth endurance life at room temperature was 528 hours, whereas the tooth endurance life at 80 ° C. Is 432 hours, and the deterioration is about 18%. In Example 7-2, Example 7-3, Example 7-4, Example 7-11 and Example 7-12, the deterioration was 10%, 6%, 8%, 5% and 14 in this order. It can be seen that, in any case, it is greatly reduced as compared with the case where the fine cellulose fibers are not included.

 このように、セルロース微細繊維が含有されていることによる高温における歯部耐久寿命の劣化が軽減される要因としては、線膨張係数の低下が考えられる。つまり、セルロース微細繊維が含有されていることにより、歯付ベルトの線膨張係数が低下する。線膨張係数が低下すると、高温における歯部の膨張が抑制される。その結果、歯部とプーリとの噛み合い精度が高温においても維持され、温度上昇に伴う歯部に対する負担の増加が抑制され、その結果、高温における歯部耐久寿命の劣化が抑制されるのではないかと推測される。 As described above, a decrease in the coefficient of linear expansion can be considered as a factor for reducing deterioration of the durable life of the tooth portion at a high temperature due to the inclusion of the fine cellulose fibers. That is, the linear expansion coefficient of a toothed belt falls by containing a cellulose fine fiber. When the linear expansion coefficient decreases, the expansion of the tooth portion at a high temperature is suppressed. As a result, the meshing accuracy between the tooth part and the pulley is maintained even at a high temperature, and an increase in the burden on the tooth part due to the temperature rise is suppressed, and as a result, the deterioration of the durable life of the tooth part at a high temperature is not suppressed. I guess that.

 -耐摩耗性-
 歯付ベルト本体及びゴム糊接着層のいずれにもセルロース微細繊維が含有されていない比較例7では摩耗質量が4.1gであった。また、歯付ベルト本体のみにセルロース微細繊維が含有されている実施例7-1~実施例7-4及び実施例7-11~実施例7-12では、摩耗質量が3.9g~4.3gであった。従って、歯付ベルト本体のみにセルロース微細繊維が含有されていても、耐摩耗性の特別の向上が見られないことが分かる。
-Abrasion resistance-
In Comparative Example 7 in which neither the toothed belt body nor the rubber paste adhesive layer contained cellulose fine fibers, the wear mass was 4.1 g. In Examples 7-1 to 7-4 and Examples 7-11 to 7-12 in which cellulose fine fibers are contained only in the toothed belt body, the wear mass is 3.9 g to 4. It was 3 g. Therefore, it can be seen that even if cellulose fine fibers are contained only in the toothed belt body, no particular improvement in wear resistance is observed.

 これに対し、歯付ベルト本体におけるセルロース微細繊維の含有量が同じ10質量部である実施例7-4~実施例7-10において、ゴム糊接着層におけるセルロース微細繊維の含有量は、それぞれ0質量部、1質量部、3質量部、5質量部、10質量部、15質量部、及び25質量部であるのに対し、摩耗質量が順に4.2g、3.3g、2.5g、2.1g、1.8g、1.4g、及び1.3gであった。つまり、ゴム糊接着層におけるセルロース微細繊維の含有量が増えるにつれて摩耗質量が減少していることが分かる。ここで、摩耗質量が3.5g以下となっていれば、従来に対して優位に改善されていると考えられる。 In contrast, in Examples 7-4 to 7-10 in which the content of cellulose fine fibers in the toothed belt body is the same 10 parts by mass, the content of cellulose fine fibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer is 0 respectively. While the weight parts are 1 part by weight, 3 parts by weight, 5 parts by weight, 10 parts by weight, 15 parts by weight, and 25 parts by weight, the wear mass is 4.2 g, 3.3 g, 2.5 g, 2 0.1 g, 1.8 g, 1.4 g, and 1.3 g. That is, it is understood that the wear mass decreases as the content of the cellulose fine fiber in the rubber paste adhesive layer increases. Here, if the wear mass is 3.5 g or less, it is considered that the wear mass is improved significantly over the conventional technique.

 また、歯付ベルト本体にセルロース微細繊維が含有されていない実施例7-13では、ゴム糊接着層にセルロース微細繊維が10質量部含有されており、摩耗質量が2.0gであって、顕著に耐摩耗性が改善されていることが分かる。 Further, in Examples 7-13 in which the toothed belt body does not contain cellulose fine fibers, the rubber paste adhesive layer contains 10 parts by weight of cellulose fine fibers, and the wear mass is 2.0 g, which is remarkable. It can be seen that the wear resistance is improved.

 以上から、耐摩耗性については、歯部側補強布のゴム糊接着層にセルロース微細繊維が含有されていることによって向上させる効果が発揮されると考えられる。 From the above, it is considered that the effect of improving the wear resistance is exhibited by the inclusion of cellulose fine fibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer of the tooth side reinforcing fabric.

 <耐油性試験>
 歯付ベルト本体及びゴム糊接着層のいずれにもセルロース微細繊維が含有されていない比較例7では、耐油性の評価指標としての油膨潤前後の質量変化量が4.4%であった。
<Oil resistance test>
In Comparative Example 7 in which neither the toothed belt body nor the rubber paste adhesive layer contained cellulose fine fibers, the mass change amount before and after oil swelling as an evaluation index of oil resistance was 4.4%.

 これに対し、歯付ベルト本体のみにセルロース微細繊維が含有されており、その含有量が、それぞれ0質量部、1質量部、3質量部、5質量部、10質量部、15質量部、及び25質量部である実施例7-1~実施例7-4及び実施例7-11~実施例7-12では、質量変化量が順に3.9%、3.7%、3.1%、2.8%、1.9%、及び1.5%であった。つまり、本実施例の範囲では、セルロース微細繊維の含有量が増えるにつれて質量変化量が小さくなっており、耐油性が向上することが分かる。 On the other hand, cellulose fine fibers are contained only in the toothed belt body, and the contents thereof are 0 parts by weight, 1 part by weight, 3 parts by weight, 5 parts by weight, 10 parts by weight, and 15 parts by weight, respectively. In Examples 7-1 to 7-4 and Examples 7-11 to 7-12 having 25 parts by mass, the mass change amounts were 3.9%, 3.7%, 3.1%, 2.8%, 1.9%, and 1.5%. That is, in the range of the present Example, it turns out that mass change amount becomes small as content of a cellulose fine fiber increases, and oil resistance improves.

 また、歯付ベルト本体におけるセルロース微細繊維の含有量が同じ10質量部である実施例7-4~実施例7-10において、ゴム糊接着層におけるセルロース微細繊維の含有量が、それぞれ0質量部、1質量部、3質量部、5質量部、10質量部、15質量部、及び25質量部であるのに対し、質量変化量が順に2.8%、2.8%、2.7%、2.6%、2.3%、2.2%、及び2.1%であった。つまり、ゴム糊接着層におけるセルロース微細繊維の含有量が増えるにつれて、質量変化率が小さくなっており、耐油性は向上することが分かる。 In Examples 7-4 to 7-10, in which the content of cellulose fine fibers in the toothed belt body is the same 10 parts by mass, the content of cellulose fine fibers in the rubber paste adhesive layer is 0 parts by mass, respectively. 1 part by mass, 3 parts by mass, 5 parts by mass, 10 parts by mass, 15 parts by mass, and 25 parts by mass, while the mass change amount is 2.8%, 2.8%, 2.7% in order. 2.6%, 2.3%, 2.2%, and 2.1%. That is, it can be seen that as the content of the cellulose fine fiber in the rubber paste adhesive layer increases, the mass change rate decreases, and the oil resistance improves.

 また、ゴム糊接着層のみにセルロース微細繊維を10質量部含有させた実施例7-13では、質量変化率が4.3%であり、比較例7の4.4%に対して僅かに抑制されている。歯付ベルト本体におけるセルロース微細繊維の含有量が10質量部である実施例7-8の場合、ゴム糊接着層におけるセルロース微細繊維の含有量は実施例7-13同じであるが、質量変化率が2.3%である。 Further, in Example 7-13 in which only 10 parts by mass of cellulose fine fiber was contained only in the adhesive layer of rubber paste, the mass change rate was 4.3%, which was slightly suppressed from 4.4% of Comparative Example 7. Has been. In the case of Example 7-8 in which the content of the cellulose fine fiber in the toothed belt body is 10 parts by mass, the content of the cellulose fine fiber in the rubber paste adhesive layer is the same as in Example 7-13, but the rate of mass change Is 2.3%.

 以上から、歯付ベルト本体にセルロース系微細繊維を含有させることにより耐油性を向上させることができ、歯部側補強布のゴム糊接着層のみにセルロース微細繊維を含有させた場合でも、効果は小さいとしても、耐油性が向上することが分かる。また、歯付ベルト本体に加えてゴム糊接着層にもセルロース微細繊維を含有させた場合には、耐油性がより顕著に向上することが分かる。 From the above, it is possible to improve the oil resistance by containing cellulose fine fibers in the toothed belt body, and even when cellulose fine fibers are contained only in the rubber paste adhesive layer of the tooth side reinforcing fabric, the effect is Even if it is small, it can be seen that the oil resistance is improved. It can also be seen that when the fine cellulose fibers are contained in the rubber paste adhesive layer in addition to the toothed belt body, the oil resistance is significantly improved.

 本発明は、ゴム組成物及びそれを用いた伝動ベルトの分野において有用である。 The present invention is useful in the field of rubber compositions and transmission belts using the rubber compositions.

10   ベルト本体
11   底部ゴム層
12   接着ゴム層
13   伸張ゴム層
14   心線
15   補強布
 
110 Vリブドベルト本体
111 圧縮ゴム層
112 接着ゴム層
113 背面ゴム層
116 短繊維
120 平ベルト本体
121 内側ゴム層
122 接着ゴム層
123 外側ゴム層
126 短繊維
 
210 (Vリブド)ベルト本体
210a 内側ゴム層
211a 表面ゴム層
 
310  歯付ベルト本体
311a 基部
311b 歯部
312  心線
313  歯部側補強布
314  RFL接着層
315  ゴム糊接着層
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 Belt main body 11 Bottom rubber layer 12 Adhesive rubber layer 13 Stretch rubber layer 14 Core wire 15 Reinforcement cloth
110 V-ribbed belt main body 111 Compressed rubber layer 112 Adhesive rubber layer 113 Back rubber layer 116 Short fiber 120 Flat belt main body 121 Inner rubber layer 122 Adhesive rubber layer 123 Outer rubber layer 126 Short fiber
210 (V-ribbed) belt body 210a Inner rubber layer 211a Surface rubber layer
310 toothed belt body 311a base 311b tooth 312 core 313 tooth side reinforcing cloth 314 RFL adhesive layer 315 rubber glue adhesive layer

Claims (21)

 ゴム成分と、セルロース系微細繊維とを含むゴム組成物において、
 前記セルロース系微細繊維の繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むことを特徴とするゴム組成物。
In a rubber composition containing a rubber component and cellulosic fine fibers,
A rubber composition characterized in that a fiber diameter distribution range of the cellulosic fine fibers includes 50 to 500 nm.
 請求項1に記載のゴム組成物において、
 フィラーとして、カーボンブラックを含むことを特徴とするゴム組成物。
The rubber composition according to claim 1, wherein
A rubber composition comprising carbon black as a filler.
 請求項2に記載のゴム組成物において、
 前記カーボンブラックは、水酸基、カルボニル基及びカルボキシル基の少なくとも1つを有することを特徴とするゴム組成物。
The rubber composition according to claim 2,
The carbon black has at least one of a hydroxyl group, a carbonyl group, and a carboxyl group.
 請求項1~3のいずれか1つに記載のゴム組成物において、
 フィラーとして、シリカを含むことを特徴とするゴム組成物。
The rubber composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3,
A rubber composition comprising silica as a filler.
 請求項1~4のいずれか1つに記載のゴム組成物において、
 前記ゴム成分は、エチレン-α-オレフィン系エラストマーであることを特徴とするゴム組成物。
In the rubber composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4,
The rubber composition, wherein the rubber component is an ethylene-α-olefin elastomer.
 請求項1~5のいずれか1つに記載のゴム組成物において、
 前記セルロース系微細繊維は、機械的解繊手段によって製造されたものであることを特徴とするゴム組成物。
In the rubber composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5,
The cellulosic fine fiber is produced by a mechanical defibrating means.
 請求項1~5のいずれか1つに記載のゴム組成物において、
 前記セルロース系微細繊維は、化学的解繊手段によって製造されたものであることを特徴とするゴム組成物。
In the rubber composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5,
The rubber composition according to claim 1, wherein the cellulosic fine fibers are produced by chemical defibrating means.
 繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有するゴム組成物でベルト本体の少なくとも一部が形成された伝動ベルト。 A transmission belt in which at least a part of the belt body is formed of a rubber composition containing cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm.  請求項8に記載の伝動ベルトにおいて、
 前記セルロース系微細繊維の前記ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対する含有量が1~25質量部である伝動ベルト。
The transmission belt according to claim 8,
A power transmission belt having a content of 1 to 25 parts by mass of the cellulose-based fine fibers with respect to 100 parts by mass of a rubber component of the rubber composition.
 請求項8又は9に記載の伝動ベルトにおいて、
 前記ゴム組成物は、繊維径が10μm以上の短繊維を含有する伝動ベルト。
The power transmission belt according to claim 8 or 9,
The rubber composition is a power transmission belt containing short fibers having a fiber diameter of 10 μm or more.
 請求項10のいずれか1つに記載の伝動ベルトにおいて、
 前記短繊維の前記ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対する含有量が、前記セルロース系微細繊維の前記ゴム組成物のゴム成分100質量部に対する含有量よりも多い伝動ベルト。
In the power transmission belt according to any one of claims 10,
A power transmission belt in which the content of the short fiber relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition is larger than the content of the cellulosic fine fibers relative to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component of the rubber composition.
 請求項8に記載の伝動ベルトにおいて、
 前記ゴム組成物は、多孔のゴム組成物であることを特徴とする伝動ベルト。
The transmission belt according to claim 8,
The power transmission belt, wherein the rubber composition is a porous rubber composition.
 請求項12に記載された伝動ベルトにおいて、
 前記セルロース系微細繊維の繊維径の分布範囲が20nm~1μmを含む伝動ベルト。
The power transmission belt according to claim 12,
A transmission belt comprising a fiber diameter distribution range of the cellulosic fine fibers of 20 nm to 1 μm.
 請求項12又は13に記載の伝動ベルトにおいて、
 前記多孔のゴム組成物におけるゴム成分100質量部に対するセルロース系微細繊維の含有量が1~20質量部である伝動ベルト。
The power transmission belt according to claim 12 or 13,
A power transmission belt having a cellulose fine fiber content of 1 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component in the porous rubber composition.
 請求項12~14のいずれか1つに記載の伝動ベルトにおいて、
 前記ベルト本体のプーリ接触部分が前記多孔のゴム組成物で形成されている伝動ベルト。
The transmission belt according to any one of claims 12 to 14,
A transmission belt in which a pulley contact portion of the belt body is formed of the porous rubber composition.
 請求項8に記載の伝動ベルトにおいて、
 前記伝動ベルトは、
 平帯状の基部と、前記基部の一方側の面にベルト長さ方向に間隔をおいて一体に設けられた複数の歯部と、を有する歯付ベルト本体と、
 前記歯付ベルト本体に、ゴム成分を含む接着層を介してその歯部側表面を被覆するように貼設された歯部側補強布と、
を備えた歯付ベルトであり、
 前記基部、前記歯部及び前記接着層の少なくとも一つは、繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含むセルロース系微細繊維を含有する前記ゴム組成物で形成されていることを特徴とする伝動ベルト。
The transmission belt according to claim 8,
The transmission belt is
A toothed belt main body having a flat belt-like base portion and a plurality of tooth portions integrally provided at a distance in the belt length direction on one surface of the base portion;
A tooth-side reinforcing cloth pasted to cover the tooth-side surface of the toothed belt body through an adhesive layer containing a rubber component;
A toothed belt with
At least one of the base part, the tooth part and the adhesive layer is formed of the rubber composition containing cellulosic fine fibers having a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm. .
 請求項16に記載の伝動ベルトにおいて、
 前記ゴム組成物における前記セルロース系微細繊維の含有量が、ゴム成分100質量部に対して1~30質量部であることを特徴とする伝動ベルト。
The transmission belt according to claim 16,
The power transmission belt, wherein the content of the cellulose fine fibers in the rubber composition is 1 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the rubber component.
 請求項16又は17に記載の伝動ベルトにおいて、
 前記歯付ベルト本体を形成するゴム組成物のゴム成分が水素添加アクリロニトリルゴムを含むことを特徴とする伝動ベルト。
The transmission belt according to claim 16 or 17,
A power transmission belt, wherein the rubber component of the rubber composition forming the toothed belt body includes hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber.
 請求項16~18のいずれか1つに記載の伝動ベルトにおいて、
 前記接着層に含まれるゴム成分が水素添加アクリロニトリルゴム及び不飽和カルボン酸金属塩で強化された水素添加アクリロニトリルゴムを含むことを特徴とする伝動ベルト。
The transmission belt according to any one of claims 16 to 18,
A power transmission belt, wherein the rubber component contained in the adhesive layer includes hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber and hydrogenated acrylonitrile rubber reinforced with an unsaturated carboxylic acid metal salt.
 請求項8~19のいずれか1つに記載の伝動ベルトにおいて、
 前記セルロース系微細繊維は、機械的解繊手段によって製造されたものであることを特徴とする伝動ベルト。
The transmission belt according to any one of claims 8 to 19,
The power transmission belt, wherein the cellulosic fine fibers are produced by mechanical defibrating means.
 ベルト本体の少なくとも一部がセルロース系微細繊維を含む多孔のゴム組成物で形成された伝動ベルトの製造方法であって、
 前記セルロース系微細繊維の繊維径の分布範囲が50~500nmを含み、
 前記多孔のゴム組成物を、発泡剤又は超臨界流体若しくは亜臨界流体を用いて形成する伝動ベルトの製造方法。
A method for producing a transmission belt in which at least a part of a belt body is formed of a porous rubber composition containing cellulosic fine fibers,
The cellulosic fine fiber has a fiber diameter distribution range of 50 to 500 nm,
A method for producing a transmission belt, wherein the porous rubber composition is formed using a foaming agent, a supercritical fluid, or a subcritical fluid.
PCT/JP2016/002130 2015-04-24 2016-04-21 Rubber composition, transmission belt and manufacturing method thereof Ceased WO2016170788A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201680023390.1A CN107531955A (en) 2015-04-24 2016-04-21 Rubber composition, transmission belt and its manufacture method

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015089615A JP6529323B2 (en) 2015-04-24 2015-04-24 Toothed belt
JP2015-089615 2015-04-24
JP2015-089618 2015-04-24
JP2015089618A JP6680464B2 (en) 2015-04-24 2015-04-24 Rubber composition
JP2015-090123 2015-04-27
JP2015090123A JP6527009B2 (en) 2015-04-27 2015-04-27 Transmission belt
JP2015092222A JP2016211587A (en) 2015-04-28 2015-04-28 Transmission belt and manufacturing method thereof
JP2015-092222 2015-04-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016170788A1 true WO2016170788A1 (en) 2016-10-27

Family

ID=57143012

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/002130 Ceased WO2016170788A1 (en) 2015-04-24 2016-04-21 Rubber composition, transmission belt and manufacturing method thereof

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN107531955A (en)
WO (1) WO2016170788A1 (en)

Cited By (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107061626A (en) * 2017-02-24 2017-08-18 梅法洪 A kind of transmission belt
CN107266723A (en) * 2017-06-22 2017-10-20 青岛科技大学 It is a kind of high to stretch rubber composite of high abrasion-resistant tread rubber and preparation method thereof surely
CN107312218A (en) * 2017-06-22 2017-11-03 青岛科技大学 A kind of rubber composite of low rolling resistance high abrasion-resistant tread rubber and preparation method thereof
CN107383444A (en) * 2017-06-22 2017-11-24 青岛科技大学 A kind of string enhancing high abrasion-resistant tread rubber rubber composite and preparation method
CN107383491A (en) * 2017-06-22 2017-11-24 青岛科技大学 A kind of eggshell recycles high abrasion-resistant tread rubber rubber composite and preparation method
WO2018199043A1 (en) * 2017-04-24 2018-11-01 三ツ星ベルト株式会社 Toothed belt
JP2018185044A (en) * 2017-04-24 2018-11-22 三ツ星ベルト株式会社 Toothed belt
JP2019048961A (en) * 2017-09-12 2019-03-28 ホシデン株式会社 Cellulose-containing solid, speaker diaphragm containing the same, and method for producing cellulose-containing solid
WO2020246187A1 (en) * 2019-06-07 2020-12-10 バンドー化学株式会社 Raw edge v-belt
JP6812605B1 (en) * 2019-06-07 2021-01-13 バンドー化学株式会社 Transmission belt
WO2021085054A1 (en) * 2019-10-28 2021-05-06 バンドー化学株式会社 Transmission belt and production method therefor
WO2022146988A1 (en) * 2020-12-28 2022-07-07 Gates Corporation Drive belts including foamed undercord layers and methods of manufacturing the same
WO2022146989A1 (en) * 2020-12-28 2022-07-07 Gates Corporation Drive belts including foamed undercord layers and methods of manufacturing the same
TWI791024B (en) * 2017-06-19 2023-02-01 日商阪東化學股份有限公司 Transmission belt
CN116922119A (en) * 2023-09-18 2023-10-24 常州明全机械有限公司 High-efficient flatness assurance adds clamping apparatus of V band pulley

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE112020002286T5 (en) * 2019-06-07 2022-04-14 Bando Chemical Industries, Ltd. transmission belt
CN112622353A (en) * 2020-12-25 2021-04-09 无锡市贝尔特胶带有限公司 Low-noise V-ribbed belt

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009034902A1 (en) * 2007-09-10 2009-03-19 Sumitomo Rubber Industries, Ltd. Vulcanized rubber composition, pneumatic tire, and their production methods
JP2009191198A (en) * 2008-02-15 2009-08-27 Bridgestone Corp Rubber composition and method for producing the same
JP2009191197A (en) * 2008-02-15 2009-08-27 Bridgestone Corp Rubber composition and method for producing the same
JP2009249449A (en) * 2008-04-03 2009-10-29 Bridgestone Corp Rubber composition and its manufacturing method
JP2009263417A (en) * 2008-04-22 2009-11-12 Bridgestone Corp Rubber composition and method for manufacturing the same
JP2012122019A (en) * 2010-12-09 2012-06-28 Yokohama Rubber Co Ltd:The Rubber composition for tire
JP2013022812A (en) * 2011-07-20 2013-02-04 Toyo Tire & Rubber Co Ltd Method for producing reinforcing filler and rubber composition

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5997712B2 (en) * 2013-01-30 2016-09-28 三ツ星ベルト株式会社 Friction transmission belt

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009034902A1 (en) * 2007-09-10 2009-03-19 Sumitomo Rubber Industries, Ltd. Vulcanized rubber composition, pneumatic tire, and their production methods
JP2009084564A (en) * 2007-09-10 2009-04-23 Sumitomo Rubber Ind Ltd Vulcanized rubber composition, pneumatic tire, and production method thereof
JP2009191198A (en) * 2008-02-15 2009-08-27 Bridgestone Corp Rubber composition and method for producing the same
JP2009191197A (en) * 2008-02-15 2009-08-27 Bridgestone Corp Rubber composition and method for producing the same
JP2009249449A (en) * 2008-04-03 2009-10-29 Bridgestone Corp Rubber composition and its manufacturing method
JP2009263417A (en) * 2008-04-22 2009-11-12 Bridgestone Corp Rubber composition and method for manufacturing the same
JP2012122019A (en) * 2010-12-09 2012-06-28 Yokohama Rubber Co Ltd:The Rubber composition for tire
JP2013022812A (en) * 2011-07-20 2013-02-04 Toyo Tire & Rubber Co Ltd Method for producing reinforcing filler and rubber composition

Cited By (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107061626A (en) * 2017-02-24 2017-08-18 梅法洪 A kind of transmission belt
WO2018153204A1 (en) * 2017-02-24 2018-08-30 梅法洪 Transmission belt
JP2018185044A (en) * 2017-04-24 2018-11-22 三ツ星ベルト株式会社 Toothed belt
US11293518B2 (en) 2017-04-24 2022-04-05 Mitsuboshi Belting Ltd. Toothed belt
TWI695130B (en) * 2017-04-24 2020-06-01 日商三星皮帶股份有限公司 Toothed belt
CN110431331A (en) * 2017-04-24 2019-11-08 三之星机带株式会社 toothed belt
WO2018199043A1 (en) * 2017-04-24 2018-11-01 三ツ星ベルト株式会社 Toothed belt
TWI791024B (en) * 2017-06-19 2023-02-01 日商阪東化學股份有限公司 Transmission belt
CN107312218A (en) * 2017-06-22 2017-11-03 青岛科技大学 A kind of rubber composite of low rolling resistance high abrasion-resistant tread rubber and preparation method thereof
CN107383491A (en) * 2017-06-22 2017-11-24 青岛科技大学 A kind of eggshell recycles high abrasion-resistant tread rubber rubber composite and preparation method
CN107383444A (en) * 2017-06-22 2017-11-24 青岛科技大学 A kind of string enhancing high abrasion-resistant tread rubber rubber composite and preparation method
CN107266723A (en) * 2017-06-22 2017-10-20 青岛科技大学 It is a kind of high to stretch rubber composite of high abrasion-resistant tread rubber and preparation method thereof surely
CN107312218B (en) * 2017-06-22 2019-01-04 青岛科技大学 A kind of rubber composite and preparation method thereof of low rolling resistance high abrasion-resistant tread rubber
JP2019048961A (en) * 2017-09-12 2019-03-28 ホシデン株式会社 Cellulose-containing solid, speaker diaphragm containing the same, and method for producing cellulose-containing solid
WO2020246187A1 (en) * 2019-06-07 2020-12-10 バンドー化学株式会社 Raw edge v-belt
JP6812605B1 (en) * 2019-06-07 2021-01-13 バンドー化学株式会社 Transmission belt
JP6887061B1 (en) * 2019-06-07 2021-06-16 バンドー化学株式会社 Low edge V belt
US11643527B2 (en) 2019-06-07 2023-05-09 Bando Chemical Industries, Ltd. Transmission belt
WO2021085054A1 (en) * 2019-10-28 2021-05-06 バンドー化学株式会社 Transmission belt and production method therefor
JPWO2021085054A1 (en) * 2019-10-28 2021-11-25 バンドー化学株式会社 Transmission belt and its manufacturing method
JP7118167B2 (en) 2019-10-28 2022-08-15 バンドー化学株式会社 Transmission belt and its manufacturing method
WO2022146988A1 (en) * 2020-12-28 2022-07-07 Gates Corporation Drive belts including foamed undercord layers and methods of manufacturing the same
WO2022146989A1 (en) * 2020-12-28 2022-07-07 Gates Corporation Drive belts including foamed undercord layers and methods of manufacturing the same
CN116848339A (en) * 2020-12-28 2023-10-03 盖茨公司 Drive belt including foamed lower cord layer and method of making the same
US20240077129A1 (en) * 2020-12-28 2024-03-07 Gates Corporation Drive Belts Including Foamed Undercord Layers and Methods of Manufacturing The Same
US12313145B2 (en) * 2020-12-28 2025-05-27 Gates Corporation Drive belts including foamed undercord layers and methods of manufacturing the same
US12320405B2 (en) 2020-12-28 2025-06-03 Gates Corporation Drive belts including foamed undercord layers and methods of manufacturing the same
CN116922119A (en) * 2023-09-18 2023-10-24 常州明全机械有限公司 High-efficient flatness assurance adds clamping apparatus of V band pulley

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN107531955A (en) 2018-01-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2016170788A1 (en) Rubber composition, transmission belt and manufacturing method thereof
JP4768893B2 (en) Friction transmission belt
JP6529327B2 (en) Transmission belt
JP5586282B2 (en) Friction power transmission belt, manufacturing method thereof, and belt power transmission device using the same
JP6487037B2 (en) Transmission belt
JP6487124B1 (en) Transmission belt
JPWO2009101799A1 (en) Friction transmission belt
KR20160064176A (en) Flat belt and production method therefor
JP6306267B2 (en) Friction transmission belt
CN106536617A (en) Regenerated rubber, process for producing same, and transmission belt including same
CN107532681B (en) Transmission belt
JP2006064174A (en) Transmission belt
JP6680464B2 (en) Rubber composition
JPWO2016194371A1 (en) Transmission belt
JP6529323B2 (en) Toothed belt
JP6527009B2 (en) Transmission belt
JP6918047B2 (en) Transmission belt
JP2016211587A (en) Transmission belt and manufacturing method thereof
JP2019143813A (en) Toothed belt
JP6078702B1 (en) V-ribbed belt
JP2019143166A (en) Rubber composition
JP6539099B2 (en) Transmission belt
JP5329262B2 (en) Friction transmission belt
JP2025145073A (en) Rubber composition for friction transmission belt, and friction transmission belt
JP2006077785A (en) Power transmission belt

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16782810

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16782810

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1